WO2023193281A1 - 通信方法和设备 - Google Patents

通信方法和设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023193281A1
WO2023193281A1 PCT/CN2022/085980 CN2022085980W WO2023193281A1 WO 2023193281 A1 WO2023193281 A1 WO 2023193281A1 CN 2022085980 W CN2022085980 W CN 2022085980W WO 2023193281 A1 WO2023193281 A1 WO 2023193281A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sta
subfield
trigger frame
value
user information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/085980
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
侯蓉晖
黄磊
杜浩源
周培
罗朝明
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/085980 priority Critical patent/WO2023193281A1/zh
Publication of WO2023193281A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023193281A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and device.
  • the trigger-based transmission opportunity sharing mechanism allows the AP to share part of the transmission opportunity (TXOP) it has obtained with the STA.
  • TXOP transmission opportunity
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, including: a first station (STA) sending a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission among multiple STAs.
  • STA first station
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a second station STA receives a trigger frame sent by the first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, including: a third station STA receives a trigger frame sent by a first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs; the third STA and the first STA association.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a fourth station STA receives a trigger frame sent by a first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs; the fourth STA and the first STA Not relevant.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a first STA, including: a first communication unit configured to send a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission among multiple STAs.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a second STA, including: a second communication unit configured to receive a trigger frame sent by the first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission among multiple STAs.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a third STA, including: a third communication unit configured to receive a trigger frame sent by the first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs; the third STA communicates with the first STA. Describe the first STA association.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a fourth STA, including: a fourth communication unit configured to receive a trigger frame sent by the first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs; the fourth STA communicates with the The first STA is not associated.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a chip for implementing the above method.
  • the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program.
  • the device When the computer program is run by a device, the device causes the device to execute the method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program instructions.
  • the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • the first STA sends a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame can trigger the establishment of cooperative transmission between multiple STAs, which can provide a solution for efficiently establishing multi-STA cooperation.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 3 to 9 are various schematic diagrams of trigger frame formats according to the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic process flow diagram of the preparation phase in multi-STA interactive transmission.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the processing flow of the exploration phase in multi-STA interactive transmission.
  • Figures 12 and 13 are schematic diagrams of a scenario for triggering multi-STA synchronous uplink transmission according to this embodiment.
  • Figures 14 and 15 are schematic diagrams of another scenario for triggering multi-STA synchronous uplink transmission according to this embodiment.
  • Figures 16 and 17 are schematic diagrams of another scenario for triggering multi-STA synchronous uplink transmission according to this embodiment.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for triggering synchronous uplink transmission of multiple STAs according to this embodiment.
  • Figures 19 and 20 are schematic diagrams of a scenario for triggering multi-STA synchronous downlink transmission according to this embodiment.
  • Figures 21 and 22 are schematic diagrams of another scenario for triggering multi-STA synchronous downlink transmission according to this embodiment.
  • Figures 23 and 24 are schematic diagrams of yet another scenario for triggering multi-STA synchronous downlink transmission according to this embodiment.
  • Figures 25 and 26 are schematic diagrams of a scenario for triggering downlink transmission of multiple STAs in the joint transmission mode according to this embodiment.
  • Figures 27 and 28 are schematic diagrams of a scenario for triggering multi-STA synchronous downlink and downlink transmission according to this embodiment.
  • Figure 29 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 30 is yet another schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 31 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 32 to 38 are various exemplary flow charts of multi-STA cooperative transmission according to the communication method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 39 is a schematic block diagram of the first STA according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 40 is a schematic block diagram of a second STA according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 41 is a schematic block diagram of a third STA according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic block diagram of a fourth STA according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 43 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 44 is a schematic block diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 45 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • WiFi Wireless Fidelity
  • the communication system 100 may include an access point (Access Point, AP) 110, and a station (STATION, STA) 120 that accesses the network through the access point 110.
  • AP Access Point
  • STA station
  • AP is also called AP STA, that is, in a certain sense
  • AP is also a kind of STA.
  • STA is also called non-AP STA (non-AP STA).
  • Communication in the communication system 100 may be communication between AP and non-AP STA, communication between non-AP STA and non-AP STA, or communication between STA and peer STA, where peer STA It can refer to the device that communicates with the STA peer.
  • the peer STA may be an AP or a non-AP STA.
  • the AP is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet.
  • the AP device can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router).
  • the terminal device or network device has a chip that implements communication functions, such as a WLAN or WiFi chip.
  • non-AP STA when the mobile phone is connected to the router, the mobile phone is a non-AP STA.
  • the mobile phone When the mobile phone is used as a hotspot for other mobile phones, the mobile phone acts as an AP. .
  • AP and non-AP STA can be devices used in the Internet of Vehicles, IoT nodes, sensors, etc. in the Internet of Things (IoT), smart cameras, smart remote controls, smart water meters, etc. in smart homes, and Sensors in smart cities, etc.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • smart cameras smart remote controls
  • smart water meters etc. in smart homes
  • Sensors in smart cities etc.
  • non-AP STAs may support the 802.11be standard.
  • Non-AP STA can also support 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b and 802.11a and other current and future 802.11 family wireless LAN (wireless local area networks, WLAN) standards.
  • the AP may be a device supporting the 802.11be standard.
  • the AP can also be a device that supports multiple current and future 802.11 family WLAN standards such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
  • the STA can be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer, virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) device, augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) device that supports WLAN/WiFi technology, Wireless equipment in industrial control, set-top boxes, wireless equipment in self-driving, vehicle communication equipment, wireless equipment in remote medical, wireless equipment in smart grid, Wireless devices in transportation safety, wireless devices in smart city, or wireless devices in smart home, wireless communication chips/ASIC/SOC/, etc.
  • the frequency bands that WLAN technology can support may include, but are not limited to: low frequency bands (such as 2.4GHz, 5GHz, 6GHz) and high frequency bands (such as 60GHz).
  • Figure 1 exemplarily shows one AP STA and two non-AP STAs.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple AP STAs and other numbers of non-AP STAs. This is not the case in the embodiment of the present application. Make limitations.
  • A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also mean that there is an association between A and B. relation.
  • the term "correspondence" can mean that there is a direct correspondence or indirect correspondence between the two, it can also mean that there is an associated relationship between the two, or it can mean indicating and being instructed, configuration and being. Configuration and other relationships.
  • Wireless LAN is widely used in enterprises, homes and other scenarios because of its low cost, flexibility and easy expansion.
  • Multi-AP operation is one of the candidate technologies identified by the EHT (extremely high throughput) research group, which mainly studies cooperative transmission methods between APs.
  • Some implementations only support data transmission between a single AP and STA and spatial multiplexing between the AP and STA through power control, and the APs are independent of each other. Therefore, the flexibility of time, frequency, and space resources in this system is greatly limited.
  • TXOP transmission opportunity
  • control information is exchanged between APs through wireless links to achieve time domain, frequency domain, and air domain resource sharing, increasing the peak value throughput and reduced latency.
  • TXOP sharing between multiple APs is different from the traditional TXOP sharing concept.
  • the TXOP sharing between multiple APs (hereinafter referred to as multi-AP TXOP sharing) mechanism allows APs to share TXOPs between APs, and they can still use this TXOP after sharing. Make the transfer.
  • the collaboration method after multi-AP TXOP sharing can be divided into cooperative orthogonal frequency division multiple access (Coordinated Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, COFDMA/C-OFDMA), cooperative spatial multiplexing ( Coordinated Spatial Reuse (CSR/C-SR), Coordinated Beamforming (C-BF/CBF)/Zero, Coordinated Uplink Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output (C-UL MU-MIMO, Coordinated Uplink Multiple User Multiple There are five transmission modes: Input Multiple Output) and Joint Transmission (Joint Transmission, J-TX/JTX). Respectively:
  • C-BF/CBF/zeroing scheme based on parameterized spatial reuse can be used.
  • PSR parameterized spatial reuse
  • AP1 that obtains TXOP actively broadcasts a cooperation request (Crequest).
  • AP 1 indicates the nodes participating in subsequent coordinated transmission through a dataless physical layer protocol data unit announcement (NDPA, Null Data PPDU Announcement frame).
  • NDPA dataless physical layer protocol data unit announcement
  • AP2 sends TF to AP1, STA11, STA12, and STA21.
  • NDP physical layer protocol data unit
  • AP1 and AP2 perform zeroing operations.
  • AP1 and AP2 send ACK after receiving the data of their respective STA.
  • 2.C-UL MU-MIMO After the sharing AP obtains the TXOP, it sends an M-AP (multi-AP) TF, and the shared AP1 and shared AP2 that receive the M-AP TF simultaneously send coordinated uplink trigger (coordinated UL trigger) frames, shared STA1 associated with AP1 and STA2 associated with shared AP2 respectively transmit multi-user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO, Multiple User Multiple Input Multiple Output) high-efficiency long training field (HE-LTF, HE Long Training field) and data frame (Data Frame) ); Then Shared AP1 and Shared AP2 send block acknowledgments (B-ACK, Block ACK) to STA1 and STA2 respectively.
  • MU-MIMO Multiple User Multiple Input Multiple Output
  • HE-LTF High-efficiency long training field
  • Data Frame Data Frame
  • AP collects reports from associated STAs to identify candidate STAs and identifies applicable frequency resources.
  • AP2 and AP1 exchange desired frequency domain resource information with each other through AP-to-AP (AP to AP) frames.
  • AP2 i.e., sharing AP
  • AP1 i.e., Shared AP
  • AP1 and AP2 respectively send basic trigger frames to their associated STAs.
  • STA1 transmits the uplink data carried by the UL PPDU to AP1 and receives the acknowledgment (ACK) frame fed back by AP1.
  • ACK acknowledgment
  • AP1 i.e. Sharing AP
  • STA11 i.e. Sharing AP
  • Shared AP is associated with STA21, AP1 first sends a C-SR/CSR announcement (Announcement) to AP2, and then AP1 and AP2 synchronize to each other
  • the associated STA sends a trigger frame; STA11 sends a triggered (TB) PPDU to AP1, and AP1 sends a block acknowledgment (BA) to STA11; STA21 synchronously sends a triggered (TB) PPDU to AP2, and AP2 sends a BA (block acknowledgment) to STA21.
  • a first wireless local area network (WLAN) device can win a competition-based process to become the owner of the TXOP, and the first WLAN device can share mTXOP allocation resources with other WLAN devices.
  • the first WLAN device allocates subordinate transmission opportunities (or sub-TXOPs, sub-TXOPs) for use by other WLAN devices during the second part of the mTXOP.
  • the allocation of sub-TXOPs can be prepared based on fairness considerations, latency considerations, or both.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 according to the embodiment of the first aspect of the present application. This method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Figure 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes at least some of the following:
  • the first station STA sends a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission among multiple STAs.
  • the first STA may be an AP.
  • the first STA is a sharing AP.
  • the first STA may obtain in advance its own association identifier (AID, Association Identifier) and/or virtual association identifier (VAID, Virtual AID), and the AID and/or VAID of other STA; other STAs may include The second STA (Shared AP), the third STA associated with the first STA, and the fourth STA associated with the second STA.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the first STA are configured for the target device.
  • the specific configuration timing is before executing the aforementioned S210, for example, it may be during the preparation phase or before, and so on.
  • the method further includes: the first STA obtains the AID and/or VAID configured for itself by the target device.
  • the first STA obtains the VAID configured (or allocated) by the target device for itself.
  • the VAID of the first STA is mainly a STA used for multi-STA (or multi-AP) TXOP (transmission opportunity) sharing operations.
  • the VAID of the first STA may be valid only in a multi-AP coordination set (hereinafter referred to as a coordination set).
  • the first STA can obtain the AID and VAID configured (or assigned) by the target device for itself. That is to say, the first STA can save its own two IDs, which are AID and VAID respectively.
  • the first STA obtains the AID configured (or allocated) by the target device for itself.
  • the method may further include: the first STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the second STA.
  • the second STA may be a shared AP.
  • the number of the second STAs may be one or more, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the first STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the second STA, which may be: the first STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the second STA from the target device.
  • the processing timing for the first STA to obtain the AID and/or VAID of the second STA may be before the preparation phase.
  • the first STA obtains the VAID of the second STA from the target device.
  • the VAID of the second STA is mainly a STA used for multi-STA (or multi-AP) TXOP sharing operations.
  • the VAID of the second STA may be valid only in a multi-AP coordination set (hereinafter referred to as a coordination set).
  • the first STA can obtain the AID and VAID of the second STA from the target device. That is to say, the first STA can save two IDs of the second STA. AID and VAID. There may also be an example in which the first STA obtains the AID of the second STA from the target device.
  • the method may further include: the first STA configures (or allocates) AID and/or VAID to the third STA.
  • the third STA is specifically a STA (ie, non-AP STA) associated with the first STA (ie, Sharing AP).
  • the number of the third STAs may be one or more, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the first STA configures (or allocates) AID and/or VAID to the third STA, including: the first STA configures AID and/or VAID for the third STA based on the first range of the identifier value; so The first range of values of the identifier is configured by the target device, and the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the first value range of the identifier is within at least one of the following: 1-2007, 2008-2044, 2047-4096.
  • the timing for the first STA to allocate AID and/or VAID to the third STA may be before the preparation phase.
  • the method for the first STA to obtain the first range of the identifier value from the target device may be: the target device sends identifier indication information to the first STA, and the identifier indication information is used to indicate that the first STA is communicating with any
  • a first range of identifier values of AID and/or VAID is assigned to the third STA. That is to say, the identification indication information may carry the first range of identification values.
  • the number of the third STAs that the first STA can be associated with may be one or more, and the first ranges of identifier values corresponding to different third STAs may be different.
  • the target device may send one or more identification indication information to the first STA, where each identification indication information includes a first range of identification values. For example, if the Sharing AP (i.e., the first STA) is associated with two third STAs, namely STA11 and STA12, the first range of the identifier value of STA11 can be 1-20, and the first range of the identifier value of STA12 can be 21-30.
  • the first STA allocates the VAID of the third STA based on the first range of identifier values.
  • the VAID of the third STA is mainly a STA used for multi-STA (or multi-AP) TXOP sharing operations.
  • the first STA allocates the AID and VAID of the third STA based on the first range of identifier values.
  • the first STA allocates the AID of the third STA based on the first range of identifier values.
  • the method may further include: the first STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA from the second STA.
  • the second STA may be a shared AP.
  • the fourth STA is the second STA, that is, the STA associated with the Shared AP (specifically, a non-AP STA).
  • the number of second STAs i.e. Shared APs
  • the number of fourth STAs associated with any second STA can be one or more.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA associated with the second STA is a second range of identifier values assigned by the second STA based on the target device configured (or allocated) by the fourth STA.
  • the processing timing for the first STA to obtain the AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA from the second STA may be before the preparation phase, or during the preparation phase, or before the detection phase is completed, etc., This embodiment does not limit it.
  • the first STA obtains the VAID of the fourth STA from the second STA.
  • the VAID of the fourth STA is mainly a STA used for multi-STA (or multi-AP) TXOP sharing operations.
  • the first STA obtains the AID and VAID of the fourth STA from the second STA. There may also be an example in which the first STA obtains the AID of the fourth STA from the second STA.
  • the first STA obtains and saves the AID and/or VAID of the STAs associated with other STAs that can receive its own signal from other STAs in the cooperation set in which it is located.
  • the first STA is the sharing AP, and the same collaboration set also contains the second STA, the shared AP.
  • the Shared AP requests the fourth STA associated with itself for a list of other APs that have listened to the beacon; if the list of other APs includes the Shared AP (second STA) and other APs in the collaboration set , such as Sharing AP (first STA), then Shared AP (second STA) sends the AID and/or VAID of its associated fourth STA to Sharing AP (first STA); correspondingly, Sharing AP (first STA) ) receives and saves the AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA associated with the Shared AP (second STA).
  • the first STA may save the AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA in the STA list. That is to say, each AP in a cooperative set can obtain information about STAs that can receive its own signals from other APs (or neighbor APs) and save them in the STA list.
  • the first STA can obtain the AID and/or VAID of each STA before executing S210.
  • the AID and/or VAID of each STA is allocated directly or indirectly by the target device.
  • the target device may specifically be a coordination device.
  • the coordination device is an access point AP; or, the coordination device is a device other than the AP. That is to say, the coordinating device may be any AP in one or more cooperating sets; or, the coordinating device may not be any AP, that is, it may be other devices except all APs in one or more cooperating sets. , for example, it can be a server or an electronic device, etc. The possible types are not exhaustive here.
  • the coordination device can use wired or wireless connections between one or more centralized APs it manages or controls, and its main function is to allocate a globally unique IP address to all devices (APs and STA) in a network composed of multiple APs.
  • Identity identifier i.e.
  • AID and/or VAID used to distinguish different devices to achieve multi-AP TXOP sharing.
  • the coordination device is only an exemplary name, or it can also be called a coordinator (Coordinator), etc., and its names are not exhaustive here, as long as it can directly or indirectly perform AID and/or for one or more STAs.
  • the devices allocated by VAID are all within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • each collaboration set may include one or more APs (that is, it may include one Sharing AP and one or more Shared APs), and each of the one or more APs may be associated with one or more STAs (that is, Non -AP STA); and the APs included in different collaboration sets are different, and the STAs associated with different APs are also different.
  • the aforementioned first STA, that is, the Sharing AP, and the second STA, that is, the Shared AP may be APs in the same collaboration set. That is to say, the aforementioned target device may allocate AID to each AP of each cooperation set, or may allocate VAID to each AP of each cooperation set, or may allocate AID and VAID to each AP of each cooperation set.
  • the target device uniformly allocates AID and/or VAID to each AP in the collaboration set, where the AID and/or VAID of each AP is The value is one of the following ranges: 2008-2044, 2047-4096.
  • 2008-2044 and 2047-4096 can be reserved values in the system.
  • the first STA can obtain the AID and/or VAID assigned to it by the target device.
  • the second STA shares AP
  • the target device can also obtain the AID and/or VAID assigned to it by the target device.
  • each AP can also obtain and save the AID or VAID values of other APs from the target device and update them dynamically.
  • the first STA (Sharing AP) can obtain and save the second STA (Sharing AP) from the target device.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the second STA (Shared AP); similarly, the second STA (Shared AP) can also obtain and save the AID and/or VAID of the first STA (Sharing AP) from the target device.
  • the target device directly allocating AID and/or VAID to each AP in each collaboration set is only an example. There may be other allocation methods in actual processing, and this embodiment is not exhaustive.
  • each AP has a unique AID and/or VAID in a collaboration set controlled by a target device.
  • the target device can indicate the collaboration set through identification indication information.
  • the first STA (Sharing AP) associates with a third STA, it allocates an AID or VAID of 1-200 (that is, the first range of identification values) for the third STA; a certain Shared AP (a certain second STA), when associating with a fourth STA, assign the fourth STA an AID or VAID of 201-400 (that is, the second range of identification values), and so on, so that 10 APs can communicate with their respective STA When making an association, assign the corresponding globally unique AID or VAID.
  • the corresponding identification value range assigned by the aforementioned target device to each AP can preferably be selected from 1-2007. If the number of STAs is large (for example, it exceeds the first quantity threshold value, the first quantity threshold value can be set according to the actual situation, for example, 2000), then the target device assigns an identifier value range to each AP, such as the first number threshold value.
  • the first range of identifier values allocated by the STA can be further added to the ranges of 2008-2044 and 2047-4096. In this way, each STA can be guaranteed to have a unique AID or VAID in a collaboration set controlled by a target device.
  • the target device indirectly allocates AID and/or VAID to the STAs associated with each AP in each collaboration set is only an exemplary allocation method. In actual processing, there may be other allocation methods, for example, the target device may Directly allocate AID and/or VAID to each STA, etc., I will not list them all here.
  • the AID or VAID of each STA needs to be uniformly allocated directly or indirectly by the target device, and Instead of assigning each STA independently, this ensures that each STA has a unique AID and VAID in a collaboration set controlled by a target device.
  • the above describes in detail how the first STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the second STA, the third STA, and the fourth STA, and the processing of the target device. Next, the fields and subfields that the trigger frame may contain are described.
  • the trigger frame may be specifically called a MAP TXS (Multi-AP TXOP sharing) trigger frame.
  • This trigger frame can be used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs in all embodiments. Specifically, it can be used to trigger multi-STA TXOP sharing.
  • the trigger frame may include a common information (common info) field and/or a user information list (user info list) field; wherein the user information list field may include one or more user information (user info) sub-fields. field.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame includes at least one of the following: a trigger type subfield, the value of which is used to indicate the type of the trigger frame; a transmission mode subfield, where the transmission mode subfield The value of is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode; the uplink and downlink indication subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield The value of is used to indicate that TXOP is used for synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission; the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the trigger type subfield is the first specified value, indicating that the trigger frame is used to establish coordinated transmission between multiple STAs.
  • the trigger type subfield may be represented as a "Trigger Type" subfield, and the trigger type subfield is used to represent a variant of the trigger frame.
  • the value of the trigger type subfield is the first specified value, it may be used to indicate that the trigger frame is used to establish coordinated transmission between multiple STAs.
  • the first specified value may be any one of 8-15 (including 8 and 15). This is because the relevant standards have defined the corresponding trigger frame variant types when the trigger type subfield has a value of 0-7. Therefore, this embodiment uses any one of the reserved 8-15 as the first specified value.
  • the first specified value is 8, that is to say, when the value of the trigger type subfield is 8, it is used to indicate that the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs, that is, it is used to identify the MAP TXS trigger frame (or new MAP TXS trigger frame). It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. In actual processing, the first designated value can also be 9, 10 or other values. As long as it is within the aforementioned range of 8-15, it is within the protection scope of this embodiment. Just don’t exhaust yourself.
  • the transmission mode subfield may be represented as a "MAP TXS Mode" subfield.
  • the transmission mode subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the first reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the transmission mode subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the first reserved subfield, which may be one or more continuous bits, or may be one or more discontinuous bits.
  • the first number of at least some bits occupied by the transmission mode subfield may be 3 bits. That is, the transmission mode subfield occupies 3 consecutive bits (or 3 non-consecutive bits) of the first reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the first reserved subfield may be any reserved subfield in the public information field. It should be understood that the number of reserved bits (or remaining bits) contained in the first reserved subfield needs to be greater than or equal to the first number. For example, when the first number of at least some of the aforementioned bits is 3 bits, the number of reserved bits (or remaining bits) included in the first reserved subfield is at least 3 bits (at least 3 consecutive bits). bits or at least 3 non-consecutive bits).
  • the first reserved subfield may be an EHT reserved subfield.
  • the EHT reserved subfield contains 7 reserved bits, of which 3 consecutive bits (such as the first 3 bits) can be used as the transmission mode subfield.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode. That is to say, based on the value of the transmission mode subfield, it can be determined whether multiple STAs have turned on the TXOP sharing mode; when it is determined that multiple STAs have not turned on the TXOP sharing mode, it can be determined that the traditional transmission method is used. This is not correct. This will not be described in detail; otherwise, when it is determined that multiple STAs turn on the TXOP sharing mode, the cooperative transmission mode used for the transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of multiple STAs this time can be determined based on the value of the transmission mode subfield.
  • the different values of the transmission mode subfield and the specific meanings thereof are explained as follows: the value of the transmission mode subfield is the first value, indicating that the multiple STAs do not enable TXOP sharing. mode; and/or, the value of the transmission mode subfield is the second value, indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs is CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode; and/or , the value of the transmission mode subfield is the third value, indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs is COFDMA and/or CSR; and/or the value of the transmission mode subfield is The fourth value indicates that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs is the joint transmission mode; and/or the value of the transmission mode subfield is the fifth value, indicating that the TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs
  • the cooperative transmission mode used is the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode.
  • any two of the aforementioned first value, second value, third value, fourth value and fifth value are different.
  • the first value can be 1, the second value can be 2, the third value can be 3, the fourth value can be 4, and the fifth value can be 5.
  • the first value can be 0, the second value can be 1, the third value can be 2, the fourth value can be 3, and the fifth value can be 4.
  • the first value may be 3, the second value may be 1, the third value may be 2, the fourth value may be 4, the fifth value may be 5, and so on. It should be pointed out that as long as the first value, the second value, the third value, the fourth value, and the fifth value are different, they can be within the protection scope of this embodiment. However, all possible values are not included here. Make an exhaustive search.
  • the aforementioned transmission mode subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the first reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the transmission mode subfield occupies multiple bits, only the first to fifth values are defined above, so there may be some remaining values that are undefined, and these remaining values are reserved and can be used for Future extensions will define new transmission modes. For example, see Table 1 below, assuming that the transmission mode subfield occupies 3 bits, and the value of the transmission mode subfield is predefined to be the first value 0 (for example, binary representation is 000), which is used to indicate that the multiple STAs are not turned on.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield is the second value 1 (for example, binary representation is 001), indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of multiple STAs is CBF and / or C-UL MU-MIMO mode; the value of the transmission mode subfield is the third value 2 (for example, binary representation is 010), indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of multiple STAs is COFDMA and/or CSR ; The value of the transmission mode subfield is the fourth value 3 (for example, binary representation is 011), indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of multiple STAs is the joint transmission mode; the value of the transmission mode subfield is the fifth value A value of 4 (for example, 100 in binary representation) indicates that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing by multiple STAs is the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode (or called the traditional uplink multi-AP TXOP sharing mode). In addition, there are remaining values 5
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be represented as a "UL/DL Indication" subfield.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the second reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the at least part of the bits occupied by the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be one or more continuous bits, or one or more discontinuous bits.
  • the second number of at least part of the bits occupied by the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be 1 bit. That is, the uplink and downlink indication subfield occupies 1 bit of the second reserved subfield in the common information field. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description.
  • the second number of at least part of the bits actually occupied by the uplink and downlink indication subfield can be adjusted according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 2 bits, 3 bits, More or less, this is not an exhaustive list of all possible scenarios.
  • the second reserved subfield may be any reserved subfield in the public information field. It should be noted that the number of reserved bits (or remaining bits) included in the second reserved subfield needs to be greater than or equal to the second number. For example, when the aforementioned second quantity is 1 bit, the number of reserved bits (or remaining bits) included in the second reserved subfield is at least 1 bit.
  • the second reserved subfield may be the same as or different from the aforementioned first reserved field.
  • the second reserved subfield may be the same as the aforementioned first reserved field, that is, the second reserved subfield may be an EHT reserved subfield.
  • the EHT reserved subfield contains a 7-bit reserved field.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be located after the aforementioned transmission mode subfield, or the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be located before the transmission mode subfield, both of which are within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the second reserved subfield may be different from the aforementioned first reserved field, that is, the second reserved subfield may be other reserved subfields other than the EHT reserved subfield in the public information field, such as, There is a 1-bit reserved subfield before the HE/EHT P160 subfield in the public information field, and this reserved subfield can be used as the above-mentioned second reserved subfield. It should be understood that this is only an illustrative description, and there is no exhaustive list of possible positions of the second reserved subfield. As long as any reserved subfield in the public information field and the reserved bits (or remaining bits) it contains The number of bits) is greater than or equal to the second number, which is within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield is used to indicate that the TXOP is used for synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value, which is used to instruct multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink transmission; and/or the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield is a seventh value, which is used to instruct multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink transmission. Instructs multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • only the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield can be configured or set to the sixth value, which is used to instruct multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield is other value, used to instruct multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be configured or set to a seventh value, which is used to instruct multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink transmission. That is to say, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be other values. In this case, it is used to instruct multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be configured or set to a sixth value, which is used to instruct multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink transmission, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield is a seventh value, Used to instruct multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • the sixth value and the seventh value are different.
  • the sixth value may be the same as or different from any one of the first specified value and the first to fifth values.
  • the seventh value may be the same as or different from any one of the first specified value and the first to fifth values.
  • the sixth value may be 0 and the seventh value may be 1; or the sixth value may be 1 and the seventh value may be 0; or the sixth value may be 1 and the seventh value may be 2. .
  • the sixth value and the seventh value are guaranteed to be different, they are both within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield may be represented as a "MAP TXS Indication" subfield.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the third reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the at least part of the bits occupied by the shared transmission indication subfield may specifically be one or more continuous bits, or may be one or more discontinuous bits.
  • the third number of at least part of the bits occupied by the shared transmission indication subfield may be 1 bit. That is, the shared transmission indication subfield occupies 1 bit of the third reserved subfield in the common information field. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary explanation.
  • the third number of at least part of the bits actually occupied by the shared transmission indication subfield can be adjusted according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 2 bits, 3 bits, More or less, this is not an exhaustive list of all possible scenarios.
  • the third reserved subfield may be any reserved subfield in the public information field. What needs to be ensured is that the number of reserved bits (or remaining bits) contained in the third reserved subfield needs to be greater than or equal to the third number. For example, when the third number of at least some of the aforementioned bits is 1 bit, the number of reserved bits (or remaining bits) included in the third reserved subfield is at least 1 bit.
  • the third reserved subfield may be the same as or different from the foregoing first reserved subfield, and/or the third reserved subfield may be the same as or different from the foregoing second reserved subfield. In one example, the third reserved subfield is different from the first reserved subfield and the second reserved field.
  • the third reserved field is a reserved subfield before the HE/EHT-LTF symbol number subfield in the public information field. Further, in the reserved subfield before the HE/EHT-LTF symbol number subfield, the number of bits in the reserved field is 1 bit. Therefore, the shared transmission indication subfield occupies the HE/EHT-LTF symbol number. All bits of the subfield before the subfield are reserved.
  • the third reserved subfield and the aforementioned first reserved subfield may be the same, that is, both are EHT reserved subfields; of course, in this example, the second reserved subfield is also an EHT reserved subfield. In the case of fields, the third reserved subfield and the second reserved subfield are also the same. It should be understood that the above is only an illustrative description. Regarding the possible positions of the third reserved subfield, there is no exhaustive list here. As long as any reserved subfield in the public information field and the reserved bits (or remaining bits) it contains The third number of bits) that is greater than or equal to the number of bits required for the shared transmission indication subfield is within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is the eighth value, which is used to instruct the multiple STAs to turn on the TXOP sharing mode; and/or the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is the ninth value, Used to instruct the multiple STAs not to enable TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the shared transmission indication subfield may be configured or set to the eighth value, which is used to instruct the multiple STAs to turn on the TXOP sharing mode. That is to say, the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is If it is other values, it is used to instruct multiple STAs not to enable TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the shared transmission indication subfield may be configured or set to the ninth value, which is used to indicate that the multiple STAs do not turn on the TXOP sharing mode. That is to say, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield is If it is other values, it is used to instruct multiple STAs to enable TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the shared transmission indication subfield may be configured or set to an eighth value, which is used to instruct the multiple STAs to turn on the TXOP sharing mode, and the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is a ninth value. value, used to indicate that the multiple STAs do not enable TXOP sharing mode.
  • the eighth value and the ninth value are different.
  • the eighth value may be the same as or different from any one of the first specified value, the first to fifth values, the sixth value, and the seventh value.
  • the ninth value may be the same as or different from any one of the first designated value, the first to fifth values, the sixth value, and the seventh value.
  • the eighth value may be 0 and the ninth value may be 1; or, the eighth value may be 1 and the ninth value may be 0.
  • the eighth value and the ninth value are guaranteed to be different, they are both within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the trigger frame contains one or more user information subfields; the i-th user information subfield among the one or more user information subfields is the user information subfield of the i-th STA; i is greater than or equal to 1 an integer, the i-th STA is one of the plurality of STAs; the i-th user information subfield includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the i-th STA, the i-th STA's identification subfield The identification subfield is used to carry the identification information of the i-th STA; the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA is used to indicate the TXOP sharing of the i-th STA The cooperative transmission mode used, and/or, whether the i-th STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode; the transmission power subfield of the i-th STA, the transmission power subfield of the i-th STA is used to indicate the i-th STA The maximum
  • the i-th user information subfield refers to any one of one or more user information subfields.
  • the content that each user information subfield can contain can be at least one of the contents contained in the i-th user information subfield mentioned above, but it is not specified for each user information subfield. Let’s not go into details.
  • the identification information of the i-th STA is the 12 least significant bits of the association identifier AID of the i-th STA, and/or the 12-bit virtual association identifier VAID.
  • the i-th STA can be any STA, and the method for the first STA to obtain the AID and/or VAID of each different STA has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA may be specifically called the MAP TXS Mode subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the i-th user information subfield.
  • the trigger dependent user information subfield can be expressed as the "Trigger dependent User Info" subfield.
  • the at least part of the bits occupied by the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA may specifically be one or more continuous bits, or one or more discontinuous bits.
  • the fourth number of at least some bits occupied by the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA may be 3 bits.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA occupies 3 consecutive or discontinuous bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the i-th user information subfield. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary explanation.
  • the fourth number of at least some bits actually occupied by the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA can be adjusted according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 4 bits, 5 bits, or 4 bits. bits, or more or less, this is not an exhaustive list of all possible situations.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the j-th STA, and/or whether the j-th STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode. That is to say, based on the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA, it can be determined whether the i-th STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode; when it is determined that the i-th STA does not turn on the TXOP sharing mode, it can be determined to use
  • the traditional transmission method will not be described in detail here; otherwise, when it is determined that the i-th STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode, the i-th STA can be determined based on the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the STA's transmission opportunity TXOP shares the cooperative transmission mode used.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA is the first value, indicating that the The i-th STA does not enable TXOP sharing mode; and/or, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA is the second value, indicating the cooperative transmission used for the i-th STA's transmission opportunity TXOP sharing.
  • the mode is CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode; and/or, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA is a third value, indicating the transmission opportunity TXOP shared by the i-th STA.
  • the cooperative transmission mode is COFDMA and/or CSR mode; and/or, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA is a fourth value, indicating the cooperation used for sharing the transmission opportunity TXOP of the i-th STA.
  • the transmission mode is a joint transmission mode; and/or, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA is a fifth value, indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for the transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the i-th STA is the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode.
  • the first value, the second value, the third value, the fourth value, and the fifth value may have the same meaning as the first value, the second value, the third value, the fourth value, and the fifth value in the previous embodiment. , no repeated explanation will be given.
  • the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA can be expressed as the "Max TX power" subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the i-th user information subfield.
  • the at least part of the bits occupied by the transmission power subfield of the i-th STA may specifically be one or more consecutive bits.
  • the fifth number of at least some bits occupied by the transmission power subfield of the i-th STA may be 6 bits. That is, the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA occupies 6 bits in the trigger-dependent user information subfield of the i-th user information subfield.
  • the fifth number of at least part of the bits actually occupied by the i-th STA's transmit power subfield can be adjusted according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 6 bits, 7 bits, or 6 bits. bits, or more or less, this is not an exhaustive list of all possible situations.
  • the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA is specifically used by the sharing AP (i.e. the aforementioned first STA) to indicate the maximum transmit power (or can also be called is the maximum transmit power).
  • the maximum transmit power may be determined by the sharing AP (ie, the aforementioned first STA) based on the information collected during the preparation phase and the detection phase.
  • the maximum transmission power contained in the transmission power subfield of the i-th STA is equal to the preset value, it means that the first STA does not impose any limit on the transmission power of the i-th STA.
  • the default value can be 63. That is to say, the value of the Max TX power subfield in the i-th STA (or the i-th user information subfield) is 63, which means that the sharing AP does not send the maximum transmission to the i-th STA. Power is limited. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary explanation and does not represent a limitation on the way to determine the transmission power used by the i-th STA, nor is it a limitation on the way to determine the maximum transmission power. In actual processing, as long as the above-mentioned i-th STA can be determined The transmission power used by each STA and any calculation method of the maximum transmission power are within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA may be the "UL/DL Indication subfield" of the user information subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the i-th user information subfield.
  • the at least part of the bits occupied by the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA may specifically be one or more consecutive bits.
  • at least some of the bits occupied by the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA are a sixth number, and the sixth number may be 1 bit.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA occupies 1 bit of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the i-th user information subfield. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary explanation.
  • the sixth number of at least part of the bits actually occupied by the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA can be adjusted according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 2 bits, 3 bits, or more, or less. This is not an exhaustive list of all possible situations.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA is a sixth value, which is used to instruct the i-th STA to perform synchronous uplink transmission; and/or, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA
  • the value of is the seventh value, used to instruct the i-th STA to perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • the sixth value and the seventh value are different.
  • the sixth value may be the same as or different from any one of the first specified value and the first to fifth values.
  • the seventh value may be the same as or different from any one of the first specified value and the first to fifth values.
  • the sixth value may be 0 and the seventh value may be 1; or, the sixth value may be 1 and the seventh value may be 0.
  • the sixth value and the seventh value are guaranteed to be different, they are both within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the above embodiments respectively describe each subfield that may be included in each user information subfield and each subfield that may be included in the public information field in the trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame can be designed to include some of the foregoing subfields, and any user information subfield can also be designed to include some of the foregoing subfields.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame contains the transmission mode subfield, but each user information subfield does not need to contain the corresponding transmission mode subfield of the STA, or vice versa; for another example, in the public information field of the trigger frame If the uplink and downlink indication subfields are included, each user information subfield may not include the corresponding STA's uplink and downlink indication subfields, or vice versa; for another example, the common information field of the trigger frame may not include the shared transmission indication subfield. ;
  • the public information field of the trigger frame may include the shared transmission indication subfield and not the transmission mode subfield, and one or more user information subfields of the trigger frame may include the transmission mode subfield of the corresponding STA. .
  • the frame format of the trigger frame is shown in Figure 3, which can include the Frame Control field of 2 Octets, the Duration field of 2 Octets, the RA field of 6 Octets, and the TA of 6 Octets.
  • Field Common info (public information) field, User info List field, Padding (filling) field and FCS field of 4Octets.
  • the lengths of the public information field, user information list field and padding field are all variable (Variable).
  • the public information field of the trigger frame contains a trigger type subfield, such as the Trigger Type subfield in Figure 4, Figure 6, and Figure 9; in any user information subfield of the trigger frame, such as the i-th user information subfield may include the identification subfield of the i-th STA, such as the AID12 subfield in Figure 5, Figure 7, and Figure 8.
  • the trigger frame may contain a transmission mode subfield; the transmission mode subfield may be in the public information field of the trigger frame, or may be in one or more user information subfields of the trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame may include a transmission mode subfield, and in this case, the user information subfield may not include the STA's transmission mode subfield.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame does not contain the transmission mode subfield, and one or more user information subfields may contain the transmission mode subfield of the STA.
  • the i-th user information subfield contains the i-th STA.
  • the transmission mode subfield is the transmission mode subfield.
  • the trigger frame may also include an uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be included in the common information field of the trigger frame, or may be included in one or more user information subfields of the trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfields
  • the user information subfield does not need to include the STA's uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame does not contain the uplink and downlink indication subfields, and one or more user information subfields may contain the uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the i-th user information subfield contains the i-th STA.
  • the transmission mode subfield is also include an uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the uplink and downlink indication subfield may be included in the common information field of the trigger frame, or may be included in one or more user information subfields of the trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame does not contain the uplink and downlink indication subfield
  • one or more user information subfields in the trigger frame may also include the transmit power subfield of the STA.
  • the i-th user information subfield may also include the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the common information field of the trigger frame may also include a shared transmission indication subfield.
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame contains a 4-bit trigger type subfield (i.e., the Trigger Type subfield in Figure 4), which is used to identify the variant of the trigger frame. It is assumed that 0 has been defined
  • the trigger frame variant of -7 retains values between 8-15 and can be used to define new trigger frame variants.
  • the value of the trigger type subfield i.e., the Trigger Type subfield in Figure 4
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame contains the transmission mode subfield, which is the MAP TXS Mode subfield in Figure 4.
  • the first reserved subfield is the EHT reserved subfield shown in Figure 4.
  • the EHT reserved subfield has 7 bits (bits) of reserved bits; correspondingly, the transmission mode subfield is The MAP TXS Mode subfield in Figure 4 can occupy the first 3 bits in the EHT reserved subfield.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield may indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode; regarding the different values of the transmission mode subfield
  • the corresponding different contents are the same as the aforementioned Table 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the position of the transmission mode subfield may not be limited to occupying the first 3 bits in the EHT reserved subfield as shown in Figure 4, but may occupy any 3 reserved bits in the common info.
  • the reserved bits can be 3 consecutive reserved bits, or 3 discontinuous reserved bits. For example, it can occupy the 1-bit reserved subfield before the HE/EHT P160 subfield in Figure 4, and the EHT The 2 reserved bits in the reserved subfield are reserved, etc., and we will not exhaustively list them here.
  • the trigger frame may include one or more user info subfields, and the one or more User info subfields may be included in the User info List field in the trigger frame as shown in Figure 3.
  • each User info subfield can be used to indicate a target TXOP shared device, that is, a Shared AP, or a third STA, or a fourth STA. Representing any user info subfield as the i-th user info subfield is explained as follows:
  • the i-th User info subfield contains an identification subfield of the i-th STA.
  • This identification subfield is the AID12 subfield in Figure 5 (can occupy 12 bits), which carries the AID of the i-th STA participating in the TXOP sharing device. 12 least significant bits or 12-bit VAID. The method of obtaining or configuring the AID and/or VAID of any STA has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the i-th User info subfield may also include: a transmission power subfield of the i-th STA (Max TX Power subfield as shown in Figure 5), where the transmission power of the i-th STA The subfield is used to indicate the maximum transmit power used by the i-th STA.
  • the User Info subfield of the trigger frame can contain a Trigger dependent User Info subfield according to different trigger frame variant types, which can be used to carry additional information. In the trigger frame of this example, the Trigger dependent User Info subfield contains 6 bits.
  • the transmit power subfield is the Max TX power subfield shown in Figure 5, and its length can be 6 bits.
  • the transmit power subfield about the i-th STA is the Max TX power subfield in Figure 7, which is used by the sharing AP (first STA) to indicate what the device (i-th STA) that receives the trigger frame should do when subsequently sending data.
  • the maximum transmit power used. This value is determined by the sharing AP (first STA) based on the information collected during the preparation phase and detection phase.
  • the method of determining the maximum transmit power and the method of determining the transmit power used by the i-th STA are the same as in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here. That is to say, the common information field of the trigger frame includes the aforementioned trigger type subfield and transmission mode subfield, and any user information subfield includes the STA's identification information subfield and the STA's transmit power subfield.
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame contains a 4-bit trigger type subfield (ie, the Trigger Type subfield in Figure 6). The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame also contains a shared transmission indication subfield, which can be expressed as a MAP TXS Indication (Multiple Access Point Transmission Opportunity Sharing Indication) subfield, which occupies the third reserved subfield in the common information field. At least some of the bits of the field.
  • the third reserved field specifically the Number of HE/EHT-LTF symbols subfield in the Common info field as shown in Figure 6, is preceded by a 1-bit reserved subfield, that is, the MAP TXS
  • the Indication subfield occupies a reserved subfield of 1 bit before the Number of HE/EHT-LTF symbols subfield.
  • the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode, that is, it is used by the sharing AP to indicate to the devices participating in multi-AP TXOP sharing whether to enable the multi-AP TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is 1, it means that the multi-AP TXOP sharing mode is enabled; otherwise, it means that the multiple STAs do not enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is 0, which indicates that the multi-AP TXOP sharing mode is enabled; conversely, it indicates that the multiple STAs do not enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • the third reserved field occupied by the MAP TXS Indication subfield can also be set for any 1-bit reserved bit in common info. For example, it can be occupied before the HE/EHT P160 subfield. 1-bit reserved subfield, or can occupy 1 reserved bit in the EHT reserved subfield, etc. This is not an exhaustive list.
  • the i-th User info subfield includes an identification subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the identification subfield is the AID12 subfield in Figure 7 (can occupy 12 bits). The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the Trigger dependent User Info subfield in the i-th User info subfield also contains the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA, which is represented as the MAP TXS Mode subfield in Figure 7, and its length is 3 bits.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA can be before the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the Max TX power subfield (occupies 3 bits) is located in the Max TX power subfield (occupies 6 bits). Before.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA in the i-th User info subfield (i.e., the MAP TXS Mode subfield in Figure 7) is used to indicate that after receiving the trigger frame with the MAP TXS Indication subfield and the value equal to 1, The i-th STA subsequently participates in the cooperative transmission mode used by multi-AP TXOP sharing.
  • the different contents corresponding to different values of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA are the same as the aforementioned Table 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the i-th User info subfield can contain a Trigger dependent User Info subfield according to different trigger frame variant types, which can be used to carry additional information.
  • the Trigger dependent User Info subfield contains a 6-bit transmit power subfield, which is the Max TX power (maximum transmit power) subfield shown in Figure 7, and its length can be 6 bits.
  • the relevant description of the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here. It should be pointed out that the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA can also indicate whether the i-th STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode. Therefore, in the solution provided in this example, the shared transmission indication subfield may not be included in the common information field of the trigger frame.
  • this example can also indicate whether the i-th STA enables or disables the TXOP sharing mode, and the specific cooperative transmission mode if it is enabled, by simply triggering the i-th user information subfield of the frame, and The maximum transmit power that the i-th STA can adopt is indicated through the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame contains a 4-bit trigger type subfield (ie, the Trigger Type subfield in Figure 4). The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame contains the transmission mode subfield, which is the MAP TXS Mode subfield in Figure 4. The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the i-th User info subfield contains an identification subfield of the i-th STA.
  • This identification subfield is the AID12 subfield in Figure 8 (can occupy 12 bits), which carries the AID of the i-th STA participating in the TXOP sharing device. 12 least significant bits or 12-bit VAID. The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the Trigger dependent User Info subfield in the i-th User info subfield also contains the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA. The uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA is used to indicate the i-th STA.
  • the cooperative transmission is synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission, that is, whether the i-th STA performs uplink or downlink transmission in the allocated TXOP. If the value of this field is 0, it means uplink transmission, and the value of this field is 1, it means downlink transmission.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA is represented as the UL/DL Indication (uplink/downlink indication) subfield, and its length is 1 bit.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA can be before the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA.
  • the UL/DL Indication subfield (occupies 1 bit) is located in the Max TX power subfield (occupies 1 bit). 6bit) before.
  • the position of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA may not be limited to the description in the current example.
  • the 1 bit after the UL EHT-MCS shown in Figure 8 is reserved.
  • the subfield can also be occupied as the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA, that is, the UL/DL Indication subfield. All possible positions are not exhaustive here.
  • the setting of the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA is not limited to the setting method in the current example.
  • the i-th User info subfield can include a Trigger dependent User Info subfield according to different trigger frame variant types, which can be used to carry additional information.
  • the Trigger dependent User Info subfield The field contains a 6-bit transmit power subfield, which is the Max TX power subfield shown in Figure 8, and its length can be 6 bits. The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame contains a 4-bit trigger type subfield (ie, the Trigger Type subfield in Figure 9), which is used to identify the variant of the trigger frame.
  • the specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame contains the transmission mode subfield, which is the MAP TXS Mode subfield in Figure 9. The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the Common info field of the trigger frame also contains an uplink and downlink indication subfield.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield is used to indicate that the coordinated transmission of multiple STAs is synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission, that is, indicating whether the allocated TXOP is used.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield is represented as the UL/DL Indication subfield, and its length is 1 bit. Moreover, the uplink and downlink indication subfield can be after the transmission mode subfield. As shown in Figure 9, the UL/DL Indication subfield (occupies 1 bit) is located after the Max TX Mode subfield (occupies 3 bits). It should be pointed out that the position of the uplink and downlink indication subfield, that is, the UL/DL Indication subfield, may not be limited to the description in the current example.
  • the 1 bit reserved after UL Spatial Reuse shown in Figure 9 The subfield can also be occupied as the uplink and downlink indication subfield, that is, the UL/DL Indication subfield. All possible positions are not exhaustive here.
  • the setting of the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield, that is, the UL/DL Indication subfield is not limited to the setting method in the current example. For example, it can also be that if the value of this field is 1, it means uplink transmission. The value of this field is 0, which means downlink transmission. No exhaustive list will be made here.
  • the trigger frame is not suitable for one BSS (that is, one STA) to trigger the uplink and another BSS (another STA). ) triggers a downward trend.
  • the i-th User info subfield contains an identification subfield of the i-th STA. This identification subfield is the AID12 subfield in Figure 5 (can occupy 12 bits), which carries the AID of the i-th STA participating in the TXOP sharing device. 12 least significant bits or 12-bit VAID.
  • the i-th User info subfield may also include: the i-th STA's transmit power subfield (Max TX Power subfield as shown in Figure 5), which is used for Indicates the maximum transmit power used by the i-th STA.
  • the specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame also includes other subfields specified in the protocol, such as the UL length (Length) subfield (12 bits), More Trigger Frame (More TF, More Trigger Frame) shown in Figure 4 ) subfield, CS request (Carrier Sense Required) subfield, UL (uplink) BW (Bandwidth) subfield, GI And HE/EHT-LTF Type/Trigger TXOP Sharing (Guard interval and High Efficiency /HE Long Training field type/Trigger Transmission Opportunity Sharing guard interval and high efficiency/extremely high throughput long training field type/trigger transmission opportunity sharing) subfield, number of HE/EHT-LTF symbols (Number Of HE/EHT-LTF Symbols ) subfield, LDPC Extra Symbol Segment subfield, AT Px Power subfield, Pre-FEC Padding Factor subfield, PE Disambiguity Subfield, UL Spatial Reuse subfield, HE/EHTP160 subfield, Special User Info Field Flag subfield,
  • a user information subfield of the trigger frame also contains other subfields specified in the protocol, such as RU Allocation, ULFEC Coding Type, and Uplink Forward Correction shown in Figure 5. Error coding type), SS allocation/RA-RU information (SS Allocation/RA-RU Information, SS allocation/random access resource unit information), UL target received power, PS160, UL EHT MCS and other subfields, each subfield The number of occupied bits is the same as shown in Figure 5. The functions or definitions of each subfield will not be described one by one here.
  • the trigger frame can only be designed in the above several ways. There can also be other design ways.
  • the trigger frame does not need to indicate the maximum transmit power for the STA, but can only be set in the public information field.
  • the trigger type subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the transmission mode subfield are used to notify multiple STAs that receive the trigger frame to establish cooperative transmission.
  • the trigger frame can be configured only by setting the identification information of one or more STAs, the uplink and downlink indication subfields of one or more STAs, and the transmission mode subfield of one or more STAs in one or more user information subfields.
  • the STA that receives the trigger frame can default to the trigger type of MAP TXS trigger frame, which is used by default to establish a cooperative transmission between multiple STAs. Collaborative transmission. It should be pointed out that the foregoing are all illustrative descriptions, and do not mean that the trigger frame provided by this embodiment can only exist in the above several formats. In actual processing, there can be more formats, as long as the trigger frame can be received The formats used by STAs to establish cooperative transmission are all within the protection scope of this embodiment, but they are not exhaustive here.
  • the trigger frame is carried by a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU); wherein the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is the second specified value.
  • the first PPDU may be an EHT PPDU.
  • the first indication bit may be the MAP TXS indication bit. It should be understood that the first PPDU can also be other types of PPDU, but in a preferred example, the first PPDU is an EHT PPDU; similarly, the first indication bit can also be other types of PPDU in the preamble of the first PPDU.
  • the indication bit is just a preferred example. In a preferred example, the first indication bit is the MAP TXS indication bit, but this embodiment is not exhaustive.
  • the length and specific value of the second specified value can be set according to the actual situation.
  • the length of the second specified value can be 1 bit, and its specific value can be set to 1, or it can be 0; or, the second specified value
  • the length of can be 2 bits, and its specific value can be 01, or it can be 10, etc. All possibilities are not exhaustive here.
  • the first PPDU is an EHT PPDU; the specific position of the first indication bit (i.e., the MAP TXS indication bit) is bit No. 25 of the U-SIG-1 field of the preamble of the EHT PPDU.
  • the second specified value is 1, if the MAP TXS indication bit of the preamble of the first PPDU is 1, it means that the first PPDU contains the trigger frame (that is, a trigger frame used to instruct multiple STAs to establish cooperative transmission, or (called MAP TXS trigger frame), correspondingly, the STA that receives the first PPDU will not discard the first PPDU, and can then parse the trigger frame carried in the first PPDU.
  • the trigger frame that is, a trigger frame used to instruct multiple STAs to establish cooperative transmission, or (called MAP TXS trigger frame
  • the indicator bit is not added to the preamble of the PPDU, but all STAs that receive the PPDU are set not to discard the PPDU.
  • the existing PPDU specifically, it can be an EHT PPDU.
  • the STA is configured to ignore the UL/DL identifier in the preamble U-SIG-1 of the PPDU and will not discard the PPDU.
  • the transmission interaction process of the first STA is introduced below. To achieve multi-APTXOP sharing, it can be divided into three stages, namely the preparation stage, the detection stage and the triggered transmission stage.
  • the aforementioned S210 is mainly the processing executed in the triggered transmission stage, that is, sharing AP (section
  • the first STA) triggers the shared AP (second STA) or the STA (fourth STA) associated with the shared AP (second STA) to perform cooperative transmission.
  • the preparation phase and measurement phase before triggering the transmission phase are also very important.
  • the information exchanged in these two phases is the basis for completing multi-STA cooperative transmission. Therefore, the processing of the preparation phase and measurement phase is first explained:
  • the first STA executes the EDCA (Enhanced Distributed Channel Access) mechanism, decrements the backoff counter to zero, and obtains a transmission opportunity.
  • the first STA is the sharing AP. If the first STA is willing to share TXOP, it will exchange information with the second STA within the transmission range, that is, the Shared AP during the preparation phase.
  • the information exchanged between the first STA and the second STA includes but is not limited to: MAP TXS Announcement and MAP TXS Response. Referring to Figure 10, the first STA is AP1 in Figure 10, and the second STA is AP2 in Figure 10.
  • AP1 executes the EDCA mechanism, decrements the backoff counter to zero, and obtains a transmission opportunity.
  • AP1 is a sharing AP. If AP1 has a TXOP sharing intention, it will exchange information with AP2 within the transmission range, that is, a Shared AP, during the preparation phase. Among them, the information exchanged between AP1 and AP2 includes but is not limited to: MAP TXS Announcement and MAP TXS Response.
  • the MAP TXS Announcement (announcement) (or MAP TXA announcement frame) includes at least one of the following: the cooperative transmission mode that the first STA (i.e., the sharing AP) hopes to carry out, the sharing BSS (basic service set, basic service The STA information (such as AID and/or VAID) participating in the transmission in the set), and the RSSI measured by the STA participating in the transmission for the second STA (i.e. shared AP).
  • the RSSI of the second STA (i.e. shared AP) measured by the STA participating in the transmission is optional. This is because the STA participating in the transmission can decide whether to share the RSSI based on the RSSI measurement method (i.e.
  • the STA participating in the transmission can Determine whether to upload the RSSI to the first STA according to the RSSI measurement method).
  • RSSI is mainly used for power control in CSR.
  • the RSSI measurement method is not limited in this embodiment; if the STAs participating in the transmission decide to share the RSSI, the STA can complete RSSI interaction in the preparation phase by default.
  • the MAP TXS Response (or MAP TXS Response frame) includes at least one of the following: the second STA, that is, the Shared AP's willingness to participate in uplink and downlink cooperative transmission and the supported cooperative transmission mode, the sharing AP (the first STA) can be heard in the sharedBSS ) and wish to participate in the transmission information (i.e., the information of the STAs associated with the second STA that wish to participate in the transmission), the time-frequency resources in the shared BSS that are expected to be obtained, and the STAs in the shared BSS that participate in the transmission (i.e., the information of the STAs associated with the second STA that wish to participate in the transmission) STA) measured RSSI of AP1 (optional).
  • the first STA i.e. Sharing AP, AP1 in Figure 10
  • the second STA i.e. Shared AP, such as AP2 in Figure 10
  • the second STA ie Shared AP, such as AP2 in Figure 10
  • the fourth STA the fourth STA
  • the first STA and the second STA can send NDPA, NDP, and beamforming report poll (BFRP, beamforming report poll) trigger frames to these associated or non-associated STAs during the detection phase.
  • BFRP beamforming report poll
  • the trigger's STA feeds back the CSI report (report) to the AP that sends the BFRP trigger. That is to say, the STA can feed back the CSI report to the associated or non-associated AP, so that each AP can calculate the Steering Matrix by itself.
  • AP1 and AP2 determine which STAs' CSI reports are received based on the control matrix, and perform beam zeroing operations on which STAs.
  • the first STA can perform detection based on the following detection sequence: NDPA+NDP+BFRP TF (Trigger Frame)+CSI report (Report). Specifically, the first STA may send NDPA, NDP and BFRP TFs to one or more third STAs associated with itself and one or more fourth STAs not associated with itself, and receive one or more third STAs. and a CSI report (Report) fed back by one or more fourth STAs.
  • the processing of the second STA is similar to the processing of the first STA and will not be described again here.
  • the NDPA frame and BFRP TF can contain the identification information of the OBSS STA (such as AID or VAID).
  • the first STA can send messages to one or more third STAs and one or more third STAs.
  • a fourth STA sends NDPA frames, NDP and BFRP frames; one or more third STAs and one or more fourth STAs can process the reception of NDPA frames and BFRP Trigger frames from the first STA, and receive NDPA frames and BFRP Trigger frames from the first STA.
  • Each STA in the BFRP trigger frame can feed back the corresponding channel state information (CSI) report to the first STA and the second STA associated with it.
  • CSI channel state information
  • the order of the foregoing detection sequence is certain, that is, no matter which STA performs the detection, the order in the foregoing detection sequence is adopted, that is, the NDPA needs to be sent first, then the NDP, then the BFRP trigger frame, and then the STA receives the Feedback CSI report. It should be pointed out that one of the first STA or the second STA can be a master AP, and the remaining STAs can be a slave AP.
  • FIG. 11 Take Figure 11 as an example for explanation.
  • STA11-STA1N are associated with AP1 (the AP1 is assumed to be the first STA), and STA21-STA2N are associated with AP2 (the AP1 is assumed to be the second STA).
  • any AP collects CSI from in-BSS and OBSS STA during the detection process, and the detection sequence of any AP is NDPA+NDP+BFRP TF+CSI report; for example, in Figure 11, AP1 follows the detection sequence to STA11-STA1N and STA21-STA2N both send NDPA1, NDP1, and BFPR TF1, and then AP1 receives the CSI reports fed back by STA11-STA1N and STA21-STA2N; similarly, AP2 sends NDPA2, NDP2, BFPR TF2, and then AP2 receives the CSI reports fed back by STA11-STA1N and STA21-STA2N.
  • NDPA frames and BFRP trigger frames will contain the identification information of the OBSS STA (such as AID or VAID).
  • AP1 can send NDPA frames, NDP to STA11-STA1N and STA21-STA2N. and BFRP frames; each STA can handle receiving NDPA frames and BFRP Trigger frames from OBSS AP.
  • Each STA that receives BFRP trigger frames from OBSS AP can feedback the corresponding channel status information (CSI) report to OBSS AP1 and its associated AP2.
  • CSI channel status information
  • the first STA can perform the processing of triggering the transmission phase.
  • the following is a description of the specific subfields and values contained in the trigger frame in different processes, as well as the processing of the execution trigger transmission phase of the first STA in different processes:
  • the trigger frame is a first trigger frame; the first STA sends a trigger frame, including: the first STA sends a first trigger frame, the first The trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA, the fourth STA is associated with the second STA, and the second STA is associated with the second STA. The STA is different from the first STA.
  • the first STA sending the first trigger frame may be: the first STA sends the first trigger frame in the form of broadcast or multicast.
  • the receiving address of the first trigger frame is set to a broadcast or multicast address.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e., non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the Shared AP.
  • Associated STA i.e. non-AP STA).
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs may be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • the first STA (sharing AP) turns on the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO transmission mode.
  • the first STA i.e. sharing AP
  • the second STA i.e. shared AP
  • the fourth STA may report to the first STA during the measurement phase. Therefore, the first STA (that is, the sharing AP) can send the first trigger frame to the third STA associated with itself and the fourth STA associated with the second STA.
  • the first STA can complete the interaction with the second STA (that is, other Shared APs) in the same collaboration set, as well as the third STA and the fourth STA. Therefore, the first STA The STA can learn that one or more third STAs and/or one or more fourth STAs have uplink data to send, and can learn that one or more third STAs and/or one or more fourth STAs have uplink data to send.
  • the corresponding AID and/or VAID respectively.
  • the method further includes: the first STA receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA after sending the first trigger frame for a first duration; the first STA transmits the uplink data to the third STA.
  • Three STAs send block acknowledgments (BA, Block ACK). More specifically, the first STA receives the uplink data sent by the third STA after sending the first trigger frame for a first duration, including: the first STA turns on uplink CBF and/or C- In the case of the UL MU-MIMO mode, after sending the first trigger frame for the first duration, the fourth STA performs a beam zeroing operation and receives the uplink data sent by the third STA.
  • the first duration after sending the first trigger frame refers to after the SIFS delay from the sending moment of the first trigger frame.
  • the first STA sends a block acknowledgment (BA, Block ACK) to the third STA, which may be: after the first STA completes receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA for a first period of time, The third STA sends a block acknowledgment (BA, Block ACK).
  • the method for determining the completion of receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA may be to detect the completion of sending indication information in the received uplink data from the third STA, and determine that the reception of the uplink data sent by the third STA is completed.
  • the first duration may refer to SIFS (Short interframe space).
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; accordingly, in this embodiment, the sending time of the uplink data of the third STA can be The sending time of the uplink data of the fourth STA is the same. In other words, the third STA and the fourth STA perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase, it learns that STA2 in BSS2 (STA2 associated with AP2 in BSS2 as shown in Figure 13) has uplink data that needs to be sent and obtains STA2's AID or VAID information, AP1 generates a MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the first trigger frame, to trigger synchronous uplink transmission of STA1 (associated with AP1) and STA2 (associated with AP2).
  • the first trigger frame contains the User info subfield of STA1 and the User info subfield of STA2.
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, after AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, it performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, receives the uplink data sent by STA1, and When the uplink data sent by STA1 is received, BA is sent to STA1 after the SIFS time.
  • MAP TXS trigger frame which is the SIFS time of the first trigger frame
  • the first STA turns on the uplink COFDMA and/or CSR mode, and the first STA (i.e., sharing AP) can actively obtain the first STA (i.e., sharing AP) from the second STA (i.e., shared AP) Sharing AP) OBSS STA information that can participate in uplink cooperative transmission within the coverage area (that is, the information of the fourth STA associated with the second STA, specifically the AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA). Afterwards, the first STA (i.e., sharing AP) can send a MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the first trigger frame, to the OBSS STA within the coverage area.
  • a MAP TXS trigger frame that is, the first trigger frame
  • the method further includes: the first STA receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA after sending the first trigger frame for a first duration; and the first STA sending a block acknowledgment to the third STA. (BA, Block ACK).
  • the first STA sends the BA to the third STA. Specifically, the first STA sends the BA to the third STA after completing the first duration of receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA. STA sends the BA.
  • Figure 14 and Figure 15 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set in the preparation phase and detection phase (CSR determines whether a detection phase is required based on different RSSI measurement methods), AP1 learns that STA2 in BSS2 has uplink data that needs to be sent and obtains STA2's AID or VAID information, AP1 generates a MAP TXS trigger frame used to trigger synchronous uplink transmission of STA1 and STA2, which is the first trigger frame.
  • the first trigger frame contains the User info subfield of STA1 and the User info subfield of STA2.
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, and then receives the uplink data sent by STA1, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA1 , after the SIFS time, send BA to STA1.
  • the first STA receives the uplink data sent by the third STA after sending the first trigger frame for a first duration, including: the first STA turns on the uplink COFDMA and/or CSR mode.
  • the uplink data of the third STA is received on the first resource unit RU.
  • the first RU is a resource corresponding to the third STA.
  • the first STA sending the BA to the third STA includes: the first STA is on the first RU and sends the BA to the third STA.
  • the first STA is on the first RU and sends the BA to the third STA.
  • the first STA completes the first step of receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA. After a period of time, on the first RU, send the BA to the third STA.
  • the method for determining the completion of receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA may be to detect the completion of sending indication information in the received uplink data from the third STA, and determine that the reception of the uplink data sent by the third STA is completed.
  • Figure 16 and Figure 17 are schematic diagrams of the first STA turning on the COFDMA mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP or the second STA
  • STA11 and STA12 are the two third STAs associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA21 is the Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase (COFDMA may not require the detection phase), it learns that STA21 in BSS2 has uplink data that needs to be sent and obtains the AID or VAID information of STA21, then AP1 generates
  • the MAP TXS trigger frame used to trigger synchronous uplink transmission of STA11, STA12 and STA21 is the first trigger frame; the first trigger frame contains the User info subfields corresponding to STA11, STA12 and STA21 respectively.
  • AP1 sends the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, it is ready to receive the uplink data associated with STA11 and STA12 on the first RU corresponding to STA11 and STA12, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA11 and STA12
  • AP1 sends BA to STA11 and STA12 on the first RU corresponding to STA11 and STA12 respectively.
  • the first RU corresponding to STA11 is the first RU in Figure 17
  • the first RU corresponding to STA12 is the second RU in Figure 17.
  • each field that may be included in the first trigger frame is explained as follows:
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame includes A first transmission mode subfield; the value of the first transmission mode subfield is a second value.
  • the specific meaning of this second value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and is used to indicate that the cooperative transmission mode used for sharing the transmission opportunities TXOP of the multiple STAs is CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame does not include the first transmission mode subfield.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmission mode subfield of the third STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is the second value; and/or,
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value.
  • the specific meaning of this second value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and is used to indicate that the cooperative transmission mode used for sharing the transmission opportunities TXOP of the multiple STAs is CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmission mode subfield of the third STA; and the user information of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame
  • the subfield includes: the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield; the value of the first transmission mode subfield is a third value.
  • the specific meaning of this third value is the same as the previous embodiment, and is used to indicate that the cooperative transmission mode used for sharing the transmission opportunities TXOP of the multiple STAs is COFDMA and/or CSR mode, and will not be repeated below.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame does not include the first transmission mode subfield.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmission mode subfield of the third STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is a third value; and /Or, the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is a third value.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmission mode subfield of the third STA; and the user information of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame
  • the subfield includes: the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA. This is because the first STA needs to separately instruct STAs that perform uplink transmission, so each STA needs to be able to determine the processing that it needs to perform based on its own user information subfield.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes the third STA
  • the identification subfield of the fourth STA is used to carry the identification information of the third STA; and/or the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes the identification subfield of the fourth STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the third STA. Describe the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes an identification subfield of the third STA, used to carry the identification information of the third STA; and the first The user information subfield of the fourth STA in the trigger frame includes an identification subfield of the fourth STA, which is used to carry identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the first trigger frame can also be included in the common information field of the first trigger frame. It includes a first uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value. The specific meaning of this sixth value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and is used to indicate that the multiple STAs perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame does not contain the first uplink and downlink indicator. field.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value; and/or, the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame also includes: the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA. is the sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes: the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA; and the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame
  • the information subfield includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA. This is because the first STA needs to separately instruct STAs that perform uplink transmission, so each STA needs to be able to determine whether the transmission it needs to perform is uplink or downlink based on its respective user information subfield.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame also includes : the transmission power subfield of the third STA; and/or the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame further includes: the transmission power subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmit power subfield of the third STA, while the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame may not include Contains the transmission power subfield of the fourth STA, that is, the fourth STA can determine its own transmission power according to its own situation.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame does not include the transmit power subfield of the third STA
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame may include the fourth STA.
  • the transmit power subfield of the STA that is, the third STA can determine its own transmit power according to its own situation.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmit power subfield of the third STA
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes the fourth STA.
  • the transmission power subfield, that is, the third STA and the fourth STA both determine their own transmission power based on their respective corresponding transmission power subfields. The manner in which the third STA and the fourth STA determine the transmit power used by themselves according to the corresponding transmit power subfields has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again here.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame also includes: a first shared transmission indication. Subfield; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield is the eighth value.
  • the specific meaning of the eighth value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and is used to instruct the multiple STAs to turn on the TXOP sharing mode, and the description will not be repeated below. It should be noted that if the common information field of the first trigger frame includes the first transmission mode subfield, the above-mentioned first shared transmission indication subfield may not be included. That is to say, the first shared transmission indication subfield may not be included in this example.
  • the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield of the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value, it means that the STA that receives the first trigger frame can identify the identifier in its own user information subfield based on the VAID. field (i.e. AID12 subfield).
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame also includes: the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield is the ninth value, it means that the STA that receives the first trigger frame can identify its own user information subfield based on the AID.
  • the identification subfield i.e. AID12 subfield).
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes a third The identification subfield of the STA is used to carry the identification information of the third STA; and/or the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes the identification subfield of the fourth STA, which is used to carry The identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes an identification subfield of the third STA, used to carry the identification information of the third STA; and the first The user information subfield of the fourth STA in the trigger frame includes an identification subfield of the fourth STA, which is used to carry identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the first trigger frame can indicate the transmission mode through the common information field, that is, through the first transmission mode subfield of the common information field; or, it can indicate the transmission mode through the user information subfield of the third STA and the fourth STA.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the third STA and the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA are respectively included in the user information subfield to indicate the transmission mode.
  • the first trigger frame may indicate uplink and downlink through the common information field, that is, indicate uplink transmission through the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field, or may indicate uplink transmission through the user information subfield of the third STA and the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield respectively contains the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA and the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA to indicate uplink transmission.
  • the first trigger frame may carry the identification information of the third STA and the identification information of the fourth STA, as well as the transmission power subfield of the third STA and the transmission power subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the first trigger The frame may also include a user information subfield of the second STA, so that the second STA can determine that the fourth STA with which it is associated needs to perform uplink transmission, thereby entering the corresponding mode and preparing to receive uplink data.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the first trigger frame also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is a sixth value; regarding The specific definition of the sixth value is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the first trigger frame includes an identification subfield of the second STA, which is used to carry identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA may also include the transmission mode subfield of the second STA.
  • the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO transmission mode is enabled in the first STA (ie, sharing AP).
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value; in the case of turning on the uplink COFDMA and/or CSR mode, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the third value.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may also include a trigger type subfield, and the value of the trigger type subfield is The first specified value (for example, it can be 8).
  • the trigger frame is a second trigger frame; the first STA sends a trigger frame, including: the first STA sends the second trigger frame, and the second trigger frame is used to
  • the multiple STAs are triggered to send a first frame synchronously, and the first frame is used to trigger STAs associated with the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink cooperative transmission.
  • the multiple STAs include: the first STA and the second STA.
  • the first STA refers to Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to Shared AP. It should be understood that the number of the aforementioned Shared AP, that is, the second STA, may be one or more.
  • the specific processing of the first STA sending the second trigger frame may be different.
  • the first STA sends the second trigger frame in the form of broadcast or multicast; the receiving address of the second trigger frame is set to broadcast or multicast. address.
  • the first STA sends the second trigger frame in unicast form; the receiving address of the second trigger frame is set to the address of the second STA.
  • the specific processing of the first STA sending the second trigger frame may be different.
  • the first STA sends the second trigger in the form of broadcast or multicast. frame; the receiving address of the second trigger frame is set to the broadcast or multicast address.
  • the method further includes: when the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode is turned on, the first STA sends the first frame to the third STA after sending the second trigger frame for a second duration; Three STAs are associated with the first STA. Specifically, the method further includes: after the first STA sends the first frame to the third STA, the first STA receives the uplink data sent by the third STA; the first STA sends the first frame to the third STA. STA sends BA. Wherein, the first STA sends the BA to the third STA, which may be: after the first STA completes receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA for a second period of time, the first STA sends the BA to the third STA. .
  • the method for determining the completion of receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA may be to detect the completion of sending indication information in the received uplink data from the third STA, and determine that the reception of the uplink data sent by the third STA is completed.
  • the second duration may be the same as or different from the first duration.
  • the second duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a first STA and a second STA; accordingly, in this embodiment, the first STA and the second STA respectively send the first frame
  • the time should be the same.
  • the sending time of the uplink data of the third STA may be the same as the sending time of the uplink data of the fourth STA. In other words, the third STA and the fourth STA perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the cooperation set during the preparation phase and detection phase, it learns that STA2 in BSS2 has uplink data to send and wants to use the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode, then AP1 generates a MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the second trigger frame.
  • the second trigger frame contains the User info subfield of AP2.
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the second trigger frame, and then sends the basic trigger frame to STA1; AP1 receives the basic trigger frame after the SIFS time of sending the basic trigger frame. After receiving the uplink data sent by STA1, BA is sent to STA1 after the SIFS time.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame includes the identification subfield of the second STA, which is used to carry the second STA. 2. STA identification information.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame includes a second transmission mode subfield, and the value of the second transmission mode subfield is a fifth value.
  • the specific meaning of the fifth value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and indicates that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the i-th STA is the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode, and will not be repeated below.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame does not include the second transmission mode subfield.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame includes: a transmission mode subfield of the second STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is a fifth value.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame includes a second uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the second uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value.
  • the specific meaning of this sixth value is the same as that in the previous embodiment, and is used to indicate that the multiple STAs perform synchronous uplink transmission, and will not be repeatedly explained below.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame does not include the second uplink and downlink indication subfield; the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame also includes: the uplink and downlink indication of the second STA. subfield, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame may also include: a transmission power subfield of the second STA.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame further includes: a second shared transmission indication subfield; the value of the second shared transmission indication subfield is an eighth value.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame; the first STA sends a trigger frame, including: the first STA sends a third trigger frame, and the third trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform Synchronous downlink cooperative transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a first STA and a second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the method further includes: the first STA sending downlink data to the third STA after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration; the third STA and the first STA Association: the first STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA.
  • the first STA sends downlink data to the third STA after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration, including: when the downlink CBF mode is turned on, the first STA sends the third trigger frame.
  • a beam zeroing operation is performed on the fourth STA, and downlink data is sent to the third STA; the fourth STA is associated with the second STA.
  • the first STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA may include: the first STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA after completing a third duration of sending downlink data.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase, it learns that AP2 in BSS2 has downlink data to send, and AP1 generates a MAP TXS trigger frame used to trigger synchronous downlink transmission with AP2, which is the third trigger. frame.
  • the third trigger frame contains the User info subfield of AP2.
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, after AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, AP1 performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, sends downlink data to STA1, and performs After the duration, STA1 is received and sends BA.
  • the schematic dotted arrows of the two do not completely overlap.
  • Figure 20 does not mean that the timing of AP1 and AP2 performing beam zeroing operations must be different. In actual processing, AP1 The timing of beam zeroing operations may be the same as that of AP2.
  • the MAP TXS trigger frame that is, the third trigger frame, is sent in unicast form, and its receiving address is set to the address of AP2.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame; the first STA sends a trigger frame, including: the first STA sends a third trigger frame, and the third trigger frame is used for the Multiple STAs perform synchronous downlink cooperative transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a first STA and a second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the method of sending the third trigger frame is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again here.
  • the method further includes: when the first STA turns on the downlink COFDMA and/or CSR mode, after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration, the first STA sends downlink data to the third STA;
  • the third STA is associated with the first STA; the first STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA.
  • the first STA sends downlink data to the third STA after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration, including: when the downlink COFDMA and/or CSR mode is turned on, the first STA sends all the downlink data.
  • the third duration of the third trigger frame downlink data is sent to the third STA on the first resource unit RU, where the first RU is a resource corresponding to the third STA.
  • the first STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA may include: the first STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA on the first RU. Specifically, after the first STA completes sending downlink data for a third period of time, the first STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA on the first RU.
  • Figure 21 and Figure 22 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • 1 STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set in the preparation phase and detection phase (CSR determines whether the detection phase is required based on different RSSI measurement methods), AP1 learns that AP2 in BSS2 has downlink data to send, then AP1 generates
  • the MAP TXS trigger frame used to trigger synchronized downlink transmission between AP1 and AP2 is the third trigger frame.
  • the third trigger frame at least contains the User info subfield of AP2.
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, then sends downlink data to STA1, and after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA1, Receive the BA sent by STA1.
  • Figure 23 and Figure 24 are schematic diagrams of the first STA turning on the COFDMA mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 and AP3 are both the Shared AP, which is the second STA.
  • AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase (COFDMA may not require the detection phase)
  • AP3 in BSS3 has downlink data to send.
  • AP1 generates the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the third trigger frame, used to trigger synchronous downlink transmission with AP2 and AP3.
  • the third trigger frame contains the User info subfield of AP2 and the User info subfield of AP3.
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, at the first RU corresponding to its own STA (i.e., the sub-TXOP of AP1 shown in the figure) ) to send downlink data.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame; the first STA sends a trigger frame, including: the first STA sends a third trigger frame, and the third trigger frame is used by the multiple STAs.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a first STA and a second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the first STA determines one or more second STAs in the following manner: after the first STA completes the interaction with other devices in the collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase, it selects one or more shared APs as the collaborative second STA for joint transmission. .
  • the first STA may also obtain CSI information feedback of the third STA (that is, the third STA associated with the first STA) from the second STA, and the first STA calculates the downlink transmission prediction of the second STA based on the CSI information. encoding matrix, and sends the precoding information and data information that needs to be sent to the third STA to the second STA.
  • the method further includes: the first STA sending downlink data to the third STA after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration; the third STA and the first STA Association: the first STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA.
  • the first STA sends downlink data to the third STA after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration, including: when the joint transmission mode is turned on, the first STA sends the third trigger frame.
  • the data to be transmitted is processed according to the precoding to obtain downlink data, and the downlink data is sent to the third STA.
  • the first STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA may include: the first STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA after completing a third duration of sending downlink data.
  • the downlink data transmission time of the first STA may be the same as the downlink data transmission time of the second STA. That is to say, the first STA and the second STA perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • both the first STA and the second STA send downlink data to the third STA, and the third STA only sends BA to its associated first STA.
  • FIG. 25 and Figure 26 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • AP1 also The CSI feedback of STA1 can be obtained from AP2.
  • AP1 calculates the downlink transmission precoding matrix of AP2 based on the CSI information, and sends the precoding information and the data information that needs to be sent to STA1 to AP2. If downlink data needs to be sent, AP1 generates The MAP TXS trigger frame that triggers synchronized downlink transmission between AP1 and AP2 is the third trigger frame.
  • the third trigger frame at least contains the User info subfield of AP2.
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, then sends downlink data to STA1, and after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA1, Receive the BA sent by STA1.
  • each field that may be included in the third trigger frame is described as follows:
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield, and the value of the third transmission mode subfield is the second value.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame does not include the third transmission mode subfield;
  • the user information subfield of the second STA of the third trigger frame includes the transmission mode subfield of the second STA;
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value.
  • the specific meaning of the second value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated below.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield, and the value of the third transmission mode subfield is a third value.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame does not include the third transmission mode subfield;
  • the user information subfield of the second STA of the third trigger frame includes the transmission mode subfield of the second STA;
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the third value.
  • the specific meaning of the third value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated below.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield, and the value of the third transmission mode subfield is a fourth value.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame does not include the third transmission mode subfield;
  • the user information subfield of the second STA of the third trigger frame includes the transmission mode subfield of the second STA;
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the fourth value.
  • the specific meaning of the fourth value is the same as that in the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated below.
  • the third trigger frame may also include the following fields:
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame includes: an identification subfield of the second STA, used to carry identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame further includes: a transmission power subfield of the second STA.
  • the method in which the second STA determines the transmit power used by itself according to the corresponding transmit power subfield has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again here.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame includes a third uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield is a seventh value.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame does not include the third uplink and downlink indication subfield
  • the user information subfield of the third trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA
  • the second The value of the STA's uplink and downlink indication subfield is the seventh value.
  • the specific meaning of this seventh value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and is used to indicate that the multiple STAs perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame may further include: a third shared transmission indication subfield; the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is an eighth value.
  • the specific meaning of the eighth value is the same as in the previous embodiment, and is used to instruct the multiple STAs to turn on the TXOP sharing mode, and the description will not be repeated below. It should be pointed out that if the common information field of the third trigger frame includes the third transmission mode subfield, the above-mentioned third shared transmission indication subfield may not be included. That is to say, the third shared transmission indication subfield may not be included in this example.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame contains the third shared transmission indication subfield and the value is the eighth value, it means that the STA (such as the second STA) that has received the third trigger frame ) can identify the identification subfield (that is, the AID12 subfield) in its own user information subfield based on VAID.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may not be included in the third trigger frame.
  • the third trigger frame may also include the user information subfield of the third STA and/or the user information subfield of the fourth STA. That is to say, although the third STA that receives the third trigger frame does not need to prepare to send uplink data, if the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield for the third STA, it can also instruct the third STA to prepare. Receive downlink data.
  • the fourth STA is similar to the third STA and will not be described in detail.
  • the third STA is associated with the first STA, the fourth STA is associated with a second STA, and the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may be one or more, and the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the third trigger frame includes at least one of the following: an identification subfield of the third STA, used to carry identification information of the third STA;
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the seventh value.
  • the description of the identification information of the third STA is the same as the description of the identification information of the i-th STA, and therefore will not be described again.
  • the description of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is also similar to that of the aforementioned uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and will not be described again. It should be understood that the user information subfield of the third STA may only include the identification subfield of the third STA.
  • the third STA detects that the identification subfield in the user information subfield of the third STA is the same as its own identification. If they are the same, you can default to waiting to receive downlink data.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA may include the identification subfield of the third STA and the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA.
  • the third STA detects that the user information subfield of the third STA If the identification subfield is the same as its own identification, then when the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the seventh value, it waits to receive downlink data.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame includes at least one of the following: an identification subfield of the fourth STA, used to carry identification information of the fourth STA;
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value.
  • the description of the identification information of the fourth STA is the same as the description of the identification information of the i-th STA, and therefore will not be described again.
  • the description of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is also similar to that of the aforementioned uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and will not be described again. It should be understood that the user information subfield of the fourth STA may only include the identification subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the fourth STA detects that the identification subfield in the user information subfield of the fourth STA is the same as its own identification. If they are the same, you can default to waiting to receive downlink data.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA may include the identification subfield of the fourth STA and the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the fourth STA detects that the user information subfield of the fourth STA If the identification subfield is the same as its own identification, then when the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value, it waits to receive downlink data.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may also include a trigger type subfield, and the value of the trigger type subfield Specify a value for the first one (for example, it can be 8).
  • the trigger frame is a fourth trigger frame; the first STA sends a trigger frame, including: the first STA sends the fourth trigger frame, and the fourth trigger frame is used for synchronization cooperation among the multiple STAs. transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a third STA and a second STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA. In this implementation manner, the first STA may enable the CSR mode.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used to trigger the third STA to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission, and to trigger the second STA to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the first STA sends the fourth trigger frame in the form of broadcast or multicast; the receiving address of the fourth trigger frame is set to the broadcast or multicast address.
  • the method further includes: the first STA receiving the uplink data sent by the third STA after sending the fourth trigger frame for a fourth duration; the first STA sending a block acknowledgment to the third STA. BA.
  • the second STA may also be configured to send downlink data to the fourth STA after receiving the fourth duration of the fourth trigger frame, and receive the BA sent by the fourth STA.
  • the first STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the third STA, which may include: the first STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the third STA after completing the fourth duration of sending downlink data.
  • the fourth duration may be the same as or different from any one of the first duration, the second duration, and the third duration. In one example, the fourth duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e., non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the Shared AP.
  • Associated STA i.e. non-AP STA.
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • the sending time of the third STA sending the uplink data to the first STA is the same as the sending time of the second STA sending the downlink data to the fourth STA. That is to say, the third STA and the second STA perform synchronous cooperative transmission.
  • Figure 27 and Figure 28 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • 1 STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase (depending on different RSSI measurement methods, it is decided whether the detection phase is required), it learns that AP2 in BSS2 has downlink data to send, and AP1 has Knowing that STA1 has uplink data to send; AP1 generates a MAP TXS trigger frame used to trigger STA1 and AP2 to transmit simultaneously, which is the fourth trigger frame.
  • the fourth trigger frame at least contains the User info subfield of STA1 and AP2.
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, after AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the SIFS time of the fourth trigger frame, AP1 receives the uplink data sent by STA1 to AP1, and completes the reception of the uplink data sent by STA1. After the SIFS time, send BA to STA1; at the same time, within the TXOP of AP1, AP2 receives the MAP TXS trigger frame sent by AP1, that is, after the SIFS time of the fourth trigger frame, AP2 sends downlink data to STA2, and completes the transmission After the SIFS time of the downlink data, the BA sent by STA2 is received.
  • the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA that has the identification information of the third STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame further includes: a transmission power subfield of the third STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the third STA.
  • Six values; the sixth value is used to instruct the third STA to perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame includes an identification subfield of the second STA, which is used to carry identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame further includes: a transmission power subfield of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the Seven values. The seventh value is used to instruct the second STA to perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame also includes: a transmission mode subfield of the second STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is a third value.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is a third value, indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the second STA is COFDMA and/or CSR mode.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame may also include a transmission mode subfield of the third STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA may also be a third value.
  • the fourth trigger frame needs to carry the user information subfield of the third STA and the user information subfield of the second STA.
  • Use the user information subfield of the third STA to indicate the maximum transmit power that the third STA can use, and notify the third STA to perform uplink transmission (or you can also use the transmission mode subfield of the third STA to notify the third STA to use transmission mode); indicate the maximum transmit power that the second STA can use through the user information subfield of the second STA, and notify the second STA to perform synchronous downlink transmission and the transmission mode adopted by the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA associated with the second STA may also be included. Through the user information subfield of the fourth STA, the fourth STA is notified that the current to be performed is downlink transmission, then the fourth STA can Just wait to receive the downlink data sent by the second STA associated with it.
  • Multi-AP TXOP sharing will also be divided into two operations: downlink and uplink operations.
  • downlink multi-AP TXOP When sharing, the sharing AP sends a trigger frame to the shared AP to trigger the downlink synchronous transmission of multiple APs.
  • the sharing AP When uplink multi-AP TXOP sharing is to be performed, the sharing AP first sends a trigger frame to the shared AP, and then the shared AP associates with it.
  • the STA sends a trigger frame to trigger the STAs in multiple BSSs to perform uplink synchronous transmission.
  • the existing mechanism can achieve multi-AP TXOP sharing, the trigger frame used to trigger multi-AP TXOP sharing does not have a complete frame format design, and the uplink multi-AP TXOP sharing mechanism is relatively cumbersome.
  • the first STA sends a trigger frame for establishing cooperative transmission among multiple STAs, which can provide an efficient solution for establishing multi-STA cooperation.
  • the solution provided by this embodiment can control multiple STAs to cooperate for synchronous uplink transmission and/or synchronous downlink transmission only by sending a trigger frame, which can simplify the sharing process and reduce the time used to establish cooperative transmission. Signaling overhead, thereby achieving efficient establishment of multi-STA collaboration.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 2900 according to the second embodiment of the present application. This method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Figure 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes at least some of the following:
  • the second STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission among multiple STAs.
  • the first STA may be an AP. Specifically, the first STA is a sharing AP.
  • the second STA may be an AP. Specifically, the second STA is a shared AP.
  • the actual network composed of STAs may contain one or more second STAs. This embodiment will describe in detail any one of the second STAs. The processing of each other second STAs is the same as in this embodiment. Just won’t go into details one by one.
  • the method before performing S2910, the method further includes: the second STA obtains its own AID and/or VAID.
  • the second STA obtains its own AID and/or VAID, which may be: the second STA obtains the AID and/or VAID configured for itself by the target device.
  • the processing timing for the second STA to obtain its own AID and/or VAID may be before the preparation phase.
  • the second STA obtains the VAID configured (or allocated) by the target device for itself.
  • the VAID of the second STA is mainly a STA used for multi-STA (or multi-AP) TXOP sharing operations.
  • the VAID of the second STA may be valid only in a multi-AP coordination set (hereinafter referred to as a coordination set).
  • the second STA can obtain the AID and VAID configured (or assigned) by the target device for itself. That is to say, the second STA can save its own two IDs, which are AID and VAID respectively.
  • the second STA obtains the AID configured (or allocated) by the target device for itself.
  • the method may further include: the second STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the first STA.
  • the number of the first STA may be one.
  • the second STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the first STA, which may be: the second STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the first STA from the target device.
  • the processing time can be before the preparation stage.
  • the second STA obtains the VAID of the first STA from the target device.
  • the VAID of the first STA is mainly a STA used for multi-STA (or multi-AP) TXOP sharing operations.
  • the VAID of the first STA may be valid only in a multi-AP coordination set (hereinafter referred to as a coordination set).
  • the second STA can obtain the AID and VAID of the first STA from the target device. That is to say, the second STA can save two IDs of the first STA. AID and VAID. There may also be an example in which the second STA obtains the AID of the first STA from the target device.
  • the second STA can also obtain the AID and/or VAID of other Shared APs.
  • the number of other Shared APs may be zero, or may be one or more, which is not limited here. Similar to the above, the second STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of other Shared APs from the target device.
  • the processing time can be before the preparation stage.
  • the method may further include: the second STA configuring (or allocating) AID and/or VAID to the fourth STA.
  • the fourth STA is specifically the STA associated with the second STA (ie, non-AP STA).
  • the number of the fourth STAs may be one or more, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the second STA configures (or allocates) AID and/or VAID to the fourth STA, including: the second STA allocates AID and/or VAID to the fourth STA based on the second range of identifier values.
  • the second range of values of the identifier is configured by the target device for the second STA.
  • the second value range of the identifier is within at least one of the following: 1-2007, 2008-2044, 2047-4096.
  • the processing timing for the second STA to allocate AID and/or VAID to the fourth STA may be before the preparation phase.
  • the second range of identifier values may be different from the first range of identifier values in the previous embodiment.
  • the way for the second STA to obtain the second range of the identification value from the target device may be: the target device sends identification indication information to the second STA, and the identification indication information is used to indicate that the second STA is communicating with any When the fourth STA is associated, a second range of identifier values of AID and/or VAID is allocated to the fourth STA. That is to say, the identification indication information may carry the second range of identification values.
  • the number of the fourth STAs that the second STA can be associated with may be one or more, and the second ranges of identifier values corresponding to different fourth STAs may be different.
  • the target device may send one or more identification indication information to the second STA, where each identification indication information includes a second range of identification values.
  • the second range of the identifier value of STA21 may be 100-150
  • the second range of the identifier value of STA22 may be 200-300.
  • the second STA allocates the VAID of the fourth STA based on the second range of identifier values.
  • the VAID of the fourth STA is mainly a STA used for multi-STA (or multi-AP) TXOP sharing operations.
  • the second STA allocates the AID and VAID of the fourth STA based on the second range of identifier values.
  • the second STA allocates the AID of the fourth STA based on the second range of identifier values.
  • the method may further include: the second STA obtains the AID and/or VAID of the third STA from the first STA.
  • the third STA is the first STA, that is, the STA associated with the Sharing AP (specifically, a non-AP STA).
  • the AID and/or VAID of the third STA associated with the first STA is configured (or assigned) by the third STA based on the first STA's identification value assigned by the target device.
  • the number of third STAs associated with the first STA may be one or more.
  • the processing timing for the second STA to obtain the AID and/or VAID of the third STA from the first STA may be before the preparation phase, or during the preparation phase, or before the detection phase is completed, etc., This embodiment does not limit it.
  • the second STA obtains the VAID of the third STA from the first STA.
  • the VAID of the third STA is mainly a STA used for multi-STA (or multi-AP) TXOP sharing operations.
  • the second STA obtains the AID and VAID of the third STA from the first STA.
  • the second STA obtains the AID of the third STA from the first STA.
  • the second STA can also obtain the AID and/or VAID of the STA associated with other STAs (ie, other Shared APs).
  • the number of other STAs i.e., other Shared APs
  • the number of STAs associated with any one of the other STAs (i.e., other Shared APs) may also be one or more Multiple, there is no quantity limit here.
  • the method for the second STA to obtain the AID and/or VAID of the STA associated with other STA (that is, other Shared APs) is the same as the method for the second STA to obtain the AID and/or VAID of the third STA from the first STA. Similarly, no further details will be given.
  • the second STA obtains and saves the AID and/or VAID of the STA associated with the other STAs that can receive its own signal from other STAs in the cooperation set in which it is located.
  • the same collaboration set of the second STA also includes other STAs, that is, other Shared APs, and the first STA (Sharing AP).
  • the other Shared APs and the first STA request their associated STA for a list of other APs that have listened to the beacon; if the list of other APs includes the second STA in the cooperating set, the other The Shared AP and the first STA (Sharing AP) send the AID and/or VAID of their associated STA to the second STA; accordingly, the second STA receives the AID and/or VAID associated with the other Shared AP and the first STA (Sharing AP). STA's AID and/or VAID and save it. That is to say, each AP in a cooperative set can obtain and save the STA information that can receive its own signal from other APs (or neighbor APs).
  • the second STA can obtain the AID and/or VAID of each STA before executing S2910.
  • the AID and/or VAID of each STA is allocated directly or indirectly by the target device.
  • the target device may specifically be a coordination device.
  • the coordination device is an access point AP; or, the coordination device is a device other than the AP.
  • the relevant description of the target device has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiment of the first aspect and will not be described again here.
  • the trigger frame may be specifically called a MAPTXS trigger frame.
  • the trigger frame may include a common info field and/or a user info list field; wherein the user information list field may include one or more user info subfields.
  • the content that may be included in the public information field of the trigger frame is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the trigger frame contains one or more user information subfields; the jth user information subfield among the one or more user information subfields is the user information subfield of the jth STA; j is greater than or equal to 1 an integer, the jth STA is one of the plurality of STAs; the jth user information subfield includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the jth STA, the jth STA The identification subfield is used to carry the identification information of the jth STA; the transmission mode subfield of the jth STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the jth STA is used to indicate the TXOP sharing of the jth STA The cooperative transmission mode used, and/or whether the jth STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode; the transmission power subfield of the jth STA, the transmission power subfield of the jth STA is used to indicate the jth STA The maximum transmit power used by each STA; the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the
  • the jth user information subfield refers to any one of one or more user information subfields.
  • the content description of the j-th user information subfield in this embodiment and the i-th user information subfield in the previous embodiment may also be the same, and will not be described again here.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame can be designed to include some of the foregoing subfields, and any user information subfield can also be designed to include some of the foregoing subfields.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame contains the transmission mode subfield, but each user information subfield does not need to contain the corresponding transmission mode subfield of the STA, or vice versa; for another example, in the public information field of the trigger frame If the uplink and downlink indication subfields are included, each user information subfield may not include the corresponding STA's uplink and downlink indication subfields, or vice versa; for another example, the common information field of the trigger frame may not include the shared transmission indication subfield.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame may include the shared transmission indication subfield and not the transmission mode subfield, and one or more user information subfields of the trigger frame may include the transmission mode subfield of the corresponding STA.
  • the subfields that the trigger frame may contain are the same as those in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the trigger frame is composed of a first physical layer protocol unit (PPDU). , physical layer protocol data unit) carries; wherein the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is the second specified value.
  • the first PPDU may be an EHT PPDU.
  • the first indication bit may be the MAP TXS indication bit.
  • no modification is made to the existing PPDU. That is, the indicator bit is not added to the preamble of the PPDU, but all STAs that receive the PPDU are set not to discard the PPDU.
  • the transmission interaction process of the second STA is introduced below.
  • it can be divided into three stages, namely the preparation stage, the detection stage and the triggered transmission stage.
  • the aforementioned S2910 is mainly the processing performed in the triggered transmission stage.
  • the preparation phase and measurement phase before triggering the transmission phase are also important.
  • the information exchanged in these two phases is the basis for completing multi-STA cooperative transmission.
  • the processing of the preparation phase and measurement phase is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second STA can perform the processing of triggering the transmission phase.
  • the following is a description of the specific subfields and values contained in the trigger frame in different processes, as well as the processing of the execution trigger transmission stage of the second STA in different processes:
  • the trigger frame is a first trigger frame; the second STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the second STA receives the first trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the first trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA, the fourth STA is associated with the second STA, and the second STA is associated with the second STA. The STA is different from the first STA.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e., non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the Shared AP.
  • Associated STA i.e. non-AP STA.
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • the method further includes: when the second STA determines that the value of the first indication bit in the preamble carrying the first PPDU of the first trigger frame is a second specified value, parse The first trigger frame. For example, when receiving the first PPDU, the second STA first reads the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU. If the first indication bit is the second specified value, then determines whether the first indication bit is the second specified value. Extract the first trigger frame from a PPDU and parse it; otherwise, the first PPDU can be discarded. Among them, the first PPDU may specifically be an EHT PPDU. Of course, it is also possible that the indication bit contained in the PPDU is not modified in the protocol, so the second STA does not discard the first PPDU by default and directly parses the first trigger frame.
  • the method further includes: receiving uplink data of the fourth STA when the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition; and the second STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA. . More specifically, it may include: when the first trigger frame meets the first condition, the second STA turns on the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode, and receives the uplink signal sent by the fourth STA. data. In addition, if the second STA determines that the first trigger frame does not meet the first condition, the first trigger frame may be discarded without further processing.
  • the second STA when the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition, the second STA turns on the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode, and receives the uplink data sent by the fourth STA.
  • the second STA determines based on the first trigger frame that the cooperative transmission mode is cooperative beamforming CBF and/or cooperative uplink C-UL multi-user multiple input.
  • Multi-output MU-MIMO mode turn on the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode, perform beam zeroing operation on STA other than the third STA, after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, receive all The uplink data sent by the fourth STA.
  • STAs other than the third STA may refer to non-AP STAs other than the third STA associated with itself.
  • the second STA determines that the value of the first transmission mode subfield of the common information field of the first trigger frame is the second value, Determine to turn on cooperative beamforming CBF and/or cooperative uplink C-UL multi-user multiple input multiple output MU-MIMO mode; then, perform beam zeroing operation on STA other than the third STA.
  • receive the uplink data sent by the fourth STA After determining that the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition, the second STA determines that the value of the first transmission mode subfield of the common information field of the first trigger frame is the second value.
  • the second STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA, which may be: after the second STA completes receiving the uplink data sent by the fourth STA for a first period of time, the second STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA.
  • Send block acknowledgment (BA, Block ACK).
  • the method of determining the completion of receiving the uplink data sent by the fourth STA may be to detect the completion of sending indication information in the received uplink data of the fourth STA, and determine that the reception of the uplink data sent by the fourth STA is completed.
  • the first duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; accordingly, in this embodiment, the sending time of the uplink data of the third STA can be The sending time of the uplink data of the fourth STA is the same. In other words, the third STA and the fourth STA perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, receives the uplink data sent by STA1, and receives In the case of uplink data sent to STA1, BA is sent to STA1 after the SIFS time.
  • AP2 turns on the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the first trigger frame, and determining that the first trigger frame meets the first condition, and After receiving the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, perform the beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA1, receive the uplink data sent by STA2, and when receiving the uplink data sent by STA2, after the SIFS time, send the signal to STA2 Send BA.
  • the schematic dotted arrows of the two do not completely overlap. However, Figure 13 does not mean that the timing of AP1 and AP2 performing beam zeroing operations must be different. In actual processing, AP1 The timing of beam zeroing operations may be the same as that of AP2.
  • the method may also include: if it is determined that the first trigger frame does not meet the first condition, the first trigger frame may be discarded without other processing.
  • the method further includes: receiving uplink data of the fourth STA when the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition; and the second STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA. .
  • the second STA determines that the first trigger frame does not meet the first condition, the first trigger frame may be discarded without further processing.
  • receiving the uplink data of the fourth STA includes: when the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition, the second STA turns on uplink COFDMA. and/or CSR mode, after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, receive the uplink data of the fourth STA on the second resource unit RU; wherein the second RU is the fourth STA Resources corresponding to STA.
  • the second STA determines that the value of the first transmission mode subfield of the common information field of the first trigger frame is the third value. , determine to turn on the uplink COFDMA and/or CSR mode; then, after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, receive the uplink data of the fourth STA on the second resource unit RU.
  • the second STA determines that the value of the first transmission mode subfield of the common information field of the first trigger frame is a third value.
  • the value of the indication subfield is the sixth value, which determines that it is currently necessary to wait to receive uplink data; then, after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, on the second resource unit RU, receive the fourth STA Upstream data.
  • the second STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA, including: the second STA is on the second RU and sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA.
  • the second STA is on the second RU and sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA.
  • the second STA may be: the second STA completes the reception of the uplink data sent by the fourth STA. After a period of time, on the second RU, a block acknowledgment BA is sent to the fourth STA.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; accordingly, in this embodiment, the sending time of the uplink data of the third STA can be The sending time of the uplink data of the fourth STA is the same. In other words, the third STA and the fourth STA perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • Figure 14 and Figure 15 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, and receives the uplink data sent by STA1, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA1, After the SIFS time, send BA to STA1.
  • AP2 turns on the uplink CSR mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the first trigger frame, and determines that the first trigger frame meets the first condition.
  • the uplink data sent by STA2 is received, and when the uplink data sent by STA2 is received, BA is sent to STA2 after the SIFS time.
  • Figure 16 and Figure 17 are schematic diagrams of the first STA turning on the COFDMA mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP or the second STA
  • STA11 and STA12 are the two third STAs associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA21 is the Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, it is ready to receive the uplink data associated with STA11 and STA12 on the first RU corresponding to STA11 and STA12 respectively, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA11 and STA12 In this case, AP1 sends BA to STA11 and STA12 on the first RU corresponding to STA11 and STA12 respectively.
  • the first RU corresponding to STA11 is the first RU in Figure 17
  • the first RU corresponding to STA12 is the second RU in Figure 17.
  • AP2 After receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the first trigger frame, and determining that the first trigger frame meets the first condition, AP2 turns on the uplink COFDMA mode and prepares to receive association on the second RU corresponding to STA21 STA21's uplink data, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA21, AP2 sends BA to STA21 on the second RU corresponding to STA21.
  • the second RU corresponding to STA21 is the third and fourth RU in Figure 17.
  • the first condition may have different conditions depending on the transmission mode.
  • the first condition may include The value of the transmission mode subfield is the second value; specifically, the first condition may include at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not The first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the second value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the fourth The value of the transmission mode subfield of the STA is not the first value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value; In the
  • the user information subfield of the STA; the user information subfield of the first trigger frame does not include the identification information of the second STA; the first trigger frame includes the user information of the second STA that has the identification information of the second STA.
  • the first condition may include that the value of the transmission mode subfield is a third value.
  • the first condition may include at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the public information field of the first trigger frame The value of the first transmission mode subfield in the information field is the third value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first trigger frame The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is not the sixth value.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the third value; the user information subfield of the fourth STA of the first trigger frame field, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the sixth value; the first trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA that has the identification information of the fourth STA; the first trigger The user information subfield of the frame does not include the identification information of the second STA; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA that has the identification information of the second STA; the second trigger frame of the first trigger frame contains the identification information of the second STA. In the user information subfield of the STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value.
  • the method for determining whether the first trigger frame contains the identification information of the fourth STA may be: determining whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame is consistent with the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the 12 least significant bits of the AID are the same. If they are the same, it is determined that the identification information of the fourth STA is included; and/or it is judged whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame is the same as that of the fourth STA.
  • the 12-bit VAID is the same. If they are the same, it is determined to contain the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the method for determining whether the first trigger frame contains the identification information of the second STA may be: determining whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame matches the AID of the second STA.
  • the 12 least significant bits are the same. If they are the same, it is determined that the identification information of the second STA is included; and/or it is judged whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame is the same as the 12-bit identification information of the second STA.
  • the VAID is the same. If it is the same, it is determined to contain the identification information of the second STA.
  • the above first condition needs to include at least the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame. This is because although the first trigger frame is used to trigger synchronous uplink transmission, that is, the second STA only needs to receive uplink data, but the second STA at least needs to know that the first trigger frame is used to trigger the correlation of its associated STA. information to wait for receiving the uplink data of the STA associated with itself (ie, the fourth STA).
  • the first condition may include that the user information subfield of the first trigger frame does not contain the identification information of the second STA, or that the first trigger frame contains the second STA's identification information. 2. STA user information subfield. That is to say, the first trigger frame may or may not contain the second STA's own user information subfield, because, regardless of whether it contains the second STA's own user information subfield, as long as the second STA can parse that there is a user information subfield in the first trigger frame. Based on the user information of the fourth STA associated with itself, it can be determined that it needs to receive uplink data.
  • the specific content of the first condition used by the second STA may also be different, as explained below:
  • the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield, and the value of the first transmission mode subfield is a second value, indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs is cooperative beamforming CBF and/or Cooperative uplink C-UL multi-user multiple input multiple output MU-MIMO mode; or, the value of the first transmission mode subfield is the third value, indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs is COFDMA and/or or CSR. Furthermore, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA, that is, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA that includes the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • neither the public information field nor the user information subfield of the first trigger frame may include the uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the first trigger frame.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the first condition may include: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first trigger frame contains the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA In the first condition, the condition that the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value can also be replaced by the condition that the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of a transmission mode subfield is the second value or the third value.
  • the second STA determines whether the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the first trigger frame is the first value, and detects whether there is identification information of the fourth STA associated with itself from each user information subfield. If If the value of the first transmission mode subfield is not the first value and the user information subfield contains the identification information of the fourth STA associated with itself, it can be determined that the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition.
  • the first trigger frame may not contain the user information subfield of the second STA.
  • the first condition may include: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first trigger frame contains an identifier of the fourth STA. The user information subfield of the fourth STA in the information; the user information subfield of the first trigger frame does not contain the identification information of the second STA.
  • the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value, and can be replaced by the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame.
  • the value of the mode subfield is the second value.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the first trigger frame includes the first shared transmission indication subfield, and the selection of the first shared transmission indication subfield is The value is the eighth value.
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA includes the identification subfield of the fourth STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the fourth STA; the fourth STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA also includes: the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the first condition includes: the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is an eighth value: the first trigger frame contains the third STA with identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the condition that the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame is not the first value can also be replaced by the condition that the first trigger In the user information subfield of the fourth STA of the frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value or the third value.
  • the second STA determines whether the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value, and detects whether there is a fourth STA associated with itself from each user information subfield. identification information; if the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value, and the user information subfield contains identification information of the fourth STA associated with itself, then the third The second STA further determines whether the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame is not the first value (or whether it is the second value, or whether it is the third value); if the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA If the value of the field is not the first value (or the second value, or the third value), the second STA may determine that the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition.
  • the first trigger frame may not contain the user information subfield of the second STA.
  • the first condition includes: the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is an eighth value: the first trigger frame contains the third STA with identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the information subfield does not contain the identification information of the second STA.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is not the first value, but can also be replaced by the first value.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value or the third value.
  • the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield, and the value of the first transmission mode subfield is the second value or the third value. Furthermore, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA, that is, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA that includes the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame includes a first uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the first trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the first trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 4 mentioned above
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the format of Figure 8 mentioned above.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 4, 5, 8 and 9 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the first condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first trigger frame includes a third STA with identification information of the second STA.
  • the condition that the value of the first transmission mode subfield of the first trigger frame in the first condition is not the first value can also be replaced by the condition that the value of the first transmission mode subfield of the first trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value is the second value or the third value.
  • the processing of the second STA after determining that the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition may be the same as the above, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the second STA determines whether the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is the first value (or whether it is the second value, or whether it is the third value), and obtains the value from each user information.
  • the user information subfield contains the identification information of the fourth STA associated with itself, and the user information subfield contains its own identification information, then Determine whether the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA in the user information subfield of the second STA of the first trigger frame is the sixth value; if the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value value, the second STA can determine that the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition.
  • the first condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first uplink and downlink in the common information field of the first trigger frame The value of the indication subfield is a sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame of the first condition is the sixth value, which can also be replaced by the value of the fourth STA in the user information subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the upper and lower rows indicate that the value of the subfield is the sixth value.
  • the first condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first uplink and downlink in the common information field of the first trigger frame The value of the indication subfield is a sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the first trigger frame includes the identification information of the second STA User information subfield of the second STA of the information.
  • the trigger frame is a second trigger frame; the second STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the second STA receives the second trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the second trigger frame is used to trigger the multiple STAs to send the first frame synchronously, and the first frame is used to trigger the STAs associated with the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink cooperative transmission.
  • the multiple STAs include: the first STA and the second STA.
  • the first STA refers to Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to Shared AP. It should be understood that the number of the aforementioned Shared AP, that is, the second STA, may be one or more.
  • the aforementioned second trigger frame may include at least a public information field and a user information subfield of the second STA.
  • the first frame may specifically be a Basic Trigger frame.
  • the method further includes: when the second STA determines that the value of the first indication bit in the preamble carrying the first PPDU of the first trigger frame is a second specified value, Parse the first trigger frame. For example, when receiving the first PPDU, the second STA first reads the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU. If the first indication bit is the second specified value, then determines whether the first indication bit is the second specified value. Extract the first trigger frame from a PPDU and parse it; otherwise, the first PPDU can be discarded. Among them, the first PPDU may specifically be an EHT PPDU. Of course, it is also possible that the indicator bit contained in the PPDU is not modified in the protocol, and then the second STA does not discard the first PPDU by default.
  • the method further includes: when the second trigger frame satisfies the second condition, the second STA turns on the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode. After receiving the second trigger frame, the second STA After a period of time, the first frame is sent to the fourth STA; the fourth STA is associated with the second STA; the second STA receives the uplink data of the fourth STA, and the second STA sends the The fourth STA sends a block to acknowledge BA.
  • the second STA sending the block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA may be: the second STA sends the BA to the fourth STA after completing the second duration of receiving the uplink data sent by the fourth STA.
  • the method of determining the completion of receiving the uplink data sent by the fourth STA may be to detect the completion of sending indication information in the received uplink data of the fourth STA, and determine that the reception of the uplink data sent by the third STA is completed.
  • the second duration may be the same as or different from the first duration.
  • the second duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a first STA and a second STA; accordingly, in this embodiment, the first STA and the second STA respectively send the first frame
  • the time should be the same.
  • the sending time of the uplink data of the third STA may be the same as the sending time of the uplink data of the fourth STA.
  • the third STA and the fourth STA perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the second trigger frame, and then sends the basic trigger frame to STA1;
  • AP1 receives STA1 after the SIFS time of sending the basic trigger frame.
  • the uplink data sent by STA1 is received, and after the SIFS time is received, BA is sent to STA1.
  • AP2 turns on the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the second trigger frame, and determines that the second trigger frame meets the second condition.
  • AP2 sends the basic trigger frame to STA2; after the SIFS time of sending the basic trigger frame (i.e. the first frame), AP2 receives the uplink data sent by STA2, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA2, After the SIFS time, send BA to STA2.
  • the method may also include: if it is determined that the second trigger frame does not meet the second condition, the second trigger frame may be discarded without other processing.
  • the second condition may include at least one of the following: the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the second trigger frame is not the first One value; the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the second trigger frame is the fifth value; the value of the second shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the second trigger frame is The eighth value; the value of the second uplink and downlink indication subfield in the common information field of the second trigger frame is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame, the second STA The value of the transmission mode subfield of is not the first value; in the user information subfield of the second STA of the second trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value; The second trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA having the identification information of the second STA; in the user information subfield of
  • the method of determining whether the second trigger frame contains the identification information of the second STA is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeatedly described.
  • the format of the second trigger frame is different, the specific content of the second condition used by the second STA may also be different, which are explained below:
  • the second trigger frame includes a second transmission mode subfield, and the value of the second transmission mode subfield is a fifth value, indicating that the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs is to enable the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode. Furthermore, the second trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA, that is, the second trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA that includes the identification information of the second STA. Optionally, neither the public information field nor the user information subfield of the second trigger frame may include the uplink and downlink indication subfields. Since in the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode, the second STA receives uplink data sent by its associated fourth STA by default, the uplink and downlink indication subfields may not be included in the second trigger frame.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame does not include the shared transmission indication subfield.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 4 mentioned above, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the format of Figure 5 mentioned above.
  • the second condition includes: the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the second trigger frame is not the first value; the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame contains The identification information of the second STA.
  • the condition that the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the second trigger frame is not the first value can also be replaced by the condition that the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the second trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value is the fifth value.
  • the second STA determines whether the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the second trigger frame is the first value, and detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield. If the second transmission mode If the value of the subfield is not the first value and the user information subfield contains identification information of the second STA, it can be determined that the second trigger frame satisfies the second condition. After determining that the second trigger frame satisfies the second condition, the second STA determines that the value of the second transmission mode subfield of the common information field of the second trigger frame is the fifth value, and determines to enable traditional uplink TXOP sharing.
  • the fourth STA after receiving the second duration of the second trigger frame, send the first frame to the fourth STA; the second STA receives the uplink data of the fourth STA, and the second STA sends the first frame to the fourth STA.
  • the fourth STA sends a block acknowledgment BA.
  • the public information field of the second trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the second trigger frame includes the second shared transmission indication subfield, and the selection of the second shared transmission indication subfield is The value is the eighth value.
  • the second trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA, and the user information subfield of the second STA includes the identification subfield of the second STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the second STA; the second STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA also includes: a transmission mode subfield of the second STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the fifth value.
  • neither the public information field nor the user information subfield of the second trigger frame may include the uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame includes a second uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the second uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfields of the fourth STA and the second STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the second condition includes: the value of the second shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the second trigger frame is an eighth value: the second trigger frame includes the third STA with the identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value.
  • the condition that the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame is not the first value can also be replaced by the condition that the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame is the first value. Five values.
  • the second STA determines whether the value of the second shared transmission indication subfield in the second trigger frame is the eighth value, and detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield. Whether the value of the transmission mode subfield is the first value; if the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value, and the user information subfield has its own identification information, the second shared transmission indication subfield is the eighth value, it can be determined that the second trigger frame satisfies the second condition. Furthermore, the processing of the second STA after satisfying the second condition is the same as the previous example, and will not be described again here.
  • the second trigger frame includes a second transmission mode subfield, and the value of the second transmission mode subfield is a fifth value.
  • the second trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA, that is, the second trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA that includes the identification information of the second STA.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame includes a second uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the second uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame does not include the shared transmission indication subfield.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 9 mentioned above, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the format of Figure 5 mentioned above.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 8.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 4, 5, 8 and 9 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the second condition includes: the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the second trigger frame is not the first value; the second trigger frame includes a third STA with identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value.
  • the condition that the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame is not the first value can also be replaced by the condition that the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame is the first value. Five values. No repeated instructions will be given for subsequent processing.
  • the condition that the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value can also be replaced by the common information field of the second trigger frame.
  • the value of the second upper and lower row indication subfield is the sixth value. That is to say, the second STA determines whether the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the second trigger frame is the first value, and detects whether there is identification information related to itself from each user information subfield; if the second transmission mode If the value of the subfield is not the first value and the user information subfield contains its own identification information, then it is further determined whether the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA in the user information subfield of the second STA is the first value. Six values; if the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value, it can be determined that the second trigger frame meets the second condition.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame; the second STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the second STA receives the third trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the third trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a first STA and a second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the method further includes: when the second STA determines that the value of the first indication bit in the first PPDU carrying the third trigger frame is a second specified value, parsing the third Three trigger frames. For example, when receiving the first PPDU, the second STA first reads the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU. If the first indication bit is the second specified value, then determines whether the first indication bit is the second specified value. Extract the third trigger frame from a PPDU and parse it; otherwise, the first PPDU can be discarded. Among them, the first PPDU may specifically be an EHT PPDU. Of course, it is also possible that the indicator bit contained in the PPDU is not modified in the protocol, and then the second STA does not discard the first PPDU by default.
  • the method further includes: when the third trigger frame meets a third condition, sending downlink data to the fourth STA; and the second STA receiving the block acknowledgment sent by the fourth STA. BA.
  • the third trigger frame may be discarded without further processing.
  • Sending downlink data to the fourth STA may specifically include: the second STA turns on the downlink CBF mode, performs beam zeroing operations on multiple other STAs, and after receiving the third duration of the third trigger frame , sending downlink data to the fourth STA; wherein the plurality of other STAs are not associated with the second STA.
  • the second STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA may include: the second STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA after completing the third duration of sending downlink data.
  • the second STA may determine that the current need to be turned on is based on the value of the third transmission mode subfield (or the transmission mode subfield of the second STA) being the second value. CBF mode; it can also be determined in one step based on the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield (or the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA); perform beam zeroing operations on multiple other STAs, and receive After the third duration of the third trigger frame, downlink data is sent to the fourth STA.
  • the second STA further determines the currently used transmit power based on the transmit power subfield of the second STA, and accordingly sends downlink data to the fourth STA. Specifically, it may refer to using the previously determined transmit power to the fourth STA. Four STAs send downlink data. The method of determining the currently used transmit power has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again.
  • the third duration may be the same as or different from any one of the first duration and the second duration.
  • the third duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the aforementioned first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e. non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the second STA.
  • STA (i.e. non-AP STA).
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, it performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, sends downlink data to STA1, and after the SIFS time , receiving the BA sent by STA1.
  • AP2 After receiving the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the third trigger frame, AP2 performs beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA1, sends downlink data to STA2, and receives the data sent by STA2 after the SIFS duration. BA.
  • the method may also include: if it is determined that the third trigger frame does not meet the third condition, the third trigger frame may be discarded without other processing.
  • the aforementioned sending of downlink data to the fourth STA may specifically include: the second STA turns on the downlink COFDMA and/or CSR mode, and after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration, in the second On the resource unit RU, downlink data is sent to the fourth STA; where the second RU is a resource corresponding to the fourth STA.
  • the second STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA may include: the second STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA on the second RU.
  • the second STA may determine that the current need to be turned on is based on the value of the third transmission mode subfield (or the transmission mode subfield of the second STA) being the third value. COFDMA and/or CSR mode; it can also be determined based on the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield (or the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA) in only one step; further, based on the transmit power subfield of the second STA field determines the currently used transmit power; after receiving the third duration of the third trigger frame, the second STA uses the determined transmit power to send downlink data to the fourth STA on the second resource unit RU.
  • the method of determining the currently used transmit power has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again.
  • the first STA's downlink data sending time may be the same as the second STA's downlink data sending time. That is to say, the first STA and the second STA perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • Figure 21 and Figure 22 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • 1 STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, then sends downlink data to STA1, and after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA1, receives STA1 Sent BA.
  • AP2 sends downlink data to STA2 after receiving the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the third trigger frame, and receives the BA sent by STA2 after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA2.
  • Figure 23 and Figure 24 are schematic diagrams of the first STA turning on the COFDMA mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 and AP3 are both the Shared AP, which is the second STA.
  • AP1 within the TXOP of AP1, AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, it is sent on the first RU corresponding to its own STA (that is, the TXOP of AP1 shown in the figure) Downstream data.
  • AP2 and AP3 receive the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the second RU corresponding to their own STA after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame (that is, the TXOP of AP2 and the sub-TXOP of AP3 shown in the figure) Send downlink data upstream.
  • the method further includes: the second STA turning on the joint transmission mode when the third trigger frame satisfies the third condition; the second STA turning on the joint transmission mode after receiving the third trigger frame.
  • the downlink data is obtained after processing the data to be transmitted according to the precoding, and the downlink data is sent to the third STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the precoding may be sent by the first STA to the second STA.
  • the third trigger frame may be discarded without further processing.
  • the second STA may determine that joint transmission is currently required based on the value of the third transmission mode subfield being the fourth value; the second STA may further determine from the third trigger Check whether the frame contains identification information of a third STA that is not associated with itself; when the identification information of the third STA is obtained, the second STA can determine to perform joint downlink transmission with the first STA to the third STA; the second STA After receiving the third duration of the third trigger frame, the data to be transmitted is processed according to the precoding to obtain the downlink data, and the downlink data is sent to the third STA; wherein the precoding may be sent to the first STA. Second STA's.
  • the third duration is mentioned in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the third duration may be the same or different, and may be related to the actually used transmission mode, which is not limited here.
  • the first STA's downlink data sending time may be the same as the second STA's downlink data sending time. That is to say, the first STA and the second STA perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • both the first STA and the second STA send downlink data to the third STA, and the third STA only sends BA to its associated first STA.
  • Figure 25 and Figure 26 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, then sends downlink data to STA1, and after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA1, receives BA sent by STA1.
  • AP2 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, and then sends downlink data to STA1.
  • the third condition may have different conditions depending on the transmission mode.
  • the third condition may include the value of the transmission mode subfield as the second value; specifically, the third condition may include at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third The value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the trigger frame is the second value; the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the eighth value; the third value The value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the common information field of the three trigger frames is the seventh value; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is The value is not the first value; in the user information subfield of the second STA of the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value; the fourth STA
  • the third condition may include that the value of the transmission mode subfield is a third value; specifically, the third condition may include at least one of the following: the third The value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the third value; the third value The value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the three trigger frames is the eighth value; the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is the seventh value; so In the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, The value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the third value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication
  • the third condition may include that the value of the transmission mode subfield is a fourth value; specifically, the third condition may include at least one of the following: the common value of the third trigger frame The value of the third transmission mode subfield in the information field is not the first value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the fourth value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield of the third trigger frame is The value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field is the eighth value; the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the seventh value; the third trigger In the user information subfield of the second STA of the frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value; in the user information subfield of the second STA of the third trigger frame, the value of the second STA's transmission mode subfield is not the first value.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield is the fourth value; in the user information subfield of the third STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the seventh value; the third The trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA with the identification information of the third STA; the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA with the identification information of the second STA; the third In the user information subfield of the second STA of the trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value.
  • the method for determining whether the third trigger frame contains the identification information of the third STA may be: determining whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the third trigger frame is consistent with the identification information of the third STA.
  • the 12 least significant bits of the AID are the same. If they are the same, it is determined to contain the identification information of the third STA; and/or it is determined whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the third trigger frame is the same as that of the third STA.
  • the 12-bit VAID is the same. If they are the same, it is determined to contain the identification information of the third STA.
  • the second STA can obtain in advance the AID and/or VAID of the third STA associated with the first STA. .
  • the above third condition at least requires that the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the second STA having the identification information of the second STA. This is because the third trigger frame is used to trigger synchronous downlink transmission, that is, the second STA needs to know that the first trigger frame is used to trigger itself to perform synchronous downlink transmission before it can perform subsequent processing. Therefore, at least one of the third trigger frame It is necessary to include the user information subfield of the second STA with the identification information of the second STA in order to prepare to trigger itself to send downlink data based on the third trigger frame.
  • the third condition is One condition may include the value of the transmission mode subfield as the second value; when the cooperative transmission mode is COFDMA and/or CSR, the first condition may include the value of the transmission mode subfield as the third value.
  • the specific content of the third condition used by the second STA may also be different, which are explained below:
  • the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield. Furthermore, the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA, that is, the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA that includes the identification information of the second STA.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame does not include the shared transmission indication subfield.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of the second STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the third condition includes: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third trigger frame contains the third transmission mode subfield with the identification information of the second STA. 2. STA user information subfield. That is to say, the second STA determines whether the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the third trigger frame is the first value, and detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield. If the third transmission mode If the value of the subfield is not the first value and the user information subfield contains identification information of the second STA, it can be determined that the third trigger frame satisfies the third condition.
  • the third condition includes: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is a second value (or a third value, or a fourth value); the third trigger The user information subfield of the second STA in the frame contains identification information of the second STA.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the third trigger frame includes the third shared transmission indication subfield, and the selection of the third shared transmission indication subfield is The value is the eighth value.
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA, and the user information subfield of the second STA includes the identification subfield of the second STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the second STA; the second STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA also includes: the transmission mode subfield of the second STA.
  • the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield of the third STA, and the user information subfield of the third STA includes an identification subfield of the third STA, which is used to carry identification information of the third STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA further includes: a transmission mode subfield of the third STA.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfields of the third STA and the second STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the third condition includes: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is an eighth value; the third trigger frame includes a third STA with identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame is not the first value and can be replaced by the third value of the third trigger frame.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the user information subfield of the two STAs is the second value, or the third value, or the fourth value.
  • the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield. Furthermore, the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA, that is, the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA that includes the identification information of the third STA.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA. It should be understood that based on the foregoing, the common information field of the third trigger frame may include the third uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the third uplink and downlink indication field is the sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is a seventh value.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the first trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 4 mentioned above
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the format of Figure 8 mentioned above.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 4, 5, 8 and 9 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the third condition includes: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third trigger frame contains the third transmission mode subfield with the identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA; in the user information subfield of the second STA of the third trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value; the third trigger frame of the third trigger frame Among the user information subfields of the three STAs, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the seventh value; the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA that has the identification information of the third STA. .
  • the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value, and can be replaced by the third value in the public information field of the third trigger frame.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield is the second value, or the third value, or the fourth value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is a seventh value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield that does not include the third STA is the seventh value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value
  • the two conditions "the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the seventh value” are replaced by, in the public information subfield of the third trigger frame, The value of the third upper and lower row indicating subfield is the seventh value.
  • the trigger frame is a fourth trigger frame; the second STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the second STA receives the fourth trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used for synchronized cooperative transmission by the multiple STAs.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a third STA and a second STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the method further includes: when the second STA determines that the value of the first indication bit in the first PPDU carrying the fourth trigger frame is a second specified value, parsing the The fourth trigger frame is described. For example, when receiving the first PPDU, the second STA first reads the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU. If the first indication bit is the second specified value, then determines whether the first indication bit is the second specified value. Extract the fourth trigger frame from a PPDU and parse it; otherwise, the first PPDU can be discarded. Among them, the first PPDU may specifically be an EHT PPDU. Of course, it is also possible that the indication bit contained in the PPDU is not modified in the protocol, so the second STA does not discard the first PPDU by default and directly parses the fourth trigger frame.
  • the method further includes: when the fourth trigger frame meets the fourth condition, the second STA turns on downlink COFDMA and/or CSR, and sends downlink data to the fourth STA on the second RU;
  • the second STA is on the second RU and receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA.
  • the second RU is a resource corresponding to the fourth STA.
  • sending downlink data to the fourth STA may specifically include: after receiving the fourth duration of the fourth trigger frame, on the second RU, sending downlink data to the fourth STA.
  • the second STA may be based on the identification information of the fourth STA contained in the fourth trigger frame and based on the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA. Seven values, determine that downlink data needs to be sent to the fourth STA; then determine to enable downlink COFDMA and/or CSR based on the transmission mode subfield of the second STA, and send downlink data to the fourth STA on the second RU; After completing the fourth duration of sending downlink data, the second STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA.
  • the transmission power of the second STA for sending downlink data can be determined based on the transmission power subfield in the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame; for example, the transmission power subfield of the second STA contains The maximum transmit power is determined, and the second STA can determine the transmit power used this time based on the maximum transmit power.
  • the specific determination method is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again.
  • the second STA is on the second RU and receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA. This may be: the second STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA after completing the fourth duration of sending downlink data. Block confirms BA.
  • the fourth duration may be the same as or different from any one of the aforementioned first duration, second duration, and third duration. In one example, the fourth duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e., non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the Shared AP.
  • Associated STA i.e. non-AP STA.
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • the sending time of the third STA sending the uplink data to the first STA is the same as the sending time of the second STA sending the downlink data to the fourth STA. That is to say, the third STA and the second STA perform synchronous cooperative transmission.
  • Figure 27 and Figure 28 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • 1 STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, after AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the SIFS time of the fourth trigger frame, AP1 receives the uplink data sent by STA1 to AP1, and after completing the reception of the uplink data sent by STA1 After the SIFS time, send BA to STA1; at the same time, within the TXOP of AP1, AP2 receives the MAP TXS trigger frame sent by AP1, that is, after the SIFS time of the fourth trigger frame, AP2 sends downlink data to STA2, and completes the downlink transmission After the SIFS time of the data, receive the BA sent by STA2.
  • the method may also include: if it is determined that the fourth trigger frame does not meet the fourth condition, the fourth trigger frame may be discarded without other processing.
  • the fourth condition may include at least one of the following: the value of the fourth shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the fourth trigger frame is the Eight values; the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA with the identification information of the second STA; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame, the upper and lower fields of the second STA The value of the row indication subfield is the seventh value; in the user information subfield of the second STA of the fourth trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value; the fourth In the user information subfield of the second STA in the trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the third value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the fourth trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is The value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield is the seventh value; the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the
  • the fourth trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the second STA having the identification information of the second STA. This is because the fourth trigger frame is used to trigger synchronous downlink and downlink transmission, that is, the second STA needs to know that the fourth trigger frame is used to trigger itself to perform synchronous downlink transmission before it can perform subsequent processing. Therefore, the fourth trigger frame needs to include at least the user information subfield of the second STA having the identification information of the second STA, in order to prepare to trigger itself to send downlink data based on the fourth trigger frame.
  • the method of determining whether the fourth trigger frame contains the identification information of the second STA and the identification information of the fourth STA is the same as the previous example, and will not be repeated.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the fourth trigger frame includes the fourth shared transmission indication subfield, and its value is the eighth value.
  • the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA, and the user information subfield of the second STA includes the identification subfield of the second STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the second STA; the second STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA also includes: a transmission mode subfield of the second STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the third value.
  • the common information field of the fourth trigger frame may not include the uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame may also include the transmission power subfield of the second STA.
  • the common information field of the fourth trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the second STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the fourth condition includes: the value of the fourth shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the fourth trigger frame is an eighth value; the fourth trigger frame includes the third STA with the identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the fourth condition includes: the value of the fourth shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the fourth trigger frame is an eighth value; the fourth trigger frame includes identification information of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the user information subfield of the second STA of the fourth trigger frame is the third value.
  • the second STA detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield in the fourth trigger frame, and determines whether the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame is the first value. , whether the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the fourth trigger frame is the eighth value, if there is identification information of the second STA in the user information subfield, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not The first value (or the value is the third value), and the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is the eighth value, then it can be determined that the fourth trigger frame satisfies the fourth condition.
  • the fourth condition includes: in the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame, the transmission of the second STA The value of the mode subfield is not the first value; the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA having the identification information of the second STA; the user information of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame In the subfield, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the fourth trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is is the seventh value; the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the fourth condition includes: in the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is a third value; the fourth trigger frame contains The user information subfield of the second STA having the identification information of the second STA; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value ; In the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the fourth trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value; the fourth trigger frame includes identification information of the fourth STA The user information subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the first STA sends a trigger frame for establishing cooperative transmission between multiple STAs, thereby providing an efficient solution for establishing multi-STA collaboration.
  • the solution provided by this embodiment can control multiple STAs to cooperate for synchronous uplink transmission and/or synchronous downlink transmission only by sending a trigger frame, which can simplify the sharing process and reduce the time used to establish cooperative transmission. Signaling overhead, thereby achieving efficient establishment of multi-STA collaboration.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 3000 according to the third embodiment of the present application. This method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Figure 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes at least some of the following:
  • the third station STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission among multiple STAs; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the first STA may be an AP.
  • the first STA is a sharing AP.
  • the third STA may be a STA associated with the first STA (non-AP STA).
  • the method further includes: the third STA obtains its own AID and/or VAID.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the third STA are configured by the first STA for the third STA based on the first range of identifier values, and the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the third STA obtains its own AID and/or VAID, which may be: the third STA obtains the AID and/or VAID configured for itself by the first STA.
  • the first STA may configure the first STA for the third STA based on the first range of identifier values.
  • the first value range of the identifier is within at least one of the following: 1-2007, 2008-2044, 2047-4096; the first range of the identifier value is configured by the target device for the first STA.
  • the target device is a coordinating device; the coordinating device is an access point AP; or the coordinating device is a device other than the AP.
  • the processing of the first STA and the relevant description of the target device have been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again here.
  • the trigger frame may be specifically called a MAP TXS trigger frame.
  • the trigger frame may include a common info field and/or a user info list field; wherein the user information list field may include one or more user info subfields.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame includes at least one of the following: a trigger type subfield, the value of which is used to indicate the type of the trigger frame; a transmission mode subfield, where the transmission mode subfield The value of is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode; the uplink and downlink indication subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield The value of is used to indicate that TXOP is used for synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission; the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • Each subfield that may be included in the public information field of the trigger frame is the same as in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the trigger frame contains one or more user information subfields; the kth user information subfield among the one or more user information subfields is the user information subfield of the kth STA, and k is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the kth user information subfield includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the kth STA, and the identification subfield of the kth STA is used to carry the identification information of the kth STA; k is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the kth STA is one of the plurality of STAs;
  • the transmission mode subfield of the kth STA, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the kth STA is used to Indicates the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the kth STA, and/or whether the kth STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode;
  • the transmit power subfield of the kth STA, the transmit power subfield of the kth STA field is used to indicate the maximum transmit power used by the
  • the cooperative transmission is synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission.
  • the k-th user information subfield refers to any one of one or more user information subfields.
  • the specific descriptions of the k-th user information subfield in this embodiment and the i-th user information subfield and/or the j-th user information subfield in the previous embodiment may be the same as those in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here. .
  • the manner of carrying the trigger frame is the same as the previous embodiment, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the trigger frame is composed of a first physical layer protocol unit (PPDU). , physical layer protocol data unit) carries; wherein the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is the second specified value.
  • the first PPDU may be an EHT PPDU.
  • the first indication bit may be the MAP TXS indication bit.
  • no modification is made to the existing PPDU. That is, the indicator bit is not added to the preamble of the PPDU, but all STAs that receive the PPDU are set not to discard the PPDU.
  • the transmission interaction process of the third STA is introduced below. To realize multi-APTXOP sharing, it can be divided into three stages, namely the preparation stage, the detection stage and the triggered transmission stage. The information exchanged in the two stages of the preparation phase and the measurement phase is the basis for completing multi-STA cooperative transmission. The relevant description of the processing of the preparation phase and the measurement phase is the same as the previous embodiment, and therefore will not be described again.
  • the third STA can perform the processing of the trigger transmission phase. Specifically, S3010 can be executed.
  • the third station STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs; so
  • the third STA is associated with the first STA. The following explains the specific subfields contained in the trigger frame and their values, as well as the processing of the third STA:
  • the trigger frame is a first trigger frame; the third station STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the third STA receives the first trigger frame sent by the first STA, The first trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA, the fourth STA is associated with the second STA, and the second STA is associated with the second STA. The STA is different from the first STA.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e., non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the Shared AP.
  • Associated STA i.e. non-AP STA.
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • the method further includes: when the third STA determines that the fifth condition is met based on the first trigger frame, after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, the third STA sends a message to the first trigger frame.
  • the first STA sends uplink data; the third STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA.
  • the third STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA. Specifically, it may mean that the third STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA after completing the first duration of sending uplink data.
  • the third STA determines that the value of the first transmission mode subfield of the common information field of the first trigger frame is the second value, It is determined that after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, the uplink data is sent to the first STA associated with itself; after the third STA completes the first duration of sending the uplink data, it receives the block acknowledgment sent by the first STA. BA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame may include the transmit power subfield of the third STA, or may not include the transmit power subfield of the third STA.
  • the third STA may also determine the transmit power used by itself based on the transmit power subfield. The way in which the STA determines the transmit power used by itself has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again here.
  • the transmit power of the third STA can be selected by itself based on the actual situation, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the first duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; accordingly, in this embodiment, the sending time of the uplink data of the third STA can be The sending time of the uplink data of the fourth STA is the same. In other words, the third STA and the fourth STA perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, receives the uplink data sent by STA1, and receives In the case of uplink data sent to STA1, BA is sent to STA1 after the SIFS time.
  • AP2 turns on the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the first trigger frame, and determining that the first trigger frame meets the first condition, and After receiving the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, perform the beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA1, receive the uplink data sent by STA2, and when receiving the uplink data sent by STA2, after the SIFS time, send the signal to STA2 Send BA.
  • the method further includes: when the third STA determines that the fifth condition is met based on the first trigger frame, after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, the third STA sends a message to the first trigger frame.
  • the first STA sends uplink data; the third STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA.
  • the sending of uplink data to the first STA includes: the third STA is on the first RU and uses a first transmission power to send the uplink data to the first STA; the first transmission power is Determined based on the maximum transmit power indicated by the transmit power subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame.
  • the third STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA includes: the third STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA on the first RU. Specifically, after determining that the first trigger frame satisfies the fifth condition, when the third STA determines that the value of the first transmission mode subfield of the common information field of the first trigger frame is the third value, It is determined that after receiving the first trigger frame for the first duration, the first RU sends uplink data to the first STA associated with itself; after the third STA completes the first duration of sending the uplink data, the first RU sends on, receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame may include the transmission power subfield of the third STA.
  • the method of determining the first transmit power may specifically include: calculating based on the maximum transmit power in the transmit power subfield of the third STA and a preset formula; or, based on the maximum transmit power in the transmit power subfield of the third STA.
  • the third STA uses any power value less than or equal to the maximum transmit power as the first transmit power.
  • the default value can be 63. That is to say, the value of the Max TX power subfield of the user information subfield of the third STA is 63, which means that the sharing AP does not limit the maximum transmit power of the third STA.
  • Figure 14 and Figure 15 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, and receives the uplink data sent by STA1, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA1, After the SIFS time, send BA to STA1.
  • AP2 turns on the uplink CSR mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the first trigger frame, and determines that the first trigger frame meets the first condition.
  • the uplink data sent by STA2 is received, and when the uplink data sent by STA2 is received, BA is sent to STA2 after the SIFS time.
  • Figure 16 and Figure 17 are schematic diagrams of the first STA turning on the COFDMA mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP or the second STA
  • STA11 and STA12 are the two third STAs associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA21 is the Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, it is ready to receive the uplink data associated with STA11 and STA12 on the first RU corresponding to STA11 and STA12 respectively, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA11 and STA12 In this case, AP1 sends BA to STA11 and STA12 on the first RU corresponding to STA11 and STA12 respectively.
  • the first RU corresponding to STA11 is the first RU in Figure 17
  • the first RU corresponding to STA12 is the second RU in Figure 17.
  • AP2 After receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the first trigger frame, and determining that the first trigger frame meets the first condition, AP2 turns on the uplink COFDMA mode and prepares to receive association on the second RU corresponding to STA21 STA21's uplink data, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA21, AP2 sends BA to STA21 on the second RU corresponding to STA21.
  • the second RU corresponding to STA21 is the third and fourth RU in Figure 17.
  • the aforementioned fifth condition may have different conditions depending on the transmission mode.
  • the fifth condition may include The value of the transmission mode subfield is the second value; specifically, the fifth condition may include at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is not The first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the second value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is the sixth value; the first trigger frame includes a third STA having identification information of the third STA user information subfield; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the first trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value; the third STA of the first trigger frame In the user
  • the fifth condition may include that the value of the transmission mode subfield is a third value.
  • the fifth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the public information of the first trigger frame The value of the first transmission mode subfield in the field is the third value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the common value of the first trigger frame The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the information field is the sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; the first trigger frame In the user information subfield of the third STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame, the transmission mode of the third STA The value of the subfield is the third value; in the
  • the method for determining whether the first trigger frame contains the identification information of the third STA may be: determining whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame is consistent with the identification information of the third STA.
  • the 12 least significant bits of the AID are the same. If they are the same, it is determined to contain the identification information of the third STA; and/or it is judged whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame is the same as that of the third STA.
  • the 12-bit VAID is the same. If they are the same, it is determined to contain the identification information of the third STA.
  • the aforementioned fifth condition may at least include that the first trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA. That is to say, the third STA parses the first trigger frame. If the first trigger frame does not contain the user information field with the identification information of the third STA, the third STA may discard the trigger frame. That is, when the third STA receives the first trigger frame, if none of the User Info subfields in the first trigger frame has an AID12 subfield (identification subfield) that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, Then the third STA cannot send uplink data to its associated AP (the first STA) and is not prepared to receive downlink data. In some scenarios, it may enter sleep mode.
  • the format of the first trigger frame can be pre-defaulted for all STAs in the network, that is, the STAs in the network adopt the same first trigger frame format.
  • the specific content of the fifth condition may also be different, which are explained below:
  • the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield. Furthermore, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA, that is, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA that includes the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • neither the public information field nor the user information subfield of the first trigger frame may include the uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the first trigger frame.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the fifth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first trigger frame includes the third STA with the identification information of the third STA. Three STA user information subfields. That is to say, determine whether the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the first trigger frame is the first value, and detect whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield. If the value of the first transmission mode subfield is If the value is not the first value and the user information subfield has its own identification information, it can be determined that the first trigger frame satisfies the fifth condition.
  • the fifth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is a second value (or a third value); the first trigger frame includes a The user information subfield of the third STA of the identification information of the third STA.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the first trigger frame includes the first shared transmission indication subfield, and the selection of the first shared transmission indication subfield is The value is the eighth value.
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA, and the user information subfield of the third STA includes the identification subfield of the third STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the third STA; the third STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA also includes: the transmission mode subfield of the third STA.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the fifth condition includes: the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is an eighth value: the first trigger frame includes the third STA with the identification information of the third STA. Three STA user information subfields. That is to say, determine whether the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field in the first trigger frame is the eighth value, and detect whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield. If the public information If the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the field is the eighth value, and the user information subfield has its own identification information, it can be determined that the first trigger frame satisfies the fifth condition.
  • the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield.
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA, that is, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA that includes the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame includes a first uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the first trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9, and the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 4 mentioned above
  • the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the format of Figure 8 mentioned above.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 4, 5, 8 and 9 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the fifth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first trigger frame includes the third STA with the identification information of the third STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA; in the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value.
  • the fifth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is a second value (or a third value); the first trigger frame includes a The user information subfield of the third STA in the identification information of the three STAs; In the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value.
  • the fifth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value (or the second value, or the third value); so The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is a sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA.
  • the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the first trigger frame is the first value, and whether there is its own identification information and the user information subfield of the third STA from each user information subfield. , whether the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value; if the value of the first transmission mode subfield is not the first value (or determined to be the second value, or determined to be the third value) , and the user information subfield has its own identification information, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA in the user information field is the sixth value, it can be determined that the first trigger frame satisfies the fifth condition.
  • the fifth condition includes: the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA in the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame is a second value (or a third value); The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field of a trigger frame is a sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA.
  • the fifth condition includes: the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA in the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame is not the first value; the common value of the first trigger frame The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the information field is a sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA.
  • the third STA can detect whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield, and determine the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA in the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame. Whether it is the first value, whether the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value; if the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA in the user information subfield of the third STA is not the first value, and If the user information subfield contains its own identification information and the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value, it can be determined that the first trigger frame satisfies the fifth condition.
  • the trigger frame is a second trigger frame; the method further includes: the third STA receives the first frame sent by the first STA, and the first frame is the first frame sent by the first STA.
  • the first frame is sent after sending the second trigger frame, and the first frame is used to trigger the third STA to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP. It should be understood that the number of the aforementioned Shared AP, that is, the second STA, may be one or more.
  • the aforementioned second trigger frame may include at least a public information field and a user information subfield of the second STA.
  • the first frame may specifically be a Basic Trigger frame.
  • the method further includes: after receiving the first frame, the third STA sends uplink data to the first STA; and the third STA receives the BA sent by the first STA. .
  • it may be: after receiving the second duration of the first frame, the third STA sends uplink data to the first STA; after completing the second duration of sending the uplink data, the third STA receives BA sent by the first STA.
  • the second duration may be the same as or different from the first duration. In one example, the second duration may refer to SIFS.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the second trigger frame, and then sends the basic trigger frame to STA1;
  • AP1 receives STA1 after the SIFS time of sending the basic trigger frame.
  • the uplink data sent by STA1 is received, and after the SIFS time is received, BA is sent to STA1.
  • AP2 turns on the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the second trigger frame, and determines that the second trigger frame meets the second condition.
  • AP2 sends the basic trigger frame to STA2; after the SIFS time of sending the basic trigger frame, AP2 receives the uplink data sent by STA2, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA2, AP2 sends the basic trigger frame to STA2 after the SIFS time.
  • STA2 sends BA.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame; the third station STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the third STA receives the third trigger frame sent by the first STA,
  • the third trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a first STA and a second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the method further includes: the third STA receiving the downlink data sent by the first STA when the third trigger frame satisfies the sixth condition; the third STA transmits the data to the third STA.
  • the first STA sends a block acknowledgment BA.
  • the third STA determines whether the third trigger frame satisfies the sixth condition; if it does, based on the specific content contained in the third trigger frame, it can be determined that the third trigger frame is used to instruct the third STA to wait to receive synchronous downlink Transmitted downlink data. Then, the downlink data sent by the first STA may be received after a third duration of receiving the third trigger frame.
  • the third STA sending a block acknowledgment BA to the first STA may include: the third STA sending a block acknowledgment BA to the first STA after completing a third duration of receiving downlink data.
  • the specific content contained in the third trigger frame may include an uplink and downlink indication subfield (for example, in the user information subfield of the third STA, or in the public information subfield).
  • the third duration may be the same as or different from any one of the first duration and the second duration.
  • the third duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the aforementioned first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e. non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the second STA.
  • STA (i.e. non-AP STA).
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, it performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, sends downlink data to STA1, and after the SIFS time , receiving the BA sent by STA1.
  • AP2 After receiving the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the third trigger frame, AP2 performs beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA1, sends downlink data to STA2, and receives the data sent by STA2 after the SIFS duration. BA.
  • receiving the downlink data sent by the first STA may specifically include: after receiving the third duration of the third trigger frame, on the corresponding RU, receiving the downlink data sent by the first STA. ; Wherein, the corresponding first RU is a resource corresponding to the third STA.
  • the sending of the block acknowledgment BA to the first STA may include: sending the BA to the first STA on the corresponding first RU.
  • the downlink data transmission time of the first STA may be the same as the downlink data transmission time of the second STA. That is to say, the first STA and the second STA perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • Figure 21 and Figure 22 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • 1 STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, then sends downlink data to STA1, and after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA1, receives STA1 Sent BA.
  • AP2 sends downlink data to STA2 after receiving the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the third trigger frame, and receives the BA sent by STA2 after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA2.
  • Figure 23 and Figure 24 are schematic diagrams of the first STA turning on the COFDMA mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 and AP3 are both the Shared AP, which is the second STA.
  • AP1 within the TXOP of AP1, AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, it is sent on the first RU corresponding to its own STA (that is, the TXOP of AP1 shown in the figure) Downstream data.
  • AP2 and AP3 receive the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the second RU corresponding to their own STA after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame (that is, the TXOP of AP2 and the sub-TXOP of AP3 shown in the figure) Send downlink data upstream.
  • the third STA receives the downlink data sent by the first STA when the third trigger frame satisfies the sixth condition; the third STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the first STA. .
  • the third STA receives the downlink data sent by the first STA when the third trigger frame satisfies the sixth condition, and further includes: the third STA satisfies the third trigger frame when the third STA satisfies the sixth condition. In the case of six conditions, the downlink data sent by the first STA is received, and the downlink data sent by the second STA is received.
  • the downlink data transmission time of the first STA may be the same as the downlink data transmission time of the second STA. That is to say, the first STA and the second STA perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • both the first STA and the second STA send downlink data to the third STA, and the third STA only sends BA to its associated first STA.
  • Figure 25 and Figure 26 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, then sends downlink data to STA1, and after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA1, receives BA sent by STA1.
  • AP2 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, and then sends downlink data to STA1. That is to say, STA1 can receive the downlink data transmitted synchronously by AP1 and AP2, but STA1 only sends BA to AP1.
  • the aforementioned sixth condition may have different conditions depending on the transmission mode.
  • the sixth condition when the cooperative transmission mode is the downlink CBF mode, the sixth condition may include the value of the transmission mode subfield as the second value; the sixth condition may include at least one of the following: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the third trigger frame The value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field is the seventh value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third trigger The value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the frame is the second value; the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; the third trigger In the user information subfield of the third STA of the frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is the second value; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the third trigger frame, the transmission mode
  • the sixth condition may include that the value of the transmission mode subfield is a third value; specifically, the sixth condition may include at least one of the following: the third The value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the seventh value; The value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the third value; so
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the third trigger frame, the transmission mode subfield of the third STA The value is the third value; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is not the first value; the third value of the third value of the third
  • the sixth condition may include that the value of the transmission mode subfield is a fourth value; specifically, the sixth condition includes at least one of the following: public information of the third trigger frame The value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the field is the eighth value; the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is the seventh value; the value of the third trigger frame The value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field is not the first value; the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; the third trigger frame In the user information subfield of the third STA, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is not the first value; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the third trigger frame, the upper and lower values of the third STA The value of the row indication subfield is the seventh value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the fourth value; the user information of the third STA of the
  • the method for determining whether the third trigger frame contains the identification information of the third STA may be: determining whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame is consistent with the identification information of the third STA.
  • the 12 least significant bits of the AID are the same. If they are the same, it is determined to contain the identification information of the third STA; and/or it is determined whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field is the same as the 12-bit VAID of the third STA. If they are the same, it is determined that the identification information of the third STA is included.
  • the third trigger frame is used to trigger the second STA to synchronize downlink transmission with the first STA, it still needs to carry the user info subfield of the associated STA (that is, the third STA). This is to ensure that the third STA can remain awake.
  • the aforementioned sixth condition may at least include that the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA. That is to say, the third STA parses the third trigger frame. If the third trigger frame does not contain the user information field with the identification information of the third STA, the third STA may discard the third trigger frame.
  • the third STA when the third STA receives the third trigger frame, if none of the User Info subfields in the third trigger frame has an AID12 subfield (identification subfield) equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, then the third STA The third STA cannot send uplink data to its associated AP (the first STA) and is not prepared to receive downlink data. In some scenarios, it can enter sleep mode (or hibernation mode).
  • the third STA can determine whether the third trigger frame satisfies the sixth condition by passing one or more of the above-mentioned sixth conditions.
  • the above-mentioned sixth conditions There may be various combinations of the above-mentioned sixth conditions.
  • the following provides an exemplary description, but does not represent There are only the following ways, and as long as at least one of the aforementioned sixth conditions is included, they are all within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the third trigger frame includes the third shared transmission indication subfield, and the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is eighth value.
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA, and the user information subfield of the third STA includes the identification subfield of the third STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the third STA; the third STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA also includes: the transmission mode subfield of the third STA.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield with the identification information of the third STA; in the user information subfield of the third STA in the third trigger frame, the transmission of the third STA
  • the value of the mode subfield is the second value (or the third value, or the fourth value).
  • the above-mentioned sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield with identification information of the third STA; in the user information subfield of the third STA in the third trigger frame, The value of the transmission mode subfield is not the first value.
  • the above-mentioned sixth condition includes: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is an eighth value; the third trigger frame contains the identification information of the third STA.
  • the sixth condition includes: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is an eighth value; the third trigger frame contains the third STA's identification information.
  • the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame includes a third uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield is a seventh value.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the third trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 9 mentioned above, and the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the format of Figure 5 mentioned above.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 8.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 4, 5, 8 and 9 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA, and/or the user information subfield of the third STA in the third trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indicator subfield of the third STA. field, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the seventh value.
  • the sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; in the user information subfield of the third STA in the third trigger frame, The value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the three STAs is the seventh value.
  • the sixth condition includes: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the second value (or not the first value, or the third value, or the third value). four values); the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the third trigger frame, the third STA The upper and lower rows indicate that the value of the subfield is the seventh value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the seventh value, which can also be replaced by the third trigger frame.
  • the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field is the seventh value.
  • the trigger frame is a fourth trigger frame; the third station STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the third station STA receives the fourth trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used for synchronized cooperative transmission by the multiple STAs.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used to trigger the third STA to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission, and to trigger the second STA to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a third STA and a second STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the method further includes: when the second STA determines that the value of the first indication bit in the first PPDU carrying the fourth trigger frame is a second specified value, parsing the The fourth trigger frame is described.
  • the method further includes: if the third STA meets the seventh condition when the fourth trigger frame meets the seventh condition, after receiving the fourth duration of the fourth trigger frame, the third STA based on the second transmit power , sending uplink data to the first STA; the second transmit power is determined based on the transmit power subfield of the third STA in the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame; the third STA receives BA sent by the first STA.
  • the determination method of the second transmission power is similar to the determination method of the aforementioned first transmission power, and will not be repeated here.
  • Both are based on the transmission of the third STA in the user information field of the third STA in the third trigger frame. Determined by the power subfield.
  • the second transmission power may be the same as or different from the aforementioned first transmission power, which is not limited in this embodiment. It should be pointed out that when the third STA determines that the seventh condition is met, the third STA may determine the second transmit power based on the transmit power subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame, and based on the transmission mode subfield in the fourth trigger frame. (or the transmission mode subfield of the third STA) determines the cooperative transmission mode adopted, etc., and will also use no more than the Max TX power subfield indicated within the allocated TXOP time based on the requirements of other fields in Common info and User Info. Send power to send uplink data to AP1.
  • the fourth duration may be the same as or different from any one of the first duration, the second duration, and the third duration.
  • the fourth duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e., non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the Shared AP.
  • Associated STA i.e. non-AP STA.
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • the sending time of the third STA sending the uplink data to the first STA is the same as the sending time of the second STA sending the downlink data to the fourth STA. That is to say, the third STA and the second STA perform synchronous cooperative transmission.
  • Figure 27 and Figure 28 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • 1 STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, after AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the SIFS time of the fourth trigger frame, AP1 receives the uplink data sent by STA1 to AP1, and after completing the reception of the uplink data sent by STA1 After the SIFS time, send BA to STA1; at the same time, within the TXOP of AP1, AP2 receives the MAP TXS trigger frame sent by AP1, that is, after the SIFS time of the fourth trigger frame, AP2 sends downlink data to STA2, and completes the downlink transmission After the SIFS time of the data, receive the BA sent by STA2.
  • the seventh condition includes at least one of the following: the common information field of the fourth trigger frame contains a third shared transmission indication subfield, and the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is eighth value; the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indicator of the third STA field, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value.
  • the aforementioned seventh condition may at least include that the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA. The reason is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the fourth trigger frame may include the fourth shared transmission indication subfield, and its value is the eighth value.
  • the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA, and the user information subfield of the third STA includes the identification subfield of the third STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the third STA; the third STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA further includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is a sixth value.
  • the common information field of the fourth trigger frame may not include the uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame may also include the transmission power subfield of the third STA.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the seventh condition includes: the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA. That is to say, the third STA detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield in the fourth trigger frame. If it exists, it determines that the seventh condition is met.
  • the third STA may determine to perform uplink transmission this time based on the user information subfield of the third STA including the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA being the sixth value; and based on the user information subfield of the third STA, The transmit power subfield of the third STA included in the field determines the second transmit power used this time; then, after receiving the fourth duration of the fourth trigger frame, the second transmit power is used to send uplink data to the first STA.
  • the seventh condition includes: the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame includes the third STA.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value.
  • the third STA detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield in the fourth trigger frame. If it exists, it determines that the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame includes the third STA.
  • the upper and lower lines indicate whether the value of the subfield is the sixth value; if it is the sixth value, it is determined that the seventh condition is met.
  • the third STA may determine the second transmit power used this time based on the transmit power subfield of the third STA contained in the user information subfield of the third STA, and then upon receiving the fourth trigger frame After the duration, use the second transmission power to send uplink data to the first STA.
  • the seventh condition includes: the common information field of the fourth trigger frame contains a third shared transmission indication subfield, and the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is an eighth value;
  • the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA;
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA, and the third STA
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the three STAs is the sixth value.
  • the third STA determines whether the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is the eighth value and detects whether each user information subfield in the fourth trigger frame has its own identification information. If the third shared transmission The value of the indication subfield is the eighth value, and the fourth trigger frame contains its own identification information, then it is determined that the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA. Whether the value is the sixth value; if it is the sixth value, it is determined that the seventh condition is met.
  • the third STA may determine the second transmit power used this time based on the transmit power subfield of the third STA contained in the user information subfield of the third STA, and then upon receiving the fourth trigger frame After the duration, use the second transmission power to send uplink data to the first STA.
  • the seventh condition includes: in the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame, the transmission of the second STA The value of the mode subfield is not the first value; the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the second STA having the identification information of the second STA; the user information of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame In the subfield, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the fourth trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is is the seventh value; the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the first STA sends a trigger frame for establishing cooperative transmission between multiple STAs, thereby providing an efficient solution for establishing multi-STA cooperation.
  • the solution provided by this embodiment can control multiple STAs to cooperate for synchronous uplink transmission and/or synchronous downlink transmission only by sending a trigger frame, which can simplify the sharing process and reduce the time used to establish cooperative transmission. Signaling overhead, thereby achieving efficient establishment of multi-STA collaboration.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 3100 according to the fourth embodiment of the present application. This method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Figure 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes at least some of the following:
  • the fourth station STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs; the fourth STA is not associated with the first STA.
  • the first STA may be an AP.
  • the first STA is a sharing AP.
  • the fourth STA may be a STA (non-AP STA) associated with other STA, for example, it may be a STA associated with the second STA, where the second STA may be a shared AP.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA is configured by the second STA based on the second range of identifier values, and the fourth STA is associated with the second STA. That is, before executing S3110, the method further includes: the fourth STA obtains the AID and/or VAID configured by the second STA for the fourth STA based on the second range of identification values.
  • the fourth STA obtains its own AID and/or VAID, which may be: the fourth STA obtains the AID and/or VAID configured for itself by the second STA.
  • the second STA may configure the second STA for the fourth STA based on the second range of identifier values.
  • the second range of values of the identifier is within at least one of the following: 1-2007, 2008-2044, 2047-4096; the second range of values of the identifier is configured by the target device for the second STA.
  • the target device is a coordinating device; the coordinating device is an access point AP; or the coordinating device is a device other than the AP.
  • the trigger frame may be specifically called a MAP TXS trigger frame.
  • the trigger frame may include a common info field and/or a user info list field; wherein the user information list field may include one or more User info subfields.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame includes at least one of the following: a trigger type subfield, the value of which is used to indicate the type of the trigger frame; a transmission mode subfield, where the transmission mode subfield The value of is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode; the uplink and downlink indication subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield The value of is used to indicate that TXOP is used for synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission; the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • Each subfield that may be included in the public information field of the trigger frame is the same as in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the trigger frame contains one or more user information subfields; the mth user information subfield among the one or more user information subfields is the user information subfield of the mth STA, and m is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the mth user information subfield includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the mth STA, and the identification subfield of the mth STA is used to carry the identification information of the mth STA;
  • the transmission mode subfield of the mth STA, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the mth STA is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the mth STA, and/or, the mth STA Whether to enable TXOP sharing mode;
  • the transmit power subfield of the mth STA which is used to indicate the maximum transmit power used by the mth STA;
  • the uplink and downlink indication of the mth STA subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the mth STA is used to
  • the trigger frame is carried by the first PPDU; wherein, The value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is a second specified value.
  • the first PPDU may be an EHT PPDU.
  • the first indication bit may be the MAP TXS indication bit.
  • no modification is made to the existing PPDU.
  • the transmission interaction process of the fourth STA is introduced below. To realize multi-AP TXOP sharing, it can be divided into three stages, namely the preparation stage, the detection stage and the triggered transmission stage.
  • the aforementioned S3110 is mainly the processing performed in the triggered transmission stage.
  • the description of the processing in the preparation phase and the measurement phase is the same as that in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the following is a description of the specific subfields and values contained in the trigger frame in different processes, as well as the processing of the execution trigger transmission stage of the fourth STA in different processes:
  • the trigger frame is a first trigger frame; the fourth STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the fourth STA receives the first trigger frame sent by the first STA, so The first trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA, the fourth STA is associated with the second STA, and the second STA is associated with the second STA. The STA is different from the first STA.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e., non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the Shared AP.
  • Associated STA i.e. non-AP STA.
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • the method further includes: when the fourth STA determines that the eighth condition is satisfied based on the first trigger frame, after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, the fourth STA sends a request to the third STA.
  • the second STA sends uplink data; the second STA is associated with the fourth STA; and the fourth STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame may include the transmit power subfield of the fourth STA, or may not include the transmit power subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the fourth STA may also determine the transmit power used by itself based on the transmit power subfield. The way in which the STA determines the transmit power used by itself has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again here.
  • the transmit power of the fourth STA can be selected by itself based on the actual situation, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the first duration may refer to SIFS.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, receives the uplink data sent by STA1, and receives In the case of uplink data sent to STA1, BA is sent to STA1 after the SIFS time.
  • AP2 turns on the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the first trigger frame, and determining that the first trigger frame meets the first condition, and After receiving the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, perform the beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA1, receive the uplink data sent by STA2, and when receiving the uplink data sent by STA2, after the SIFS time, send the signal to STA2 Send BA.
  • the sending uplink data to the second STA includes: the fourth STA is on the second RU and uses a third transmission power to send the uplink data to the second STA; wherein, the The third transmit power is determined based on the maximum transmit power indicated by the transmit power subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame.
  • the method of determining the third transmit power may specifically include: calculating based on the maximum transmit power in the transmit power subfield of the fourth STA and a preset formula; or, based on the transmit power subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the fourth STA uses any power value less than or equal to the maximum transmit power as the third transmit power.
  • the method of determining the third transmission power is the same as the aforementioned method of determining the second transmission power and/or the first transmission power, and will not be described again.
  • the fourth STA receiving the block acknowledgment BA sent by the second STA includes: the fourth STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the second STA on the second RU.
  • the first duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; accordingly, in this embodiment, the sending time of the uplink data of the third STA can be The sending time of the uplink data of the fourth STA is the same. In other words, the third STA and the fourth STA perform synchronous uplink transmission.
  • Figure 14 and Figure 15 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, and receives the uplink data sent by STA1, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA1, After the SIFS time, send BA to STA1.
  • AP2 turns on the uplink CSR mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the first trigger frame, and determines that the first trigger frame meets the first condition.
  • the uplink data sent by STA2 is received, and when the uplink data sent by STA2 is received, BA is sent to STA2 after the SIFS time.
  • Figure 16 and Figure 17 are schematic diagrams of the first STA turning on the COFDMA mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP or the second STA
  • STA11 and STA12 are the two third STAs associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA21 is the Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, it is ready to receive the uplink data associated with STA11 and STA12 on the first RU corresponding to STA11 and STA12 respectively, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA11 and STA12
  • AP1 sends BA to STA11 and STA12 on the first RU corresponding to STA11 and STA12 (or called the corresponding RU).
  • the first RU corresponding to STA11 is the first RU in Figure 17
  • the first RU corresponding to STA12 is the second RU in Figure 17.
  • AP2 After receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the first trigger frame, and determining that the first trigger frame meets the first condition, AP2 turns on the uplink COFDMA mode and prepares to receive association on the second RU corresponding to STA21 STA21's uplink data, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA21, AP2 sends BA to STA21 on the second RU corresponding to STA21.
  • the second RU corresponding to STA21 is the third and fourth RU in Figure 17.
  • the aforementioned eighth condition may have different conditions depending on the transmission mode.
  • the eighth condition may include The value of the transmission mode subfield is the second value; specifically, the eighth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is not the second value.
  • the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the second value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is The eighth value; the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is the sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the sixth value; the value of the fourth STA of the first trigger frame In the user information subfield of the fourth STA, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA of the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value. Not the first value.
  • the eighth condition may include that the value of the transmission mode subfield is a third value.
  • the eighth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of a transmission mode subfield is the third value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the fourth STA of the first trigger frame In the user information subfield of the fourth STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA of the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is The value is the third value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is not the first value.
  • the method of determining whether the first trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA that contains the identification information of the fourth STA may be: determining the identification subfield of the user information field of the first trigger frame. Is the identification information in the AID of the fourth STA the same as the 12 least significant bits? If they are the same, determine that the first trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA with the identification information of the fourth STA; or determine Whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame is the same as the 12-bit VAID of the fourth STA. If they are the same, it is determined that the first trigger frame contains the fourth STA with the identification information of the fourth STA. STA user information subfield.
  • the aforementioned eighth condition at least includes that the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA. That is to say, the fourth STA parses the first trigger frame, and if the first trigger frame does not include the user information field with the identification information of the fourth STA, the fourth STA may discard the first trigger frame. That is, when the fourth STA receives the first trigger frame, if none of the User Info subfields in the first trigger frame has an AID12 subfield (identification subfield) that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, Then the fourth STA cannot send uplink data to its associated AP (second STA) and is not prepared to receive downlink data. In some scenarios, it may enter sleep mode.
  • the format of the first trigger frame can be pre-defaulted for all STAs in the network, that is, the STAs in the network adopt the same first trigger frame format.
  • the specific content of the eighth condition may also be different, which are explained below:
  • the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield. Furthermore, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA, that is, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA that includes the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • neither the public information field nor the user information subfield of the first trigger frame may include the uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the first trigger frame.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first trigger frame contains the third STA with the identification information of the fourth STA. Four STA user information subfields.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is a second value (or a third value); the first trigger frame includes a The user information subfield of the fourth STA of the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the first trigger frame includes the first shared transmission indication subfield, and the selection of the first shared transmission indication subfield is The value is the eighth value.
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA includes the identification subfield of the fourth STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the fourth STA; the fourth STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA also includes: the transmission mode subfield of the third STA.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is an eighth value: the first trigger frame contains the third STA with identification information of the fourth STA. Four STA user information subfields.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame may include the transmit power subfield of the fourth STA, or may not include the transmit power subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the fourth STA may also determine the transmit power used by itself based on the transmit power subfield. The way in which the STA determines the transmit power used by itself has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again here.
  • the transmit power of the fourth STA can be selected by itself based on the actual situation, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield.
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA, that is, the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA that includes the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame includes a first uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the sixth value.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the first trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 4 mentioned above, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the format of Figure 8 mentioned above.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 4, 5, 8 and 9 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the first trigger frame contains the third STA with the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is a second value (or a third value); the first trigger frame includes a The user information subfield of the fourth STA in the identification information of the fourth STA; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the sixth value.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value (or the second value, or the third value); so The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is a sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame is the second value; the public information of the first trigger frame The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the field is the sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame is not the first value; the common value of the first trigger frame The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield in the information field is a sixth value; the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the first trigger frame detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield, and determine whether the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame is the first value, whether the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value; if the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA in the user information subfield of the fourth STA is not the first value, and the user information subfield If the frame contains its own identification information and the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value, it can be determined that the first trigger frame satisfies the eighth condition.
  • the trigger frame is a second trigger frame; the fourth STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the fourth STA receives the first frame sent by the second STA, and the The first frame is sent by the second STA after sending the second trigger frame, and the first frame is used to trigger the STAs associated with the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission.
  • the multiple STAs include: the first STA and the second STA. Specifically, the first STA refers to Sharing AP, and the second STA refers to Shared AP. It should be understood that the number of the aforementioned Shared AP, that is, the second STA, may be one or more.
  • the aforementioned second trigger frame may include at least a public information field and a user information subfield of the second STA.
  • the first frame may specifically be a Basic Trigger frame.
  • the method further includes: after receiving the first frame, the fourth STA sends uplink data to the second STA; the fourth STA receives the BA sent by the second STA. .
  • it may be: after receiving the second duration of the first frame, the fourth STA sends uplink data to the second STA; after completing the second duration of sending the uplink data, the fourth STA receives The second STA sends the BA.
  • the second duration may be the same as or different from the first duration. In one example, the second duration may refer to SIFS.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the second trigger frame, and then sends the basic trigger frame to STA1;
  • AP1 receives STA1 after the SIFS time of sending the basic trigger frame.
  • the uplink data sent by STA1 is received, and after the SIFS time is received, BA is sent to STA1.
  • AP2 turns on the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode after receiving the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the second trigger frame, and determines that the second trigger frame meets the second condition.
  • AP2 sends the basic trigger frame to STA2; after the SIFS time of sending the basic trigger frame, AP2 receives the uplink data sent by STA2, and after receiving the uplink data sent by STA2, AP2 sends the basic trigger frame to STA2 after the SIFS time.
  • STA2 sends BA.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame; the fourth STA receives the trigger frame sent by the first STA, including: the fourth STA receives the third trigger frame sent by the first STA, so
  • the third trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a first STA and a second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the method further includes: when the third trigger frame satisfies the ninth condition, the fourth STA receives the downlink data sent by the second STA; The second STA sends a block acknowledgment BA.
  • Receiving the downlink data sent by the second STA may include receiving the downlink data sent by the second STA after receiving the third duration of the third trigger frame.
  • the fourth STA sending a block acknowledgment BA to the second STA may include: the fourth STA sending a block acknowledgment BA to the second STA after completing a third duration of receiving downlink data.
  • the third duration may be the same as or different from any one of the first duration and the second duration.
  • the third duration may refer to SIFS.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP, which is the second STA
  • STA1 is the third STA associated with the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • STA2 It is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, it performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, sends downlink data to STA1, and after the SIFS time , receiving the BA sent by STA1.
  • AP2 After receiving the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the third trigger frame, AP2 performs beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA1, sends downlink data to STA2, and receives the data sent by STA2 after the SIFS duration. BA.
  • receiving the downlink data sent by the second STA may specifically include: after receiving the third duration of the third trigger frame, on the corresponding second RU, receiving the downlink data sent by the second STA. Downlink data; wherein the corresponding second RU is the resource corresponding to the fourth STA.
  • the sending of the block acknowledgment BA to the second STA may include: sending the BA to the second STA on the corresponding second RU.
  • the downlink data transmission time of the first STA may be the same as the downlink data transmission time of the second STA. That is to say, the first STA and the second STA perform synchronous downlink transmission.
  • Figure 21 and Figure 22 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • 1 STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, then sends downlink data to STA1, and after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA1, receives STA1 Sent BA.
  • AP2 sends downlink data to STA2 after receiving the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the third trigger frame, and receives the BA sent by STA2 after completing the SIFS time of sending downlink data to STA2.
  • Figure 23 and Figure 24 are schematic diagrams of the first STA turning on the COFDMA mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 and AP3 are both the Shared AP, which is the second STA.
  • AP1 within the TXOP of AP1, AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, it is sent on the first RU corresponding to its own STA (that is, the TXOP of AP1 shown in the figure) Downstream data.
  • AP2 and AP3 receive the MAP TXS trigger frame, that is, the second RU corresponding to their own STA after the SIFS time of the third trigger frame (that is, the TXOP of AP2 and the sub-TXOP of AP3 shown in the figure) Send downlink data upstream.
  • the aforementioned ninth condition may have different conditions depending on the transmission mode.
  • the sixth condition may include the value of the transmission mode subfield as The second value; for the ninth condition, a detailed description may include at least one of the following: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is the eighth value; the The value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the seventh value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; The value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the second value; the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; In the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame,
  • the ninth condition may include that the value of the transmission mode subfield is a third value; specifically, the ninth condition may include at least one of the following: the third The value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the seventh value; The value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the third value; so
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA The value is the third value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA of the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is not the first value; the fourth value of the third value of the third
  • the method for determining whether the third trigger frame contains the identification information of the fourth STA may be: determining whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field of the first trigger frame is consistent with the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the 12 least significant bits of the AID are the same. If they are the same, it is determined to contain the identification information of the fourth STA; and/or it is determined whether the identification information in the identification subfield in the user information field is the same as the 12-bit VAID of the fourth STA. If they are the same, it is determined that the identification information of the fourth STA is included.
  • the third trigger frame is used to trigger the second STA to synchronize downlink transmission with the first STA, it still needs to carry the user info subfield of the STA associated with the shared AP (i.e. the fourth STA). This is to ensure that the user information subfield of the STA associated with the shared AP is ensured.
  • the STA (the fourth STA) can remain awake and ready to receive downlink data sent by the associated AP. Therefore, the aforementioned ninth condition at least includes that the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA. That is to say, the fourth STA parses the third trigger frame. If the third trigger frame does not contain the user information field with the identification information of the fourth STA, the fourth STA may discard the third trigger frame.
  • the fourth STA when the fourth STA receives the third trigger frame, if none of the User Info subfields in the third trigger frame has an AID12 subfield (identification subfield) that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, Then the fourth STA cannot send uplink data to its associated AP (second STA) and is not prepared to receive downlink data. In some scenarios, it may enter sleep mode.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the third trigger frame includes the third shared transmission indication subfield, and the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is the eighth value.
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA includes the identification subfield of the fourth STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the fourth STA; the fourth STA
  • the user information subfield of the STA also includes: the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the ninth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield with the identification information of the fourth STA; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the transmission of the fourth STA
  • the value of the mode subfield is the second value (or the third value).
  • the ninth condition includes: the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield with identification information of the fourth STA; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, The value of the transmission mode subfield is not the first value.
  • the specific processing method is similar to the above situation and will not be repeated.
  • the ninth condition includes: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is an eighth value; the third trigger frame contains the identification of the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield of the information; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is not the first value.
  • the ninth condition includes: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is an eighth value; the third trigger frame contains the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame includes a third uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield is a seventh value.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield is not included in the common information field of the third trigger frame.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 4 mentioned above, and the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the format of Figure 8 mentioned above.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 4, 5, 8 and 9 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA, and/or the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame includes the uplink and downlink indicator subfield of the fourth STA. field, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value.
  • the ninth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the The value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the four STAs is the seventh value.
  • the ninth condition includes: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third trigger frame contains identification information of a fourth STA.
  • the ninth condition includes: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is a second value (or a third value); the third trigger frame contains The user information subfield of the fourth STA in the identification information of the fourth STA; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value, which can also be replaced by the third trigger frame.
  • the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field is the seventh value.
  • the trigger frame is a fourth trigger frame; the fourth STA receives the fourth trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the fourth trigger frame is used for synchronized cooperative transmission by the multiple STAs. , the fourth trigger frame is used for synchronized cooperative transmission by the multiple STAs. The fourth trigger frame is used to trigger the third STA to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission, and to trigger the second STA to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the plurality of STAs include: a third STA and a second STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the method further includes: when the fourth STA satisfies the tenth condition in the fourth trigger frame, after receiving the fourth trigger frame for a fourth duration, the fourth STA receives the message sent by the second STA. downlink data; the fourth STA sends BA to the second STA.
  • the fourth duration may be the same as or different from any one of the first duration, the second duration, and the third duration. In one example, the fourth duration may refer to SIFS.
  • the first STA refers to the Sharing AP
  • the second STA refers to the Shared AP
  • the third STA refers to the STA associated with the Sharing AP (i.e., non-AP STA)
  • the fourth STA refers to the STA associated with the Shared AP.
  • Associated STA i.e. non-AP STA.
  • the number of the aforementioned Shared APs that is, the second STAs
  • the number of the aforementioned third STAs may also be one or more
  • the number of the aforementioned fourth STAs may be one or more.
  • the first STA and one or more second STAs may be APs in the same coordination set; specifically, the one or more second STAs may be Shared APs located within the transmission range of the first STA.
  • the sending time of the third STA sending the uplink data to the first STA is the same as the sending time of the second STA sending the downlink data to the fourth STA. That is to say, the third STA and the second STA perform synchronous cooperative transmission.
  • Figure 27 and Figure 28 are schematic diagrams of STA turning on the downlink CSR mode.
  • AP1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA)
  • AP2 is the Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA1 is the Sharing AP (the first STA).
  • 1 STA) is the third STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA)
  • STA2 is the fourth STA associated with Shared AP (the second STA).
  • AP1 within AP1's own TXOP, after AP1 sends the MAP TXS trigger frame, which is the SIFS time of the fourth trigger frame, AP1 receives the uplink data sent by STA1 to AP1, and after completing the reception of the uplink data sent by STA1 After the SIFS time, send BA to STA1; at the same time, within the TXOP of AP1, AP2 receives the MAP TXS trigger frame sent by AP1, that is, after the SIFS time of the fourth trigger frame, AP2 sends downlink data to STA2, and completes the downlink transmission After the SIFS time of the data, receive the BA sent by STA2.
  • the tenth condition includes at least one of the following: the fourth trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the fourth trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA; In the user information subfield, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value.
  • the tenth condition may at least include that the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA. That is to say, the fourth STA parses the fourth trigger frame, and if the fourth trigger frame does not contain the user information field with the identification information of the fourth STA, the fourth STA may discard the fourth trigger frame. That is, when the fourth STA receives the fourth trigger frame, if none of the User Info subfields in the fourth trigger frame has an AID12 subfield (identification subfield) equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, then the fourth STA The fourth STA cannot send uplink data to its associated AP (second STA) and is not ready to receive downlink data. In some scenarios, it can enter sleep mode.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame does not include the transmission mode subfield; the public information field of the fourth trigger frame may include the fourth shared transmission indication subfield, and its value is the eighth value.
  • the fourth trigger frame may include a user information subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA includes an identification subfield of the fourth STA, which is used to carry identification information of the fourth STA;
  • the user information subfield of the four STAs also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is a seventh value.
  • the common information field of the fourth trigger frame may not include the uplink and downlink indication subfields.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 6 mentioned above
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA may adopt the format of Figure 7 mentioned above.
  • the meanings of each subfield in Figures 6 and 7 are the same as in the previous embodiments, and no repeated description will be made.
  • the tenth condition may include: the fourth trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the fourth trigger frame , the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value. That is to say, the fourth STA detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield in the fourth trigger frame. If it exists, it further determines the uplink and downlink indication of the fourth STA in the user information subfield of the fourth STA. Whether the value of the subfield is the seventh value, and if it is the seventh value, it is determined that the tenth condition is met. Furthermore, the fourth STA may wait to receive downlink data sent by its associated STA (ie, the second STA).
  • the tenth condition may only include: the fourth trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA. That is to say, the fourth STA detects whether there is its own identification information from each user information subfield in the fourth trigger frame. If it exists, it determines that the tenth condition is met. Furthermore, the fourth STA may wait to receive downlink data sent by its associated STA (ie, the second STA).
  • any two or any three of the communication methods in the embodiments of the first to fourth aspects provided previously in this embodiment can be used in combination, or the communication methods in the embodiments of the first to fourth aspects can be used in combination. All can be used in combination, and both are within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the solution provided in this embodiment can provide an efficient solution for establishing multi-STA collaboration by sending a trigger frame by the first STA for establishing cooperative transmission among multiple STAs.
  • the solution provided by this embodiment can control multiple STAs to cooperate for synchronous uplink transmission and/or synchronous downlink transmission only by sending a trigger frame, which can simplify the sharing process and reduce the time used to establish cooperative transmission. Signaling overhead, thereby achieving efficient establishment of multi-STA collaboration.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA) is associated with STA1 (the third STA), and AP2 (Shared AP is the second STA) is associated with STA2 (the fourth STA) , in CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode, the process of AP1 (sharing AP) triggering STA1 and STA2 to synchronize uplink transmission is shown in Figure 32, which includes:
  • S3210 AP1 generates the first trigger frame.
  • the first trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 13.
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase, it learns that STA2 in BSS2 has uplink data that needs to be sent, and obtains the AID or VAID information of STA2.
  • AP1 generates the first trigger frame used to trigger synchronous uplink transmission of STA1 (associated with AP1) and STA2 (associated with AP2), that is, the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 13.
  • the first trigger frame may include the User info subfield of STA1 (User information subfield of STA1) and the User info subfield of STA2 (User information subfield of STA2).
  • Various possible formats of the first trigger frame may be the same as those described in the previous embodiments, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • S3220 AP1 sends the first trigger frame.
  • the first trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 13.
  • AP1 can send the first trigger frame in the form of broadcast or multicast; the receiving address of the first trigger frame is set to the broadcast or multicast address.
  • STA1 receives the first trigger frame sent by AP1. If the first trigger frame meets the fifth condition, STA1 sends uplink data to AP1 after receiving the SIFS of the first trigger frame.
  • the public information field in the first trigger frame adopts the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the format of the user information field of STA1 adopts the format shown in Figure 7. That is, the public information field of the first trigger frame contains: The first shared transmission indication subfield; the user information field of STA1 includes: the identification subfield of STA1, used to carry the 12 least significant bits of STA1's AID, or the 12-bit VAID; the user information field of STA1 may also include: The transmission mode subfield of STA1.
  • the fifth condition may include: the first trigger frame contains the user information subfield of STA1 with the identification information of STA1; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common info field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. When the first trigger frame is in other formats, the content that the fifth condition may contain has been described in detail in the previous embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • this step can be as follows: when STA1 receives a first trigger frame in which the AID12 subfield (i.e., the identification subfield) in the User Info is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and the Common info of the first trigger frame
  • the STA1 will, after receiving the SIFS of the first trigger frame, perform the Trigger the requirements of other subfields in Common info of the frame and User Info of STA1, and send uplink data to AP1 within the allocated TXOP time.
  • AP2 receives the first trigger frame sent by AP1. When the first trigger frame meets the first condition, AP2 turns on the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode and performs beam zeroing operation on STA1. And prepare to receive the uplink data sent by STA2.
  • the public information field in the first trigger frame uses the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the format of the user information field uses the format shown in Figure 7, that is, the public information field of the first trigger frame includes: Shared transmission indication subfield; the user information field includes: STA's identification subfield, used to carry the 12 least significant bits of the STA's AID, or the 12-bit VAID; the STA's user information field can also include: the STA's transmission mode subfield.
  • the first condition includes: the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is an eighth value (for example, 1): the first trigger frame contains The user information subfield of STA2 in the identification information of STA2 (that is, the STA associated with AP2); in the user information subfield of STA2 in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of STA2 is the second value (such as Is 1); the user information subfield of the first trigger frame does not contain the identification information of AP2.
  • the first trigger frame is in other formats, what the first condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • the details can be as follows: when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the first trigger frame, if the MAP TXS indicator bit (i.e., the first indicator bit) in the preamble of the first PPDU is 1, then AP2 will not discard the first trigger frame and parse the first trigger frame (MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 13); or when AP2 receives the first PPDU containing the first trigger frame (i.e. EHT PPDU) Afterwards, AP2 ignores the UL/DL indication information in the preamble and directly parses the first trigger frame.
  • EHT PPDU the first PPDU containing the first trigger frame
  • AP2 parses the first trigger frame and determines that the first trigger frame meets the first condition, that is, a) the MAP TXS Indication subfield (first shared transmission indication subfield) in the Common info of the first trigger frame is equal to 1 , b) All User Info of the first trigger frame does not have an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, c) There is an AID or VAID of STA2 associated with itself in the User Info of the first trigger frame The 12 least significant bits of the AID12 subfield are equal, d) the value of the MAP TXS mode subfield (transmission mode subfield) in the User Info of STA2 is equal to 1, then AP2 turns on uplink cooperative beamforming/cooperative MU-MIMO.
  • the other non-associated STA (STA1) obtained in the preparation stage performs beam zeroing operation (the behavior is consistent with the downlink CBF) and prepares to receive the uplink data sent by the associated STA2.
  • STA2 receives the first trigger frame sent by AP1. If the first trigger frame meets the eighth condition, STA2 sends uplink data to AP2 after receiving the SIFS of the first trigger frame.
  • the public information field in the first trigger frame uses the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the format of the user information field uses the format shown in Figure 7, that is, the public information field of the first trigger frame includes: Shared transmission indication subfield; the user information field includes: STA's identification subfield, used to carry the 12 least significant bits of the STA's AID, or the 12-bit VAID; the STA's user information field can also include: the STA's transmission mode subfield.
  • the eighth condition includes: the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is an eighth value (such as 1); the first trigger frame contains STA2 The user information subfield of the identification information. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary explanation. When the first trigger frame is in other formats, the content that the eighth condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiment of the fourth aspect, so the description will not be repeated here. .
  • STA2 receives the first trigger frame, and after parsing, the value of the MAP TXS Indication subfield (first shared transmission indication subfield) in the Common info (public information field) of the first trigger frame is equal to 1, and the User Info of the first trigger frame has an AID12 subfield that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, then STA2 will use the Common info of the first trigger frame and other fields in the User Info after SIFS. It is required to send uplink data to its associated AP2 within the allocated TXOP time. Here, the requirements for other fields will not be described in detail here. As long as it can be determined that the uplink data is sent within the allocated TXOP time, it is within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • S3251 After receiving the uplink data sent by STA1, AP1 sends BA to STA1.
  • S3252 After receiving the uplink data sent by STA2, AP2 sends BA to STA2.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA) is associated with STA1 (the third STA), and AP2 (Shared AP is the second STA) is associated with STA2 (the fourth STA)
  • AP1 (sharing AP) triggers the process of synchronized downlink transmission between AP2 and itself, as shown in Figure 33, including:
  • S3310 AP1 generates the third trigger frame.
  • the third trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 20.
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase, it learns that AP2 in BSS2 has downlink data that needs to be sent, and AP1 generates a third trigger to trigger synchronous downlink transmission with AP2.
  • the frame is the MAP TXS trigger frame, which contains the User info field of AP2.
  • MAP TXS trigger frame contains the User info field of AP2.
  • Various possible formats of the third trigger frame may be the same as those described in the previous embodiments, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • AP1 sends the third trigger frame.
  • AP1 can send the third trigger frame in unicast form, and its receiving address is set to the address of AP2.
  • the third trigger frame may be sent in the form of multicast or broadcast. The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again.
  • S3331 After sending the SIFS of the third trigger frame, AP1 performs beam zeroing operation on STA2 and sends downlink data to STA1. That is, after AP1 sends the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, it performs a beam zeroing operation on the non-associated STA2, and at the same time sends downlink data to the STA1 associated with itself.
  • STA1 receives the third trigger frame sent by AP1, and when the third trigger frame meets the sixth condition, receives the downlink data sent by AP1.
  • the sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield having identification information of STA1. That is to say, after STA1 receives the third trigger frame, it determines that none of the User Info has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and then discards the frame.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9, and the user information subfield of STA1 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of STA1 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 8.
  • the sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of STA1 with the identification information of STA1; in the user information subfield of STA1 in the third trigger frame, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of STA1
  • the value of is the seventh value (such as 1). That is, the User Info in the third trigger frame has an AID12 subfield that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and the UL/DL Indication field in user info or common info is equal to 1, then STA1 is ready to receive the association. Downlink data of AP. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. When the third trigger frame is in other formats, what the sixth condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • AP2 receives the third trigger frame sent by AP1. When the third trigger frame meets the third condition, AP2 performs a beam zeroing operation on STA1. After receiving the SIFS of the third trigger frame, AP2 sends a signal to STA2. Send downlink data.
  • the public information field uses the format shown in Figure 6, and the user information field uses the format shown in Figure 7.
  • the third condition includes: the public information field of the first trigger frame
  • the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the information field is an eighth value (for example, 1): the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield with identification information of AP2; the AP2 of the third trigger frame In the user information subfield of AP2, the value of the transmission mode subfield of AP2 is the second value (for example, 1).
  • the third trigger frame is in other formats, what the third condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • the details can be as follows: when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the third trigger frame, if the MAP TXS indicator bit (i.e., the first indicator bit) in the preamble of the first PPDU is 1, then AP2 will not discard the third trigger frame and parse the third trigger frame; or when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the third trigger frame, AP2 ignores the UL/ in the preamble.
  • the DL indication information directly parses the third trigger frame.
  • AP2 parses the third trigger frame, it determines that the third trigger frame meets the third condition, that is, a) the MAP TXS Indication subfield in Common info is equal to 1, and b) the User Info contains 12 of its own AID or VAID. AID12 subfields whose least significant bits are equal, c) the MAP TXS mode subfield in its own User Info is equal to 1, then AP2 turns on downlink cooperative beamforming, and AP2 performs beamforming on other non-associated STA (STA1) obtained in the preparation stage. Zero operation, after SIFS, prepare to send downlink data to associated STA2 within no more than the allocated TXOP time.
  • SIFS non-associated STA
  • STA2 receives the third trigger frame sent by AP1. If the third trigger frame meets the ninth condition, STA2 receives the downlink data sent by AP2 after receiving the SIFS of the third trigger frame.
  • the ninth condition includes: the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield having identification information of STA2. That is to say, after STA2 receives the third trigger frame, it determines that none of the User Info has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and then discards the frame.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9, and the user information subfield of STA2 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 4 mentioned above, and the user information subfield of STA2 may adopt the format of Figure 8 mentioned above.
  • the ninth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of STA2 with the identification information of STA2; in the user information subfield of STA2 in the third trigger frame, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of STA2
  • the value of is the seventh value (such as 1). That is, if the User Info of the third trigger frame has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and the UL/DL Indication field in user info or common info is equal to 1, then STA2 is ready to receive Associated with AP’s downlink data. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. When the third trigger frame is in other formats, what the ninth condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • STA1 sends BA to AP1;
  • S3352 STA2 sends BA to AP2.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA) is associated with STA1 (the third STA), and AP2 (Shared AP is the second STA) is associated with STA2 (the fourth STA).
  • the process of AP1 (sharing AP) triggering synchronous uplink transmission of STA1 and STA2 is shown in Figure 15. Regarding the processing processes of Figures 14 and 15, they have been explained respectively in the aforementioned first to fourth aspects of the embodiments, and are not done in this example. Repeat.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA) is associated with STA11 and STA12 (the two third STAs), and AP2 (Shared AP is the second STA) is associated with STA21 (the fourth STA).
  • STA STA
  • AP1 sharing AP
  • STA STA
  • the first trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 17.
  • AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase (COFDMA may not require a detection phase, depending on different RSSI measurement methods, determine whether a detection phase is required)
  • COFDMA may not require a detection phase, depending on different RSSI measurement methods, determine whether a detection phase is required
  • STA21 in BSS2 has Uplink data needs to be sent and the AID or VAID information of STA21 is obtained
  • AP1 generates a MAP TXS trigger frame (i.e. the first trigger frame) used to trigger synchronous uplink transmission of STA1 (STA11, STA12) and STA21, which contains STA11, STA12, STA21 User info field.
  • a MAP TXS trigger frame i.e. the first trigger frame
  • STA11, STA12 contains STA11, STA12, STA21 User info field.
  • S3420 AP1 sends the first trigger frame.
  • the first trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 17.
  • AP1 may send the first trigger frame in the form of broadcast or multicast; the receiving address of the first trigger frame is set to the broadcast or multicast address.
  • S3431 After AP1 sends the SIFS time of the first trigger frame, it prepares to receive uplink data associated with STA1 (STA11, STA12) on the first RU corresponding to STA1 (STA11, STA12). Among them, the first RU of STA11 is different from the first RU of STA12.
  • S3432 STA1 (STA11, STA12) receives the first trigger frame sent by AP1. If the first trigger frame meets the fifth condition, after receiving the SIFS of the first trigger frame, it uses the corresponding first trigger frame. RU sends uplink data to AP1.
  • the public information field uses the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the format of the user information field of STA1 adopts the format shown in Figure 7;
  • the fifth condition may include: the first trigger frame Contains the user information subfield with the identification information of STA1 (STA11, STA12). It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. When the first trigger frame is in other formats, the content that the fifth condition may contain has been described in detail in the previous embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • this step can be as follows: STA1 (STA11, STA12) receives a first trigger frame in which the AID12 subfield (i.e., the identification subfield) in the User Info is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and then determines that the The first trigger frame meets the fifth condition. STA1 (STA11, STA12) will follow the SIFS and according to the requirements of other subfields in the Common info of the first trigger frame and STA1 (STA11, STA12) User Info, within the allocated TXOP time. , use the corresponding RU to send uplink data to AP1.
  • STA1 STA11, STA12
  • other subfields in STA1 (STA11, STA12) User Info can at least include: the maximum transmit power indicated by the Max TX power subfield (transmit power subfield). That is to say, STA1 (STA11, STA12) can determine the current transmit power (i.e., the first transmit power) based on the maximum transmit power of the Max TX power subfield. For example, the maximum transmit power can be directly used as the first transmit power, or it can be based on the formula The first transmit power is calculated. The calculation method has been explained in the previous embodiment and will not be described again here.
  • AP2 receives the first trigger frame sent by AP1. If the first trigger frame meets the first condition, AP2 turns on the uplink COFDMA and/or CSR mode. After receiving the SIFS of the first trigger frame, On the second RU, the uplink data of STA21 is received.
  • the public information field uses the format shown in Figure 6, and the user information field uses the format shown in Figure 7.
  • the first condition includes: the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is an eighth value (for example, 1): the first trigger frame contains The user information subfield of STA2 in the identification information of STA21 (that is, the STA associated with AP2); in the user information subfield of STA21 in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of STA21 is the third value (such as Is 2); the user information subfield of the first trigger frame does not contain the identification information of AP2.
  • the first trigger frame is in other formats, what the first condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • the details can be as follows: when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e. EHT PPDU) containing the first trigger frame, if the MAP TXS indicator bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is 1, AP2 will not discard it.
  • the first trigger frame and parses the first trigger frame (MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 13); or when AP2 receives the first PPDU containing the first trigger frame (i.e. EHT PPDU), AP2 ignores the preamble
  • the UL/DL indication information directly parses the first trigger frame.
  • AP2 parses the first trigger frame and determines that the first trigger frame meets the first condition, that is, a) the MAP TXS Indication subfield (first shared transmission indication subfield) in the Common info of the first trigger frame is equal to 1 , b) All User Info of the first trigger frame does not have an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, c) There is an AID or VAID of STA21 associated with itself in the User Info of the first trigger frame The 12 least significant bits of the AID12 subfield are equal, d) the value of the MAP TXS mode subfield (transmission mode subfield) in the User Info of STA2 (STA21) is equal to 2, then AP2 saves other fields in the User Info of the associated STA information, enable uplink COFDMA and/or CSR, and prepare to receive uplink data sent by the associated STA21 on the allocated RU (ie, the second RU).
  • STA21 receives the first trigger frame sent by AP1. If the first trigger frame meets the eighth condition, after receiving the SIFS of the first trigger frame, STA21 sends an uplink message to AP2 on the corresponding second RU. data.
  • the public information field uses the format shown in Figure 6, and the user information field uses the format shown in Figure 7;
  • the eighth condition includes: the public information field of the first trigger frame
  • the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the information field is an eighth value (for example, 1);
  • the first trigger frame includes a user information subfield with identification information of STA21.
  • STA21 receives the MAP TXS trigger frame, and the value of the MAP TXS Indication subfield (first shared transmission indication subfield) in the Common info (public information field) of the first trigger frame after parsing is equal to 1, and the User Info of the first trigger frame has an AID12 subfield that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, then STA21 will be in the allocated TXOP after SIFS according to the requirements of Common info and other fields in User Info.
  • the method for STA21 to determine the transmission power used this time that is, the method for the third transmission power of the foregoing fourth embodiment is the same as that of the foregoing embodiment and will not be described again).
  • S3451 AP1 sends BA to STA1 (STA11, STA12) on the first RU corresponding to STA1 (STA11, STA12).
  • S3452 AP2 sends BA to STA21 on the second RU corresponding to STA21.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA) is associated with STA1 (the third STA), and AP2 (Shared AP is the second STA) is associated with STA2 (the fourth STA)
  • AP1 (sharing AP) triggers the process of synchronized downlink transmission between AP2 and itself.
  • FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 they have been respectively described in the foregoing embodiments of the first aspect to the fourth aspect, and will not be described again in this example.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA)
  • AP2 and AP3 are all Shared APs
  • AP2 and AP3 are the two second STAs
  • STA21 the fourth STA
  • the process of AP1 (sharing AP) triggering synchronized downlink transmission between AP2 and AP3 is shown in Figure 24.
  • AP1, AP2, and AP3 are in a multi-AP cooperation group, and AP1 triggers AP2 and AP3 to perform synchronous downlink transmission with itself. The following is detailed in conjunction with Figure 35, taking AP1 and AP2 as examples:
  • AP1 generates the third trigger frame.
  • the third trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 24.
  • COFDMA may not require a detection phase, depending on different RSSI measurement methods, determine whether a detection phase is required
  • AP2 in BSS2 has Downlink data needs to be sent (AP3 in BSS3 has downlink data to send)
  • AP1 generates a MAP TXS trigger frame used to trigger synchronous downlink transmission with AP2 (AP2, AP3), which contains the User of AP2 (AP2, AP3) info field.
  • AP2 AP2, AP3
  • AP1 sends the third trigger frame.
  • AP1 can send the third trigger frame in unicast form, and its receiving address is set to the address of AP2.
  • the third trigger frame may be sent in the form of multicast or broadcast. The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again.
  • S3531 After sending the SIFS of the third trigger frame, AP1 uses the allocated RU to send downlink data to its associated STA1.
  • AP1 sends the SIFS time of the third trigger frame, based on the information obtained in the preparation phase and measurement phase, it uses the allocated RU and does not affect the transmit power received by STA in other BSS (from the information exchanged in the preparation phase and measurement phase). Obtained), send downlink data to the STA associated with itself.
  • the allocated RU may specifically refer to the RU allocated to STA1, that is, the first RU in the foregoing embodiment.
  • S3532 STA1 receives the third trigger frame sent by AP1, and when the third trigger frame meets the sixth condition, receives the downlink data sent by AP1.
  • the sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield having identification information of STA1. That is to say, after STA1 receives the third trigger frame, it determines that none of the User Info has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and then discards the frame.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9, and the user information subfield of STA1 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of STA1 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 8.
  • the sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of STA1 with the identification information of STA1; in the user information subfield of STA1 in the third trigger frame, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of STA1
  • the value of is the seventh value (such as 1). That is, the User Info in the third trigger frame has an AID12 subfield that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and the UL/DL Indication field in user info or common info is equal to 1, then STA1 is ready to receive the association.
  • Downlink data of AP is the seventh value (such as 1).
  • S3541 AP2 receives the third trigger frame sent by AP1. If the third trigger frame meets the third condition, after receiving the SIFS of the third trigger frame, AP2 uses the RU corresponding to STA2 to send downlink data to STA2. .
  • the RU corresponding to STA2 may be the second RU described in the previous embodiment.
  • the transmit power used by AP2 to send downlink data may be determined based on the transmit power subfield in the user information subfield of AP2.
  • the specific determination method has been described in the foregoing embodiments and will not be described again.
  • the public information field uses the format shown in FIG. 6
  • the user information field uses the format shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the third condition includes: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the first trigger frame is an eighth value (for example, 1): the third trigger frame contains The user information subfield of the identification information of AP2; in the user information subfield of AP2 in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of AP2 is a third value (for example, 2). It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. When the third trigger frame is in other formats, what the third condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • the details can be as follows: when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e. EHT PPDU) containing the third trigger frame, if the MAP TXS indicator bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is 1, AP2 will not discard it. the third trigger frame, and parses the third trigger frame; or when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the third trigger frame, AP2 ignores the UL/DL indication information in the preamble and directly parses the third trigger frame.
  • the third trigger frame when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the third trigger frame, AP2 ignores the UL/DL indication information in the preamble and directly parses the third trigger frame.
  • AP2 parses the third trigger frame, it determines that the third trigger frame meets the third condition, that is, a) the MAP TXS Indication subfield in Common info is equal to 1, and b) the User Info contains 12 of its own AID or VAID. AID12 subfields with the same least significant bits, c) If the MAP TXS mode subfield in its own User Info is equal to 2, AP2 turns on downlink COFDMA and/or CSR. After SIFS, it uses the allocated RU within the allocated TXOP time. And send downlink data to the associated STA not exceeding the transmit power indicated by the Max TX power subfield.
  • S3542 STA2 receives the third trigger frame sent by AP1, and when the third trigger frame meets the ninth condition, receives the downlink data sent by AP2.
  • the ninth condition includes: the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield having identification information of STA2. That is to say, after STA2 receives the third trigger frame, it determines that none of the User Info has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and then discards the frame.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9, and the user information subfield of STA2 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 4 mentioned above, and the user information subfield of STA2 may adopt the format of Figure 8 mentioned above.
  • the ninth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of STA2 with the identification information of STA2; in the user information subfield of STA2 in the third trigger frame, the upper and lower fields of STA2 The row indicates that the value of the subfield is the seventh value (for example, 1). That is, if the User Info of the third trigger frame has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and the UL/DL Indication field in user info or common info is equal to 1, then STA2 is ready to receive Associated with AP’s downlink data. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. When the third trigger frame is in other formats, what the ninth condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • S3551 STA1 sends BA to AP1;
  • S3552 STA2 sends BA to AP2.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA) is associated with STA1 (the third STA)
  • AP2 Shared AP is the second STA
  • STA2 the fourth STA
  • AP1 is in a multi-AP cooperation group.
  • AP1 sharing AP
  • the joint transmission process is explained below in conjunction with Figure 36:
  • S3610 AP1 generates the third trigger frame.
  • the third trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 26.
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase, it selects AP2 (for example, it can be determined based on the coverage of AP1, the CSI feedback of each STA obtained by AP1, etc., without being exhaustive) as The cooperating AP jointly transmits and obtains STA1's CSI feedback from AP2.
  • AP1 calculates AP2's downlink transmission precoding matrix based on all CSI information, and informs AP2 of the precoding information and the data information that needs to be sent to STA1.
  • AP1 generates a MAP TXS trigger frame used to trigger synchronized downlink transmission with AP2, which contains the User info field of AP2.
  • AP1 sends the third trigger frame.
  • AP1 can send the third trigger frame in unicast form, and its receiving address is set to the address of AP2.
  • the third trigger frame may be sent in the form of multicast or broadcast. The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again.
  • S3631 After AP1 sends the SIFS of the third trigger frame, AP1 processes the data to be transmitted according to precoding to obtain downlink data, and sends the downlink data to its associated STA1.
  • AP1 sends the SIFS time of the MAP TXS trigger frame, based on the information obtained in the preparation phase and measurement phase, it uses the calculated precoding to process the data to be transmitted and then sends downlink data to the STA1 associated with itself.
  • AP2 receives the third trigger frame sent by AP1. If the third trigger frame meets the third condition, after receiving the SIFS of the third trigger frame, AP2 processes the data to be transmitted according to the precoding to obtain Downlink data, send downlink data to STA1.
  • the third trigger frame uses the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the format of the user information field uses the format shown in Figure 7;
  • the third condition includes: the public information field of the first trigger frame
  • the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the information field is an eighth value (for example, 1): the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield with identification information of AP2; the AP2 of the third trigger frame In the user information subfield of AP2, the value of the transmission mode subfield of AP2 is the fourth value (for example, 3).
  • the third trigger frame is in other formats, what the third condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • the details can be as follows: when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e. EHT PPDU) containing the third trigger frame, if the MAP TXS indicator bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is 1, AP2 will not discard it. the third trigger frame, and parses the third trigger frame; or when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the third trigger frame, AP2 ignores the UL/DL indication information in the preamble and directly parses the third trigger frame.
  • the third trigger frame when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the third trigger frame, AP2 ignores the UL/DL indication information in the preamble and directly parses the third trigger frame.
  • AP2 parses the third trigger frame, it determines that the third trigger frame meets the third condition, that is, a) the MAP TXS Indication subfield in Common info is equal to 1, and b) the User Info contains 12 of its own AID or VAID. AID12 subfields whose least significant bits are equal, c) the MAP TXS mode subfield in your own User Info is equal to 3, enable joint transmission, and after SIFS, use the obtained precoding to process the data to be transmitted within the allocated TXOP time. Then send downlink data to non-associated STA1.
  • STA1 receives the third trigger frame sent by AP1. If the third trigger frame meets the sixth condition, STA1 receives the downlink data sent by AP1 and receives the downlink data sent by AP2.
  • the sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame includes a user information subfield having identification information of STA1. That is to say, after STA1 receives the third trigger frame, it determines that none of the User Info has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and then discards the frame. At this time, STA1 can do no processing or enter sleep state.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 9, and the user information subfield of STA1 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 5.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of STA1 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 8.
  • the sixth condition includes: the third trigger frame contains the user information subfield of STA1 with the identification information of STA1; in the user information subfield of STA1 in the third trigger frame, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of STA1
  • the value of is the seventh value (such as 1). That is, the User Info in the third trigger frame has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and the UL/DL Indication field in user info or common info is equal to 1, then STA1 is ready to receive downlink data.
  • S3640 STA1 sends BA to AP1.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA) is associated with STA1 (the third STA), and AP2 (Shared AP is the second STA) is associated with STA2 (the fourth STA)
  • AP1 (sharing AP) triggers STA1 and STA2 to transmit synchronously.
  • the details are shown in Figure 37, including:
  • S3710 AP1 generates the second trigger frame.
  • the second trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 18.
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase, it learns that there is uplink data in BSS2 that needs to be sent and wants to use the traditional uplink multi-AP TXOP sharing mode, then AP1 generates a trigger to communicate with AP2
  • the Basic trigger (basic trigger frame), which is the second trigger frame of the first frame in the aforementioned embodiment, is synchronously sent together.
  • the second trigger frame contains the User info field of AP2.
  • Various possible formats of the second trigger frame may be the same as those described in the foregoing embodiment of the first aspect, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • AP1 sends the second trigger frame.
  • the second trigger frame is sent in unicast form, and its receiving address is set to the address of AP2. It should be understood that the second trigger frame can also be sent in the form of broadcast or multicast. The specific description has been described in detail in the foregoing first aspect embodiment and will not be described again here.
  • S3730 After the SIFS time of sending the second trigger frame, AP1 sends the basic trigger frame to STA1.
  • the basic trigger frame is the first frame in the foregoing four aspects of the embodiment.
  • AP2 receives the second trigger frame sent by AP1, and when the second trigger frame meets the second condition, it turns on the traditional uplink multi-AP TXOP sharing mode, and SIFS then sends a basic trigger frame to the associated STA2.
  • the public information field uses the format shown in Figure 6, and the user information field uses the format shown in Figure 7;
  • the second condition includes: the public information field of the second trigger frame
  • the value of the second shared transmission indication subfield (i.e., MAP TXS Indication subfield) in the information field is the eighth value (such as 1): the second trigger frame contains the user information subfield of AP2 with the identification information of AP2 ;
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of AP2 is a fifth value (for example, 4). It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description.
  • what the second condition may contain has been described in detail in the aforementioned embodiment of the second aspect, so the description will not be repeated here. .
  • the details can be as follows: when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the second trigger frame, if the MAP TXS indicator bit (i.e., the first indicator bit) in the preamble of the first PPDU is 1, then AP2 will not discard the second trigger frame and parse the second trigger frame (MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 13); or when AP2 receives the first PPDU containing the second trigger frame (i.e. EHT PPDU) Afterwards, AP2 ignores the UL/DL indication information in the preamble and directly parses the second trigger frame.
  • EHT PPDU the first PPDU containing the second trigger frame
  • AP2 parses the second trigger frame, it determines that the second trigger frame meets the second condition, that is, a) the MAP TXS Indication subfield in the Common info of the second trigger frame is equal to 1, and b) the User of the second trigger frame There is an AID12 subfield in Info that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID. c) The MAP TXS mode subfield in its own User Info is equal to 4, then AP2 turns on the traditional uplink multi-AP TXOP sharing mode, and SIFS is then associated with STA2 Send Basic trigger (basic trigger frame).
  • STA1 sends uplink data to AP1 based on the information indicated by the basic trigger frame.
  • STA2 sends uplink data to AP2 based on the information indicated by the basic trigger frame.
  • S3761 AP1 sends BA to STA1 for data confirmation.
  • S3762 AP2 sends BA to STA2 for data confirmation.
  • CSR also supports sharing AP and associated STA for uplink transmission
  • shared AP also supports downlink transmission with associated STA.
  • AP1 (Sharing AP is the first STA) is associated with STA1 (the third STA)
  • AP2 Shared AP is the second STA
  • STA2 the fourth STA
  • AP1 (sharing AP) receives STA1 uplink data by itself and triggers AP2 downlink transmission.
  • FIG. 38 The specific processing flow is shown in Figure 38, including:
  • AP1 generates the fourth trigger frame.
  • the fourth trigger frame in this step is the MAP TXS trigger frame in Figure 28.
  • AP1 After AP1 completes the interaction with other devices in the multi-AP collaboration set during the preparation phase and detection phase (depending on different RSSI measurement methods, determine whether a detection phase is required), it learns that AP2 in BSS2 has downlink data to send, then AP1 Generate the fourth trigger frame used to trigger STA1 and AP2 to transmit simultaneously, which contains the User info fields of STA1 and AP2.
  • Various possible formats of the fourth trigger frame may be the same as those described in the previous embodiments, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the third trigger frame may be sent in the form of multicast or broadcast.
  • the specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • S3831 After sending the SIFS of the fourth trigger frame, AP1 prepares to receive the uplink data sent by STA1.
  • STA1 receives the fourth trigger frame sent by AP1. If the fourth trigger frame meets the seventh condition, after receiving the SIFS of the fourth trigger frame, STA1 sends an uplink signal to AP1 based on the second transmit power. data.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the third STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the seventh condition includes: the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of STA1 that contains the identification information of STA1.
  • STA1 receives a MAP TXS trigger frame in which the AID12 subfield (identification subfield) in User Info is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, it will be allocated after SIFS according to the requirements of Common info and other fields in User Info.
  • the Max TX power subfield transmit power subfield
  • AP2 receives the fourth trigger frame sent by AP1. If the fourth trigger frame meets the fourth condition, AP2 sends a message to STA2 on the second RU after receiving the fourth trigger frame for the fourth duration. Downstream data.
  • the second RU is the RU corresponding to STA2.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 6, and the user information subfield of the second STA may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 7.
  • the fourth condition includes: the value of the fourth shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the fourth trigger frame is an eighth value; the fourth trigger frame contains users of AP2 who have the identification information of AP2 Information subfield; the value of the transmission mode subfield of AP2 in the user information subfield of AP2 in the fourth trigger frame is a third value (for example, 2). It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. When the fourth trigger frame is in other formats, what the fourth condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • the details can be as follows: when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e. EHT PPDU) containing the fourth trigger frame, if the MAP TXS indicator bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is 1, AP2 will not discard it. the fourth trigger frame, and parses the fourth trigger frame; or when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e., EHT PPDU) containing the fourth trigger frame, AP2 ignores the UL/DL indication information in the preamble and directly parses the fourth trigger frame.
  • the fourth trigger frame when AP2 receives the first PPDU (i.e. EHT PPDU) containing the fourth trigger frame, AP2 ignores the UL/DL indication information in the preamble and directly parses the fourth trigger frame.
  • AP2 parses the fourth trigger frame, it satisfies that a) the MAP TXS Indication subfield in Common info is equal to 1, b) there is an AID12 subfield in User Info that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, c) If the MAP TXS mode subfield in its own User Info is equal to 2, AP2 turns on downlink COFDMA and/or CSR. After SIFS, it uses the allocated RU within the allocated TXOP time and does not exceed the transmit power indicated by the Max TX power subfield. Send downlink data to the associated STA.
  • STA2 receives the fourth trigger frame sent by AP1, and when the fourth trigger frame meets the tenth condition, receives the downlink data sent by AP2.
  • the tenth condition includes: the fourth trigger frame includes a user information subfield having identification information of STA2. That is to say, after STA2 receives the fourth trigger frame, it determines that none of the User Info has an AID12 subfield equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and then discards the frame.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame may adopt the format of Figure 9 mentioned above, and the user information subfield of STA2 may adopt the format of Figure 5 mentioned above.
  • the public information field of the fourth trigger frame may adopt the format of the aforementioned Figure 4, and the user information subfield of STA2 may adopt the aforementioned format of Figure 8.
  • the tenth condition includes: the fourth trigger frame contains the user information subfield of STA2 with the identification information of STA2; in the user information subfield of STA2 in the fourth trigger frame, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of STA2
  • the value of is the seventh value (such as 1). For example, if the User Info of the MAP TXS trigger frame has an AID12 subfield that is equal to the 12 least significant bits of its own AID or VAID, and the UL/DL Indication field in the user info or common info is equal to 1, then STA2 is ready to receive the associated AP downstream data. It should be understood that this is only an exemplary description. When the fourth trigger frame is in other formats, what the tenth condition may contain has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • S3852 STA2 sends BA to AP2.
  • Figure 39 is a schematic structural diagram of the first STA 3900 according to an embodiment of the present application, which may include: a first communication unit 3910, configured to send a trigger frame, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame includes at least one of the following: a trigger type subfield, the value of which is used to indicate the type of the trigger frame; a transmission mode subfield, where the transmission mode subfield The value of is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode; the uplink and downlink indication subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield The value of is used to indicate that TXOP is used for synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission; the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the trigger type subfield is the first specified value, indicating that the trigger frame is used to establish coordinated transmission between multiple STAs.
  • the transmission mode subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the first reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the first reserved subfield is an extremely high throughput EHT reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the second reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the second reserved subfield is an extremely high throughput EHT reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the third reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the third reserved field is a reserved subfield before the HE/EHT-LTF symbol number subfield in the public information field.
  • the trigger frame contains one or more user information subfields; the i-th user information subfield among the one or more user information subfields is the user information subfield of the i-th STA; i is greater than or equal to 1 an integer, the i-th STA is one of the plurality of STAs; the i-th user information subfield includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the i-th STA, the i-th STA's identification subfield The identification subfield is used to carry the identification information of the i-th STA; the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the i-th STA is used to indicate the TXOP sharing of the i-th STA The cooperative transmission mode used, and/or, whether the i-th STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode; the transmission power subfield of the i-th STA, the transmission power subfield of the i-th STA is used to indicate the i-th STA The maximum
  • the identification information of the i-th STA is the 12 least significant bits of the association identifier AID of the i-th STA, and/or the 12-bit virtual association identifier VAID.
  • the transmit power subfield of the i-th STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the i-th user information subfield.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the i-th STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the i-th user information subfield.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the first STA are configured for the target device.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to perform at least one of the following: obtain the AID and/or VAID of the second STA from the target device;
  • the third STA is associated with the first STA; obtained from the second STA AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA; the fourth STA is associated with the second STA.
  • the first value range of the identifier is within at least one of the following: 1-2007, 2008-2044, 2047-4096.
  • the target device is a coordinating device; the coordinating device is an access point AP; or the coordinating device is a device other than the AP.
  • the trigger frame is carried by a first physical layer protocol unit PPDU; wherein the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is a second specified value.
  • the first PPDU is an enhanced extremely high throughput EHT PPDU; the first indication bit is a multi-access point transmission opportunity sharing MAP TXS indication bit.
  • the trigger frame is a first trigger frame; the first communication unit 3910 is used to send the first trigger frame, and the first trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink cooperative transmission; the multiple STAs STAs, including at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; wherein the third STA is associated with the first STA, the fourth STA is associated with the second STA, and the second STA is associated with the The first STA is different.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to receive the uplink data sent by the third STA after sending the first trigger frame for a first duration; and send a block acknowledgment BA to the third STA.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to perform beam zeroing on the fourth STA after sending the first duration of the first trigger frame when the uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode is turned on. Operate and receive the uplink data sent by the third STA.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield; the value of the first transmission mode subfield is a second value.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmission mode subfield of the third STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is the second value; and/or,
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes: the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to, when the uplink COFDMA and/or CSR mode is turned on, receive the third trigger frame on the first resource unit RU after the first duration of sending the first trigger frame. Uplink data of the STA; wherein the first RU is the resource corresponding to the third STA.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to send the BA to the third STA on the first RU.
  • the public information field of the first trigger frame includes a first transmission mode subfield; the value of the transmission mode subfield is a third value.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame also includes: a transmission mode subfield of the third STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is a third value; and/or , the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame also includes: a transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is a third value.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame includes a first uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the first trigger frame also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is a sixth value; and /Or, the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value; and/or, the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame also includes: the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA. is the sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the first trigger frame also includes: the transmit power subfield of the third STA; and/or, the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, It also includes: the transmit power subfield of the fourth STA.
  • the common information field of the first trigger frame also includes: a first shared transmission indication subfield; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield is an eighth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the first trigger frame includes an identification subfield of the second STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the second STA; and/or the third subfield of the first trigger frame
  • the user information subfield of the STA includes the identification subfield of the third STA, which is used to carry the identification information of the third STA; and/or the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame includes the third STA.
  • the identification subfield of the fourth STA is used to carry the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the trigger frame is a second trigger frame; the first communication unit 3910 is used to send the second trigger frame, and the second trigger frame is used to trigger the multiple STAs to send the first frame synchronously.
  • the first frame is used to trigger the STAs associated with the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission; the multiple STAs include: the first STA and the second STA.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to send the first frame to the third STA after the second duration of sending the second trigger frame when the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode is turned on; the third STA The STA is associated with the first STA; after sending the first frame to the third STA, receives the uplink data sent by the third STA; and sends a block acknowledgment BA to the third STA.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame includes a second transmission mode subfield, and the value of the second transmission mode subfield is a fifth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame includes: a transmission mode subfield of the second STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is a fifth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame includes an identification subfield of the second STA, which is used to carry identification information of the second STA.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame includes a second uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the second uplink and downlink indication subfield is a sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is a sixth value.
  • the common information field of the second trigger frame further includes: a second shared transmission indication subfield; the value of the second shared transmission indication subfield is an eighth value.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame; the first communication unit 3910 is used to send a third trigger frame, and the third trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink cooperative transmission; the multiple STAs , including: a first STA and a second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to send downlink data to a third STA after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration; the third STA is associated with the first STA; the first STA Receive the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to perform a beam zeroing operation on the fourth STA after the third duration of sending the third trigger frame when the downlink CBF mode is turned on, and send a downlink signal to the third STA.
  • Data; the fourth STA is associated with the second STA.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield, and the value of the third transmission mode subfield is the second value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame includes: a transmission mode subfield of the second STA; the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to, when the downlink COFDMA and/or CSR mode is turned on, after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration, on the first resource unit RU, to the third trigger frame.
  • the STA sends downlink data; wherein the first RU is a resource corresponding to the third STA.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to receive the block acknowledgment BA sent by the third STA on the first RU.
  • the public information field of the third trigger frame includes a third transmission mode subfield, and the value of the third transmission mode subfield is a third value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame also includes: a transmission mode subfield of the second STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is a third value.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to, when the joint transmission mode is turned on, after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration, process the data to be transmitted according to precoding to obtain downlink data, and send the downlink data to the third trigger frame. Three STAs send the downlink data.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame further includes: a third transmission mode subfield, and the value of the third transmission mode subfield is a fourth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame also includes: a transmission mode subfield of the second STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is a fourth value.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame includes a third uplink and downlink indication subfield, and the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield is a seventh value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame also includes: an uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, and the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is a seventh value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame also includes: a transmission power subfield of the second STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame also includes: an identification subfield of the second STA, used to carry identification information of the second STA.
  • the common information field of the third trigger frame further includes: a third shared transmission indication subfield; the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is an eighth value.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the third trigger frame includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the third STA, used to carry the identification information of the third STA; the uplink and downlink indication of the third STA subfield, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the seventh value.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the fourth STA, used to carry the identification information of the fourth STA; the uplink and downlink indication of the fourth STA subfield, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value.
  • the trigger frame is a fourth trigger frame; the first communication unit 3910 is used to send the fourth trigger frame, and the fourth trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous cooperative transmission; the multiple STAs STAs include: a third STA and a second STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used to trigger the third STA to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission, and to trigger the second STA to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the first communication unit 3910 is configured to receive the uplink data sent by the third STA after sending the fourth trigger frame for a fourth duration; and send a block acknowledgment BA to the third STA.
  • the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the third STA, used to carry the identification information of the third STA; the transmission power subfield of the third STA field, used to indicate the maximum transmit power used by the third STA; the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the second STA, used to carry the identification information of the second STA; the transmission power subfield of the second STA field; the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value; the transmission mode subfield of the second STA, the transmission mode subfield of the second STA The value of is the third value.
  • the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the fourth trigger frame includes: the identification subfield of the fourth STA, used to carry the identification information of the fourth STA; the fourth STA and the second STA Association; the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value.
  • the second STA is a shared Shared AP.
  • the first STA is a Sharing access point AP.
  • the above-mentioned first STA may also include a first processing unit, which may be used to generate a trigger frame, determine the currently adopted transmission mode, etc., which are not exhaustive here.
  • Figure 40 is a schematic structural diagram of the second STA4000 according to an embodiment of the present application, which may include:
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to receive a trigger frame sent by the first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission among multiple STAs.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame includes at least one of the following: a trigger type subfield, the value of which is used to indicate the type of the trigger frame; a transmission mode subfield, where the transmission mode subfield The value of is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode; the uplink and downlink indication subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield The value of is used to indicate that TXOP is used for synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission; the value of the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the trigger type subfield is the first specified value, indicating that the trigger frame is used to establish coordinated transmission between multiple STAs.
  • the transmission mode subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the first reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the first reserved subfield is an extremely high throughput EHT reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the second reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the second reserved subfield is an extremely high throughput EHT reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the third reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the third reserved field is a reserved subfield before the HE/EHT-LTF symbol number subfield in the public information field.
  • the trigger frame contains one or more user information subfields; the jth user information subfield among the one or more user information subfields is the user information subfield of the jth STA; j is greater than or equal to 1 an integer, the jth STA is one of the plurality of STAs; the jth user information subfield includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the jth STA, the jth STA The identification subfield is used to carry the identification information of the jth STA; the transmission mode subfield of the jth STA, and the value of the transmission mode subfield of the jth STA is used to indicate the TXOP sharing of the jth STA The cooperative transmission mode used, and/or whether the jth STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode; the transmission power subfield of the jth STA, the transmission power subfield of the jth STA is used to indicate the jth STA The maximum transmit power used by each STA; the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the
  • the identification information of the jth STA is the 12 least significant bits of the association identifier AID of the jth STA, and/or the 12-bit virtual association identifier VAID.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the jth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the jth user information subfield.
  • the transmission power subfield of the jth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the jth user information subfield.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the jth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the jth user information subfield.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the second STA are configured by the target device.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to perform at least one of the following: obtain the AID and/or VAID of the first STA from the target device; allocate the AID and/or VAID to the fourth STA based on the second range of identification values; The second range of values is configured by the target device; the AID and/or VAID of the third STA is obtained from the first STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the second value range of the identifier is within at least one of the following: 1-2007, 2008-2044, 2047-4096.
  • the target device is a coordinating device; the coordinating device is an access point AP; or the coordinating device is a device other than the AP.
  • the trigger frame is carried by a first physical layer protocol unit PPDU; wherein the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is a second specified value.
  • the first PPDU is an enhanced extremely high throughput EHT PPDU; and/or the first indication bit is a multi-access point transmission opportunity shared MAP TXS indication bit.
  • the trigger frame is a first trigger; the second communication unit 4010 is used to receive the first trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the first trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink cooperative transmission; wherein , the plurality of STAs include at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA, and the fourth STA is associated with the second STA.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to parse the first trigger frame when it is determined that the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU carrying the first trigger frame is a second specified value.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to receive the uplink data of the fourth STA when the first trigger frame satisfies the first condition; the second STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to enable uplink CBF and/or C-UL MU-MIMO mode and receive uplink data sent by the fourth STA when the first trigger frame meets the first condition.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; The value of a transmission mode subfield is the second value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is not the first value; so In the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the four STA is the sixth value;
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the user information of the first trigger frame
  • the subfield does not contain the identification information of the second STA;
  • the first trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the second STA with the identification information of the second STA; the user information of the second STA in the first trigger frame
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to enable the uplink COFDMA and/or CSR mode when the first trigger frame meets the first condition, and after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame, in the second resource On the unit RU, receive the uplink data of the fourth STA; wherein the second RU is the resource corresponding to the fourth STA.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to send a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA on the second RU.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; The value of a transmission mode subfield is the third value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is not the first value; so In the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the third value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the third value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the four STA is the sixth value;
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the user information of the first trigger frame
  • the subfield does not contain the identification information of the second STA;
  • the first trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the second STA with the identification information of the second STA; the user information of the second STA in the first trigger frame
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the sixth value.
  • the trigger frame is a second trigger frame;
  • the second communication unit 4010 is used to receive the second trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the second trigger frame is used to trigger the multiple STAs to send the first frame synchronously.
  • the first frame is used to trigger the STAs associated with the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink cooperative transmission;
  • the multiple STAs include: the first STA and the second STA.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to parse the second trigger frame when it is determined that the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU carrying the second trigger frame is a second specified value.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to enable the traditional uplink TXOP sharing mode when the second trigger frame meets the second condition, and send a message to the fourth STA after receiving the second duration of the second trigger frame.
  • the first frame; the fourth STA is associated with the second STA; the uplink data of the fourth STA is received, and the second STA sends a block acknowledgment BA to the fourth STA.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the second transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the second trigger frame is not the first value; the second transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the second trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of the second transmission mode subfield is the fifth value; the value of the second shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the second trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the second shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the second trigger frame is The value of the second uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value; so In the user information subfield of the second STA in the second trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value; the second trigger frame includes a second user information subfield with the identification information of the second STA.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame; the second communication unit 4010 is configured to receive the third trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the third trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission;
  • the multiple STAs include: a first STA and a second STA.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to parse the third trigger frame when it is determined that the value of the first indication bit in the first PPDU carrying the third trigger frame is the second specified value.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to send downlink data to the fourth STA when the third trigger frame satisfies the third condition; the second STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to enable the downlink CBF mode, perform beam zeroing operations on multiple other STAs, and send downlink data to the fourth STA after receiving the third duration of the third trigger frame; wherein, The plurality of other STAs are not associated with the second STA.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of the three transmission mode subfield is the second value; the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is The value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield is the seventh value; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value; so In the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the second value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the four STAs is the seventh value;
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA that has the identification information of the fourth STA; the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA that has the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the identification information of the second STA; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to enable downlink COFDMA and/or CSR mode, and send downlink data to the fourth STA on the second resource unit RU after sending the third trigger frame for a third duration; wherein , the second RU is the resource corresponding to the fourth STA.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to receive the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA on the second RU.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of the three transmission mode subfield is the third value; the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is The value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield is the seventh value; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value; so In the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the third value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the third value.
  • the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the four STAs is the seventh value;
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA that has the identification information of the fourth STA; the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA that has the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the user information subfield of the second STA in the identification information of the second STA; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to enable the joint transmission mode when the third trigger frame meets the third condition; after receiving the third duration of the third trigger frame, the second STA After processing the data to be transmitted, the downlink data is obtained, and the downlink data is sent to a third STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of the three transmission mode subfields is the fourth value;
  • the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the third uplink and downlink indication subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the seventh value. value; in the user information subfield of the second STA of the third trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value; the user information subfield of the second STA of the third trigger frame field, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is the fourth value; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the third trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the fourth value.
  • the third trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA with the identification information of the third STA; the third trigger frame includes the user information of the second STA with the identification information of the second STA Subfield: In the user information subfield of the second STA in the third trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to receive the fourth trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronized cooperative transmission; the multiple STAs include: a third STA and a second STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used to trigger the third STA to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission, and to trigger the second STA to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to parse the fourth trigger frame when it is determined that the value of the first indication bit in the first PPDU carrying the fourth trigger frame is the second specified value.
  • the second communication unit 4010 is configured to enable downlink COFDMA and/or CSR when the fourth trigger frame meets the fourth condition, and send downlink data to the fourth STA on the second RU; wherein, The second RU is a resource corresponding to the fourth STA; on the second RU, the block acknowledgment BA sent by the fourth STA is received.
  • the fourth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the fourth shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the fourth trigger frame is an eighth value; the fourth trigger frame contains a second STA The user information subfield of the second STA of the identification information; in the user information subfield of the second STA of the fourth trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the second STA is the seventh value; the value of the second STA's user information subfield is the seventh value; In the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the second STA is not the first value; in the user information subfield of the second STA in the fourth trigger frame, the second The value of the transmission mode subfield of the STA is the third value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the fourth trigger frame, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value; The fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA.
  • the first STA is a Sharing access point AP
  • the second STA is a shared Shared AP.
  • the aforementioned second STA may also include a second processing unit.
  • the second processing unit may be used to parse the trigger frame and determine whether the corresponding conditions are met.
  • the specific processing method is as described above. The embodiments have been described in detail and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a third STA 4100 according to an embodiment of the present application, which may include: a third communication unit 4110, configured to receive a trigger frame sent by the first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs. ; The third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame includes at least one of the following: a trigger type subfield, the value of which is used to indicate the type of the trigger frame; a transmission mode subfield, where the transmission mode subfield The value of is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode; the uplink and downlink indication subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield The value of is used to indicate that TXOP is used for synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission; the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the trigger type subfield is the first specified value, indicating that the trigger frame is used to establish coordinated transmission between multiple STAs.
  • the transmission mode subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the first reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the first reserved subfield is an extremely high throughput EHT reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the second reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the second reserved subfield is an extremely high throughput EHT reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the third reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the third reserved field is a reserved subfield before the HE/EHT-LTF symbol number subfield in the public information field.
  • the trigger frame contains one or more user information subfields; the kth user information subfield among the one or more user information subfields is the user information subfield of the kth STA, and k is greater than or equal to 1. Integer; the kth user information subfield includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the kth STA, and the identification subfield of the kth STA is used to carry the identification information of the kth STA; The transmission mode subfield of the kth STA.
  • the value of the transmission mode subfield of the kth STA is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the kth STA, and/or, the kth STA Whether to enable TXOP sharing mode; the transmit power subfield of the kth STA, which is used to indicate the maximum transmit power used by the kth STA; the uplink and downlink indication of the kth STA subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the kth STA is used to indicate that the coordinated transmission of the kth STA is synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission.
  • the identification information of the k-th STA is the 12 least significant bits of the association identifier AID of the k-th STA, and/or the 12-bit virtual association identifier VAID.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the kth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the kth user information subfield.
  • the transmit power subfield of the kth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the kth user information subfield.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the kth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the kth user information subfield.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the third STA are configured by the first STA for the third STA based on the first range of identifier values, and the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the first value range of the identifier is within at least one of the following: 1-2007, 2008-2044, 2047-4096.
  • the trigger frame is carried by a first physical layer protocol unit PPDU; wherein the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is a second specified value.
  • the first PPDU is an EHT PPDU; the first indication bit may be a MAP TXS indication bit.
  • the trigger frame is a first trigger frame;
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to receive the first trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the first trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink cooperative transmission;
  • the Multiple STAs including at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; wherein the fourth STA is associated with a second STA, and the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to send uplink data to the first STA after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame when it is determined that the fifth condition is satisfied based on the first trigger frame;
  • the third STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA.
  • the fifth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of a transmission mode subfield is the second value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value;
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; the third STA of the first trigger frame In the user information subfield of the third STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is The value is the second value; in the user information sub
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to use the first transmission power to send the uplink data to the first STA on the first RU; the first transmission power is based on the third STA in the first trigger frame. Determined by the maximum transmit power indicated by the transmit power subfield.
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to receive the block acknowledgment BA sent by the first STA on the first RU.
  • the fifth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of a transmission mode subfield is the third value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value;
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; the third STA of the first trigger frame In the user information subfield of the third STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is The value is the third value; in the user information sub
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to receive the first frame sent by the first STA, where the first frame is sent by the first STA after sending the second trigger frame.
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to send uplink data to the first STA after receiving the first frame; the third STA receives the BA sent by the first STA.
  • the trigger frame is a third trigger frame;
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to receive the third trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the third trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission;
  • the Multiple STAs include: a first STA and a second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to receive the downlink data sent by the first STA when the third trigger frame satisfies the sixth condition; and send a block acknowledgment BA to the first STA.
  • the sixth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is an eighth value; the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame The value of the three uplink and downlink indication subfields is the seventh value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third trigger frame contains the third value.
  • the sixth condition also includes at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the second value; the user of the third STA of the third trigger frame In the information subfield, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is the second value.
  • the sixth condition also includes at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is a third value; the user of the third STA of the third trigger frame In the information subfield, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is the third value.
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to receive downlink data sent by the first STA and receive downlink data sent by the second STA when the third trigger frame satisfies the sixth condition.
  • the sixth condition also includes at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is a fourth value; the user of the third STA of the third trigger frame In the information subfield, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the third STA is the fourth value.
  • the trigger frame is a fourth trigger frame;
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to receive the fourth trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the fourth trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous cooperative transmission; the multiple STAs STAs, including: the third STA and the second STA.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used to trigger the third STA to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission, and to trigger the second STA to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the third communication unit 4110 is configured to, when the fourth trigger frame satisfies the seventh condition, after receiving the fourth duration of the fourth trigger frame, the third STA sends a signal to the third STA based on the second transmission power.
  • the first STA sends uplink data; the second transmit power is determined based on the transmit power subfield of the third STA in the user information subfield of the third STA in the fourth trigger frame; and receives the BA sent by the first STA. .
  • the seventh condition includes at least one of the following: the common information field of the fourth trigger frame contains a third shared transmission indication subfield, and the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield is an eighth value;
  • the fourth trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the third STA having the identification information of the third STA; in the user information subfield of the third STA of the fourth trigger frame, the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the third STA The value is the sixth value.
  • the second STA is a shared access point AP.
  • the first STA is a Sharing access point AP.
  • the third STA may also include a third processing unit.
  • the third processing unit may be used to parse the trigger frame and determine whether the trigger frame meets the corresponding conditions, and then control the process. The specific processing of the subsequent processing has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic structural diagram of the fourth STA 4200 according to an embodiment of the present application, which may include: a fourth communication unit 4210, configured to receive a trigger frame sent by the first STA, where the trigger frame is used to establish cooperative transmission between multiple STAs. ; The fourth STA is not associated with the first STA.
  • the public information field of the trigger frame includes at least one of the following: a trigger type subfield, the value of which is used to indicate the type of the trigger frame; a transmission mode subfield, where the transmission mode subfield The value of is used to indicate the cooperative transmission mode used for transmission opportunity TXOP sharing of the multiple STAs, and/or whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode; the uplink and downlink indication subfield, the uplink and downlink indication subfield The value of is used to indicate that TXOP is used for synchronous uplink transmission or synchronous downlink transmission; the shared transmission indication subfield is used to indicate whether the multiple STAs enable the TXOP sharing mode.
  • the value of the trigger type subfield is the first specified value, indicating that the trigger frame is used to establish coordinated transmission between multiple STAs.
  • the transmission mode subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the first reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the first reserved subfield is an extremely high throughput EHT reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield occupies at least part of the bits of the second reserved subfield in the common information field.
  • the second reserved subfield is an extremely high throughput EHT reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the shared transmission indication subfield occupies the third reserved subfield in the public information field.
  • the third reserved field is a reserved subfield before the HE/EHT-LTF symbol number subfield in the public information field.
  • the trigger frame contains one or more user information subfields; the mth user information subfield among the one or more user information subfields is the user information subfield of the mth STA, and m is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the mth user information subfield includes at least one of the following: the identification subfield of the mth STA, and the identification subfield of the mth STA is used to carry the identification information of the mth STA; m is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the m-th STA is one of the plurality of STAs;
  • the transmission mode subfield of the m-th STA, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the m-th STA is used to Indicates the cooperative transmission mode used for TXOP sharing of the mth STA, and/or whether the mth STA turns on the TXOP sharing mode;
  • the transmit power subfield of the mth STA, the transmit power subfield of the mth STA field is used to indicate the maximum transmit power used
  • the identification information of the m-th STA is the 12 least significant bits of the association identifier AID of the m-th STA, and/or the 12-bit virtual association identifier VAID.
  • the transmission mode subfield of the mth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the mth user information subfield.
  • the transmit power subfield of the mth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the mth user information subfield.
  • the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the mth STA occupies at least part of the bits of the trigger-dependent user information subfield in the mth user information subfield.
  • the AID and/or VAID of the fourth STA are configured by the second STA based on the second range of identifier values, and the fourth STA is associated with the second STA.
  • the second value range of the identifier is within at least one of the following: 1-2007, 2008-2044, 2047-4096.
  • the trigger frame is carried by a first physical layer protocol unit PPDU; wherein the value of the first indication bit in the preamble of the first PPDU is a second specified value.
  • the first PPDU is an EHT PPDU; the first indication bit may be a MAP TXS indication bit.
  • the trigger frame is a first trigger frame; the fourth communication unit 4210 is used to receive the first trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the first trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous uplink cooperative transmission; the Multiple STAs, including at least one of the following: a third STA and a fourth STA; wherein the third STA is associated with the first STA, the fourth STA is associated with the second STA, and the second STA is associated with The first STA is different.
  • the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to send uplink data to the second STA after receiving the first duration of the first trigger frame when it is determined that the eighth condition is satisfied based on the first trigger frame; the The second STA is associated with the fourth STA;
  • the fourth STA receives the block acknowledgment BA sent by the second STA.
  • the eighth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of a transmission mode subfield is the second value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value;
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the fourth STA of the first trigger frame In the user information subfield of the fourth STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA of the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is The value is the second value; in the user information sub
  • the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to use a third transmission power to send the uplink data to the second STA on the second RU; wherein the third transmission power is based on the third transmission power in the first trigger frame.
  • the maximum transmit power indicated by the transmit power subfield of the four STAs is determined.
  • the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to receive the block acknowledgment BA sent by the second STA on the second RU.
  • the eighth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value; the value of the first transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is not the first value.
  • the value of a transmission mode subfield is the third value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is the eighth value; the value of the first shared transmission indication subfield in the public information field of the first trigger frame is The value of the first uplink and downlink indication subfield is the sixth value;
  • the first trigger frame includes the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the fourth STA of the first trigger frame In the user information subfield of the fourth STA, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the sixth value; in the user information subfield of the fourth STA of the first trigger frame, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is The value is the third value; in the user information sub
  • the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to receive the first frame sent by the second STA, where the first frame is sent by the second STA after receiving the second trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to send uplink data to the second STA after receiving the first frame; and receive the BA sent by the second STA.
  • the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to receive the third trigger frame sent by the first STA.
  • the third trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission; the multiple STAs include: the first STA and A second STA; the second STA is different from the first STA.
  • the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to receive the downlink data sent by the second STA when the third trigger frame satisfies the ninth condition; and send a block acknowledgment BA to the second STA.
  • the ninth condition includes at least one of the following: the value of the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is an eighth value; the third shared transmission indication subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame The value of the three uplink and downlink indication subfields is the seventh value; the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the common information field of the third trigger frame is not the first value; the third trigger frame contains the third value.
  • the ninth condition also includes at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is the second value; the user of the fourth STA of the third trigger frame In the information subfield, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the second value.
  • the ninth condition also includes at least one of the following: the value of the third transmission mode subfield in the public information field of the third trigger frame is a third value; the user of the fourth STA of the third trigger frame In the information subfield, the value of the transmission mode subfield of the fourth STA is the third value.
  • the trigger frame is a fourth trigger frame; the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to receive the fourth trigger frame sent by the first STA, and the fourth trigger frame is used for the multiple STAs to perform synchronous cooperative transmission; the multiple STAs STAs, including: a third STA and a second STA; the third STA is associated with the first STA.
  • the fourth trigger frame is used to trigger the third STA to perform synchronous uplink coordinated transmission, and to trigger the second STA to perform synchronous downlink coordinated transmission.
  • the fourth communication unit 4210 is configured to receive downlink data sent by the second STA when the fourth trigger frame satisfies the tenth condition; the fourth STA sends BA to the second STA.
  • the tenth condition includes at least one of the following: the fourth trigger frame contains the user information subfield of the fourth STA having the identification information of the fourth STA; the user information subfield of the fourth STA in the fourth trigger frame In the field, the value of the uplink and downlink indication subfield of the fourth STA is the seventh value.
  • the second STA is a shared access point AP.
  • the first STA is a Sharing access point AP.
  • the fourth STA may also include a fourth processing unit.
  • the third processing unit may be used to parse the trigger frame and determine whether the trigger frame meets the corresponding conditions, and then control the process. The specific processing of the subsequent processing has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 43 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 4300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 4300 includes a processor 4310, and the processor 4310 can call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the communication device 4300 implements the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • communication device 4300 may also include memory 4320.
  • the processor 4310 can call and run the computer program from the memory 4320, so that the communication device 4300 implements the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 4320 may be a separate device independent of the processor 4310, or may be integrated into the processor 4310.
  • the communication device 4300 may also include a transceiver 4352, and the processor 4310 may control the transceiver 4352 to communicate with other devices. Specifically, the communication device 4300 may send information or data to other devices, or receive information sent by other devices. information or data.
  • the transceiver 4352 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 4352 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 4300 may be the second STA in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 4300 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the second STA in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
  • the communication device 4300 may be the first STA in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 4300 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the first STA in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
  • the communication device 4300 may be the third STA in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 4300 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the third STA in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
  • the communication device 4300 may be the fourth STA in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 4300 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the fourth STA in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For simplicity, in This will not be described again.
  • Figure 44 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip 4400 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 4400 includes a processor 4410, and the processor 4410 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • chip 4400 may also include memory 4420.
  • the processor 4410 can call and run the computer program from the memory 4420 to implement the method executed by the first STA, the second STA, the third STA, or the fourth STA in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 4420 may be a separate device independent of the processor 4410, or may be integrated into the processor 4410.
  • the chip 4400 may also include an input interface 4452.
  • the processor 4410 can control the input interface 4452 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 4400 may also include an output interface 4440.
  • the processor 4410 can control the output interface 4440 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the second STA in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the second STA in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, this chip is not mentioned here. Again.
  • the chip can be applied to the first STA in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the first STA in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, this chip is not mentioned here. Again.
  • the chip can be applied to the third STA in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the third STA in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, this chip is not mentioned here. Again.
  • the chip can be applied to the fourth STA in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the fourth STA in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, this chip is not mentioned here. Again.
  • the chips applied to the second STA, the first STA, the third STA, and the fourth STA may be the same chip or different chips.
  • chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • the processor mentioned above can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or Other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the above-mentioned general processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • non-volatile memory may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM).
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, memories in embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • Figure 45 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 4500 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 4500 includes a first device 4510 and a second device 4520.
  • the first device 4510 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the first STA in the above method, and the second device 4520 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the second STA in the above method. For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
  • the first device 4510 may be used to implement the corresponding function implemented by the second STA in the above method, and the second device 4520 may be used to implement the corresponding function implemented by the fourth STA in the above method. For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
  • the first device 4510 may be used to implement the corresponding function implemented by the first STA in the above method, and the second device 4520 may be used to implement the corresponding function implemented by the third STA in the above method.
  • the first device 4510 can be used to implement the corresponding function implemented by the second STA in the above method
  • the second device 4520 can be used to implement the corresponding function implemented by the third STA in the above method.
  • no further details will be given here.
  • the first device 4510 may be used to implement the corresponding function implemented by the first STA in the above method
  • the second device 4520 may be used to implement the corresponding function implemented by the fourth STA in the above method.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted over a wired connection from a website, computer, server, or data center (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), etc.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种通信方法和设备。其中，该通信方法包括：第一站点(STA)发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。本申请实施例提供了一种高效建立多STA协作的方案。

Description

通信方法和设备 技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域，更具体地，涉及一种通信方法和设备。
背景技术
在无线通信中，基于触发的传输机会分享机制(Triggered TXOP sharing)，允许AP将自己获得的传输机会(Transmission Opportunity，TXOP)的一部分分享给STA使用。然而，如何高效的进行多STA的协作传输是需要考虑的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法和设备。
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，包括：第一站点(STA)发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，包括：第二站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，包括：第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，包括：第四站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第四STA与所述第一STA不关联。
本申请实施例提供一种第一STA，包括：第一通信单元，用于发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
本申请实施例提供一种第二STA，包括：第二通信单元，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
本申请实施例提供一种第三STA，包括：第三通信单元，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
本申请实施例提供一种第四STA，包括：第四通信单元，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第四STA与所述第一STA不关联。
本申请实施例提供一种通信设备，包括：处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序，该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使该通信设备执行本申请任一实施例的方法。
本申请实施例提供一种芯片，用于实现上述的方法。具体地，该芯片包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片的设备执行本申请任一实施例的方法。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，当该计算机程序被设备运行时使得该设备执行本申请任一实施例的方法。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序指令，该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请任一实施例的方法。
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行本申请任一实施例的方法。
本申请实施例，通过第一STA发送触发帧，通过该触发帧能够触发多个STA间建立协作传输，可以提供一种高效建立多STA协作的方案。
附图说明
图1是根据本申请实施例的应用场景的示意图。
图2是根据本申请实施例的通信方法的一种示意性流程图。
图3～图9是根据本申请的触发帧的格式的多种示意图。
图10是多STA交互传输中的准备阶段的处理流程示意图。
图11是多STA交互传输中的探索阶段的处理流程示意图。
图12和图13是根据本实施例的触发多STA同步上行传输的一种场景示意图。
图14和图15是根据本实施例的触发多STA同步上行传输的另一种场景示意图。
图16和图17是根据本实施例的触发多STA同步上行传输的又一种场景示意图。
图18是根据本实施例的触发多STA同步上行传输的再一种场景示意图。
图19和图20是根据本实施例的触发多STA同步下行传输的一种场景示意图。
图21和图22是根据本实施例的触发多STA同步下行传输的又一种场景示意图。
图23和图24是根据本实施例的触发多STA同步下行传输的再一种场景示意图。
图25和图26是根据本实施例的触发多STA在联合传输模式下的下行传输的一种场景示意图。
图27和图28是根据本实施例的触发多STA同步下行以及下行传输的一种场景示意图。
图29是根据本申请实施例的通信方法的另一种示意性流程图。
图30是根据本申请实施例的通信方法的再一种示意性流程图。
图31是根据本申请实施例的通信方法的又一种示意性流程图。
图32-图38是根据本申请实施例的通信方法的多STA协作传输的多种示例性流程图。
图39是根据本申请一实施例的第一STA的示意性框图。
图40是根据本申请一实施例的第二STA的示意性框图。
图41是根据本申请一实施例的第三STA的示意性框图。
图42是根据本申请一实施例的第四STA的示意性框图。
图43是根据本申请实施例的通信设备示意性框图。
图44是根据本申请实施例的芯片的示意性框图。
图45是根据本申请实施例的通信系统的示意性框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：无线局域网(WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity，WiFi)或其他通信系统等。
示例性的，本申请实施例应用的通信系统100如图1所示。该通信系统100可以包括接入点(Access Point，AP)110，以及通过接入点110接入网络的站点(STATION，STA)120。在一些场景中，AP或称AP STA，即在某种意义上来说，AP也是一种STA。在一些场景中，STA或称非AP STA(non-AP STA)。
通信系统100中的通信可以是AP与non-AP STA之间的通信，也可以是non-AP STA与non-AP STA之间的通信，或者STA和peer STA之间的通信，其中，peer STA可以指与STA对端通信的设备，例如，peer STA可能为AP，也可能为non-AP STA。AP相当于一个连接有线网和无线网的桥梁，主要作用是将各个无线网络客户端连接到一起，然后将无线网络接入以太网。AP设备可以是终端设备(如手机)或者网络设备(如路由器)。该终端设备或者网络设备具有实现通信功能的芯片，例如WLAN或者WiFi芯片。
应理解，STA在通信系统中的角色不是绝对的，例如，在一些场景中，手机连接路由的时候，手机是non-AP STA，手机作为其他手机的热点的情况下，手机充当了AP的角色。AP和non-AP STA可以是应用于车联网中的设备，物联网(Internet OfThings，IoT)中的物联网节点、传感器等，智慧家居中的智能摄像头，智能遥控器，智能水表电表等，以及智慧城市中的传感器等。在一些实施例中，non-AP STA可以支持802.11be制式。non-AP STA也可以支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等多种当前以及未来的802.11家族的无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)制式。在一些实施例中，AP可以为支持802.11be制式的设备。AP也可以为支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等多种当前以及未来的802.11家族的WLAN制式的设备。在本申请实施例中，STA可以是支持WLAN/WiFi技术的手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality，VR)设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线设备、机顶盒、无人驾驶(selfdriving)中的无线设备、车载通信设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线设备、无线通信芯片/ASIC/SOC/等。
WLAN技术可支持频段可以包括但不限于：低频段(例如2.4GHz、5GHz、6GHz)、高频段(例如60GHz)。图1示例性地示出了一个AP STA和两个non-AP STA，可选地，该通信系统100可以包括多个AP STA以及包括其它数量的non-AP STA，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
应理解，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。应理解，在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示，也可以是间接指示，还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明，A指示B，可以表示A直接指示B，例如B可以通过A获取；也可以表示A间接指示B，例如A指示C，B可以通过C获取；还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。在本申请实施例的描述中，术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系，也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系，也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案，以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明，以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合，其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。
无线局域网因其低成本、灵活性、易扩展等特点，广泛应用于企业、家庭等场景。多AP操作作为EHT(极高吞吐量，extremely high throughput)研究组确定的候选技术之一，主要研究AP之间的协作传输方法。一些实施方式中仅支持单个AP与STA之间的数据传输以及通过功率控制在AP和STA之间进行空间复用，AP之间是相互独立的。因此，该系统中时间、频率以及空间资源的灵活性受到极大的限制。为了改善这一点，进一步地支持多AP间的TXOP(传输机会，transmission opportunity)共享技术，即通过无线链路在AP之间交互控制信息，实现时域、频域、空域资源共享，增加了峰值吞吐量并降低了时延。在多AP场景中，如果某个AP获得了一段TXOP，并决定将TXOP共享给其他AP同时使用，则称共享AP为sharing AP，被共享AP为shared AP。这里，多AP间的TXOP共享不同于传统的TXOP共享概念，多AP间的TXOP共享(下文简称多AP TXOP共享)机制允许AP与AP之间共享TXOP，并且共享之后自己仍能使用这段TXOP进行传输。根据不同的协作复杂度以及实际应用场景，多AP TXOP共享后的协作方式可以划分为协作正交频分多址接入(Coordinated Orthogonal Frequency Division MultipleAccess，COFDMA/C-OFDMA)、协作空间复用(Coordinated Spatial Reuse，CSR/C-SR)、协作波束赋形(Coordinated Beamforming，C-BF/CBF)/调零、协作上行多用户多输入多输出(C-UL MU-MIMO，Coordinated Uplink Multiple User Multiple Input Multiple Output)、联合传输(Joint Transmission，J-TX/JTX)五种传输模式。分别来说：
1.协作波束赋形/调零：可以采用以参数化空间复用(PSR，parameterized spatial reuse)为基础的C-BF/CBF/调零方案。具体的，在准备阶段，获得TXOP的AP1主动广播协作请求(Crequest)。在CSI收集阶段，AP 1通过无数据的物理层协议数据单元宣告(NDPA，Null Data PPDU Announcement frame)指示参与后续协调传输的节点，AP 1发送TF后收到TF的STA11、STA12、AP2、STA21发送无数据的物理层协议数据单元(NDP，Null Data PPDU)，由AP2发送TF给AP1、STA11、STA12、STA21。协作传输阶段，AP1、AP2进行调零操作，AP1、AP2接收到各自的STA的数据后发送 ACK。2.C-UL MU-MIMO：在sharing AP获得TXOP后发送M-AP(多AP)TF，收到M-AP TF的shared AP1和shared AP2同时发送协作上行触发(coordinated UL trigger)帧，shared AP1关联的STA1和shared AP2关联的STA2分别传输多用户多输入多输出(MU-MIMO，Multiple User Multiple Input Multiple Output)高效长训练字段(HE-LTF，HE Long Training field)以及数据帧(Data Frame)；然后Shared AP1和Shared AP2分别向STA1和STA2发送块确认(B-ACK，Block ACK)。3.COFDMA：分为3个阶段：(1)AP从相关联的STAs收集报告以确定候选STAs，并标识适用的频率资源。(2)AP2和AP1通过AP-to-AP(AP至AP)帧相互交换希望获得的频域资源信息。(3)在COFDMA传输期间，AP2(即sharing AP)向AP1(即Shared AP)传输多AP触发帧将最合适的时频资源分配给AP1；AP1和AP2分别向各自关联的STA发送基础触发帧，然后STA1向AP1传输由UL PPDU携带的上行数据并接收AP1反馈的确认(ACK)帧，同样的，STA2向AP2传输由UL PPDU携带的上行数据并接收AP2反馈的确认(ACK)帧。4.协作空间复用：AP1(即Sharing AP)与STA11关联，AP2(即Shared AP)与STA21关联，AP1先向AP2发送C-SR/CSR公告(Announcement)，再由AP1和AP2同步向各自关联的STA发送触发帧；STA11发送触发式(TB)PPDU至AP1，AP1向STA11发送块确认(BA)；STA21同步发送触发式(TB)PPDU至AP2，AP2向STA21发送BA(块确认)。另外，在一相关技术中，第一无线局域网(WLAN)设备可以赢得基于竞争的过程，成为TXOP的所有者，且第一WLAN设备可以将mTXOP分配资源与其他WLAN设备共享。在mTXOP的第一部分期间，第一WLAN设备分配从属传输机会(或称为sub-TXOPs，子TXOP)，以供其他WLAN设备在mTXOP的第二部分期间使用。子TXOP的分配可以基于公平性考虑、延迟考虑或两者来准备。
图2是根据本申请第一方面实施例的通信方法200的示意性流程图。该方法可选地可以应用于图1所示的系统，但并不仅限于此。该方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容：
S210、第一站点STA发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
在本公开实施例中，第一STA可以是AP，具体的，该第一STA为共享(Sharing)AP。所述第一STA执行S210之前，可以预先获得自身的关联标识符(AID，Association Identifier)和/或虚拟关联标识符(VAID，Virtual AID)，其他STA的AID和/或VAID；其他STA可以包括第二STA(Shared AP)，第一STA关联的第三STA，第二STA关联的第四STA。所述第一STA的AID和/或VAID为目标设备配置的。具体的配置时机为执行前述S210之前，比如可以是在准备阶段及其之前等等。也就是说，在执行S210之前，所述方法还包括：所述第一STA获取目标设备为自身配置的AID和/或VAID。所述第一STA获得目标设备为自身配置(或分配)的VAID。该第一STA的VAID主要是用于多STA(或多AP)TXOP(传输机会，transmission opportunity)共享操作的STA。另外，第一STA的VAID可以仅在多AP协作集(下文简称为协作集)中有效。在另一种示例中，所述第一STA可以获得目标设备为自身配置(或分配)的AID和VAID，也就是说，第一STA可以保存自身的两个ID，分别为AID和VAID。还可能存在一种示例，所述第一STA获取目标设备为自身配置(或分配)的AID。
在执行S210之前，所述方法还可以包括：所述第一STA获取第二STA的AID和/或VAID。其中，所述第二STA可以为被共享(Shared)AP。所述第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，本实施例不对其进行限定。具体来说，所述第一STA获取第二STA的AID和/或VAID，可以为：所述第一STA从目标设备获取所述第二STA的AID和/或VAID。所述第一STA获取第二STA的AID和/或VAID的处理时机可以是在准备阶段之前。所述第一STA从目标设备获取所述第二STA的VAID。该第二STA的VAID主要是用于多STA(或多AP)TXOP共享操作的STA。另外，第二STA的VAID可以仅在多AP协作集(下文简称为协作集)中有效。在另一种示例中，所述第一STA可以从目标设备获取所述第二STA的AID和VAID，也就是说，第一STA可以保存第二STA的两个ID，分别为第二STA的AID和VAID。还可能存在一种示例，所述第一STA从目标设备获取所述第二STA的AID。
在执行S210之前，所述方法还可以包括：所述第一STA为第三STA配置(或分配)AID和/或VAID。所述第三STA具体为所述第一STA(即Sharing AP)关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。所述第三STA的数量可以为一个或多个，本实施例不对其进行限定。具体来说，所述第一STA为第三STA配置(或分配)AID和/或VAID，包括：所述第一STA基于标识取值第一范围为第三STA配置AID和/或VAID；所述标识取值第一范围为目标设备配置的，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。所述标识取值第一范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。所述第一STA为第三STA分配AID和/或VAID的处理时机可以是在准备阶段之前。其中，第一STA从所述目标设备获取所述标识取值第一范围的方式，可以为：目标设备为第一STA发送标识指示信息，该标识指示信息用于指示第一STA在与任意一个第三STA关联时，为该第三STA分配AID和/或VAID的标识取值第一范围。也就是说，该标识指示信息可以携带标识取值第一范围。第一STA可以关联的所述第三STA的数量可以为一个或多个，不同的第三STA对应的标识取值第一范围可以不同。相应的，目标设备可以为第一STA发送一个或多个标识指示信息，其中，每个标识指示信息均包含一个标识取值第一范围。比如，比如Sharing AP(即第一STA)关联了两个第三STA，分别为STA11和STA12，该STA11的标识取值第一范围可以为1-20，STA12的标识取值第一范围可以为21-30。所述第一STA基于标识取值第一范围，分配该第三STA的VAID。该第三STA的VAID主要是用于多STA(或多AP)TXOP共享操作的STA。在另一种示例中，所述第一STA基于标识取值第一范围，分配该第三STA的AID和VAID。还可能存在一种示例，所述第一STA基于标识取值第一范围，分配该第三STA的AID。
在执行S210之前，所述方法还可以包括：所述第一STA从第二STA获取第四STA的AID和/或VAID。其中，第二STA具体可以为被共享(Shared)AP。第四STA为第二STA即被共享(Shared)AP关联的STA(具体为non-AP STA)。第二STA(即Shared AP)的数量可以为一个或多个，任意一个第二STA关联的第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。其中，所述第二STA关联的第四STA的AID和/或VAID，为所述第二STA基于目标设备分配的标识取值第二范围为第四STA配置(或分配)的。所述第一STA从第二STA获取第四STA的AID和/或VAID的处理时机，可以是在准备阶段之前、或者可以是在准备阶段中、或者还可以是在探测阶段完成之前等等，本实施例不对其进行限定。在一种示例中，所 述第一STA从第二STA获取第四STA的VAID。该第四STA的VAID主要是用于多STA(或多AP)TXOP共享操作的STA。在另一种示例中，所述第一STA从第二STA获取第四STA的AID和VAID。还可能存在一种示例，所述第一STA从第二STA获取第四STA的AID。该第一STA从自身所在的协作集中的其他STA中，获取能够接收到自身信号的其他STA关联的STA的AID和/或VAID并保存。比如，第一STA为sharing AP，同一个协作集中还包含第二STA即Shared AP。该Shared AP(第二STA)向自身关联的第四STA请求其监听到beacon(信标)的其他AP的列表；若其他AP的列表中包含Shared AP(第二STA)同协作集的其他AP，比如Sharing AP(第一STA)，则Shared AP(第二STA)将自身关联的第四STA的AID和/或VAID发送至Sharing AP(第一STA)；相应的，Sharing AP(第一STA)接收该Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA的AID和/或VAID并保存。其中，第一STA可以将该第四STA的AID和/或VAID保存在STA列表中。也就是说，在一个协作集中的每个AP可以从其他AP(或称为邻居AP)处获得的能接收到自己信号的STA信息并保存在STA列表。
通过以上实施方式可以看出，第一STA在执行S210之前，可以获得各个STA的AID和/或VAID。而各个STA的AID和/或VAID是由目标设备直接或间接分配的。
其中，所述目标设备具体可以为协调设备。所述协调设备为接入点AP；或者，所述协调设备为除AP之外的设备。也就是说，所述协调设备可以为一个或多个协作集中的任意一个AP；或者，该协调设备可以不为任意一个AP，也就是为一个或多个协作集中的全部AP之外的其他设备，比如可以是一个服务器或者可以为一个电子设备等等，这里不对其可能的类型进行穷举。该协调设备与其管理或控制的一个或多个协作集中的AP之间，可以采用有线或者无线连接的方式，主要起到为多AP组成的网络中所有设备(AP以及STA)分配一个全局唯一的身份标识符(即AID和/或VAID)，用于区分不同设备以实现多AP TXOP共享。需要指出的是，协调设备仅为示例性名称，或者还可以称为协调器(Coordinator)等等，这里不对其名称进行穷举，只要能够直接或间接为一个或多个STA进行AID和/或VAID的分配的设备，均在本实施例保护范围内。
再具体来说，前述目标设备可以用于为一个或多个协作集中各个协作集的各个AP，分配AID和/或VAID。应理解，每个协作集中均可以包含一个或多个AP(即可以包括一个Sharing AP以及一个或多个Shared AP)，该一个或多个AP中各个AP可以关联一个或多个STA(即Non-AP STA)；并且不同协作集中包含的AP不同，不同AP所关联的STA也不同。前述第一STA即Sharing AP、以及第二STA即Shared AP可以为同一个协作集中的AP。也就是说，前述目标设备具体可以为各个协作集的每个AP分配AID，或者，可以为各个协作集的每个AP分配VAID，或者，可以为各个协作集的每个AP分配AID以及VAID。
对目标设备为各个协作集的各个AP直接分配AID和/或VAID，进行示例性说明：目标设备为协作集中的各个AP统一分配AID和/或VAID，其中各个AP的AID和/或VAID的取值为以下范围内的数值之一：2008-2044、2047-4096。这里2008-2044、2047-4096可以为系统中的保留值。结合前述实施方式来说，第一STA(Sharing AP)可以获得目标设备为其分配的AID和/或VAID。同样的，第二STA(Shared AP)也可以获得目标设备为其分配的AID和/或VAID。另外，每个AP还可以从目标设备处获取并保存其他AP的AID或VAID值并动态更新，比如结合前述实施方式来说，所述第一STA(Sharing AP)可以从目标设备获取并保存第二STA(Shared AP)的AID和/或VAID；类似地，所述第二STA(Shared AP)也可以从目标设备获取并保存第一STA(Sharing AP)的AID和/或VAID。应理解，以上目标设备为各个协作集的各个AP直接分配AID和/或VAID的说明仅为一种示例，实际处理中还可以存在其他的分配方式，本实施例不做穷举。如此，通过目标设备为AP统一分配AID和/或VAID，可以保证每个AP在一个目标设备控制的协作集中具备唯一的AID和/或VAID。对目标设备为各个协作集的各个AP关联的STA间接分配AID和/或VAID，进行示例性说明：目标设备向协作集中的每个AP指示当STA要关联时，AP为STA分配AID或VAID值的范围。比如，目标设备管理或控制的一个协作集中有10个AP，其中包含一个Sharing AP(即第一STA)、以及9个Shared AP(即第二STA)目标设备可以通过标识指示信息指示该协作集中的第一STA(Sharing AP)在关联某一个第三STA的时候，为该第三STA分配1-200(即标识取值第一范围)的AID或VAID；某一个Shared AP(某一个第二STA)，在关联一个第四STA关联的时候，为该第四STA分配201-400(即标识取值第二范围)的AID或VAID，以此类推，这样10个AP可以在与各自的STA进行关联时，分配对应的全局唯一的AID或VAID。
还需要指出，前述目标设备为各个AP分配的对应的标识取值范围，比如为第一STA分配的标识取值第一范围，优选地，可以从1-2007中选取。若STA数量较多(比如超过第一数量门限值，该第一数量门限值可以根据实际情况设置，比如为2000)，则目标设备为各个AP分配的标识取值范围，比如为第一STA分配的标识取值第一范围，可以进一步地增加2008-2044、以及2047-4096这些范围。这样，可以保证每个STA在一个目标设备控制的协作集中具备唯一的AID或VAID。
应理解，以上目标设备为各个协作集的各个AP关联的STA间接分配AID和/或VAID的方式，仅为示例性的分配方式，实际处理中还可以有其他的分配方式，比如可以由目标设备直接为各个STA直接分配AID和/或VAID等等，这里不做穷举。
通过以上说明可以看出，在多STA环境或多AP环境中，为了能支持多个STA或多AP之间的协作传输，每个STA的AID或VAID需要由目标设备直接或间接统一分配，而不是每个STA各自分配，这样就能保证每个STA在一个目标设备控制的协作集中具备唯一的AID、VAID。
前述针对第一STA如何获取第二STA、第三STA以及第四STA的AID和/或VAID，以及目标设备的处理进行了详细说明，接下来针对触发帧可能包含的字段以及子字段进行说明。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧具体可以称为MAP TXS(多接入点传输机会共享，Multi-AP TXOP sharing)触发帧。该触发帧在所有实施例中均可用于多个STA间建立协作传输，具体可以用于触发多STA TXOP共享，通过使用一种多 AP触发帧即可实现多种多AP协作方式。所述触发帧可以包括公共信息(common info)字段，和/或，用户信息列表(user info list)字段；其中，所述用户信息列表字段中可以包括一个或多个用户信息(user info)子字段。
所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。具体的，所述触发类型子字段可以表示为“Trigger Type”子字段，该触发类型子字段，用于表示触发帧的变体。在触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值的情况下，可以用于表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。所述第一指定值可以为8-15(包含8和15)中任意之一。这是由于在相关标准中已经定义了触发类型子字段的取值为0-7的情况下所分别对应的触发帧变体的类型，因此，本实施例使用保留的8-15中任意之一作为该第一指定值。示例性的，该第一指定值为8，也就是说触发类型子字段的取值为8的情况下，用于表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输，即用于标识MAP TXS触发帧(或称为新的MAP TXS触发帧)。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，在实际处理中，该第一指定值还可以为9、10或其他值，只要在前述8-15的范围之内即在本实施例的保护范围内，只是不做穷举。
所述传输模式子字段可以表示为“MAP TXS Mode”子字段。所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特(bit)位。其中，所述传输模式子字段占用第一保留子字段的所述至少部分比特位，具体可以为一个或多个连续的比特位，或者可以为一个或多个不连续的比特位。一种优选的示例中，所述传输模式子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位的第一数量可以为3个比特位。也就是所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的3个连续的比特位(或者3个不连续的比特位)。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，所述传输模式子字段实际所占用的至少部分比特位的第一数量，可以根据实际情况进行调整，比如可以为4个比特位、5个比特位、或更多或更少，这里不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。所述第一保留子字段，可以为所述公共信息字段中的任意一个保留子字段。需要理解的是，该第一保留子字段中包含的保留比特位(或剩余比特位)的数量，需要大于或等于所述第一数量。比如，前述至少部分比特位的第一数量为3个比特位的情况下，该第一保留子字段包含的保留比特位(或剩余比特位)的数量至少为3个比特位(至少3个连续的比特位或者至少3个不连续的比特位)。示例性的，所述第一保留子字段可以为EHT保留子字段。该EHT保留子字段中包含了7个比特的保留比特位，其中，可以有连续的3个比特位(比如前3个比特位)作为传输模式子字段。
所述传输模式子字段的取值，用于指示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。也就是说，基于所述传输模式子字段的取值，可以确定多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；在确定多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式的情况下，可以确定采用传统的传输方式，这里不对其进行赘述；否则，在确定多个STA开启TXOP共享模式的情况下，可以基于所述传输模式子字段的取值，确定本次多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式。具体的，针对所述传输模式子字段的不同取值，及其所表示的具体含义进行说明如下：所述传输模式子字段的取值为第一值，表示所述多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式；和/或，所述传输模式子字段的取值为第二值，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式；和/或，所述传输模式子字段的取值为第三值，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR；和/或，所述传输模式子字段的取值为第四值，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为联合传输模式；和/或，所述传输模式子字段的取值为第五值，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为传统上行TXOP共享模式。
前述第一值、第二值、第三值、第四值、第五值中任意两个值不同。比如，第一值可以为1、第二值可以为2、第三值可以为3、第四值可以为4、第五值可以为5。比如，第一值可以为0、第二值可以为1、第三值可以为2、第四值可以为3、第五值可以为4。比如，第一值可以为3、第二值可以为1、第三值可以为2、第四值可以为4、第五值可以为5等等。需要指出，只要前述第一值、第二值、第三值、第四值、第五值的取值两两不同，即可以在本实施例的保护范围内，只是这里不对全部可能的取值进行穷举。
还需要指出的是，前述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。在传输模式子字段占用多个比特位的情况下，前述仅定义了第一值～第五值的取值，因此可能还存在部分剩余取值未定义，这部分剩余取值作为保留可以用于将来扩展定义新的传输模式。比如，参见如下表1，假设传输模式子字段占用3个比特位，预先定义传输模式子字段的取值为第一值0(比如二进制表示为000)，用于表示所述多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式，即不使用多AP TXOP共享模式；传输模式子字段的取值为第二值1(比如二进制表示为001)，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式；传输模式子字段的取值为第三值2(比如二进制表示为010)，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR；传输模式子字段的取值为第四值3(比如二进制表示为011)，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为联合传输模式；传输模式子字段的取值为第五值4(比如二进制表示为100)，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为传统上行TXOP共享模式(或称为传统上行多AP TXOP共享模式)。另外，还存在剩余取值5(比如二进制表示为101)-7(比如二进制表示为111)，该剩余取值5-7则可以作为保留(或称为保留取值)用于将来扩展定义新的传输模式。
0 多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式
1 CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式
2 COFDMA和/或CSR
3 联合传输模式
4 传统上行TXOP共享模式
5-7 保留
表1
所述上下行指示子字段可以表示为“UL/DL Indication”子字段。所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。其中，所述上下行指示子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位具体可以为一个或多个连续的比特位、或一个或多个不连续的比特位。一种优选的示例中，所述上下行指示子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位的第二数量，可以为1个比特(bit)位。也就是所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的1个比特位。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，所述上下行指示子字段实际所占用的至少部分比特位的第二数量，可以根据实际情况进行调整，比如可以为2个比特位、3个比特位、或更多或更少，这里不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。所述第二保留子字段，可以为所述公共信息字段中的任意一个保留子字段。需要指出，该第二保留子字段中包含的保留比特位(或剩余比特位)的数量，需要大于或等于所述第二数量。比如，前述第二数量为1个比特位的情况下，该第二保留子字段包含的保留比特位(或剩余比特位)的数量至少为1个比特位。所述第二保留子字段与前述第一保留字段可以相同也可以不同。一种示例中，所述第二保留子字段与前述第一保留字段可以相同，也就是说，所述第二保留子字段可以为EHT保留子字段。该EHT保留子字段中包含了7个比特的保留字段。此时，该上下行指示子字段可以位于前述传输模式子字段之后，或者上下行指示子字段可以位于传输模式子字段之前，均在本实施例保护范围内。再一种示例中，所述第二保留子字段与前述第一保留字段可以不相同，即该第二保留子字段可以为公共信息字段中EHT保留子字段之外的其他保留子字段，比如，在公共信息字段中的HE/EHT P160子字段之前有一个1bit的保留子字段，则该保留子字段可以作为上述第二保留子字段。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第二保留子字段可能的位置，这里不做穷举，只要在公共信息字段中的任意一个保留子字段、且其包含的保留比特位(或剩余比特位)的数量大于或等于第二数量，就在本实施例的保护范围内。
所述上下行指示子字段的取值，用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输。具体的，所述上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，用于指示多个STA执行同步上行传输；和/或，所述上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值，用于指示多个STA执行同步下行传输。实际处理中，可以仅配置或设置所述上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，用于指示多个STA执行同步上行传输，也就是说在该上下行指示子字段的取值为其他值的情况下，用于指示多个STA执行同步下行传输。又或者，可以仅配置或设置所述上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值，用于指示多个STA执行同步下行传输，也就是说在该上下行指示子字段的取值为其他值的情况下，用于指示多个STA执行同步上行传输。再或者，可以配置或设置所述上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，用于指示多个STA执行同步上行传输，以及，所述上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值，用于指示多个STA执行同步下行传输。这里，所述第六值和所述第七值不相同。另外，该第六值与前述第一指定值、第一值～第五值中任意之一的取值可以相同也可以不同。该第七值与前述第一指定值、第一值～第五值中任意之一的取值可以相同也可以不同。示例性的，该第六值可以为0、第七值可以为1；或者，第六值可以为1、第七值可以为0；或者，第六值可以为1、第七值可以为2。只要保证第六值与第七值的取值不同，就均在本实施例保护范围内。
所述共享传输指示子字段可以表示为“MAP TXS Indication”子字段。所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段的至少部分比特位。其中，所述共享传输指示子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位，具体可以为一个或多个连续的比特位，或可以为一个或多个不连续的比特位。一种优选的示例中，所述共享传输指示子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位的第三数量可以为1个比特(bit)位。也就是所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段的1个比特位。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，所述共享传输指示子字段实际所占用的至少部分比特位的第三数量，可以根据实际情况进行调整，比如可以为2个比特位、3个比特位、或更多或更少，这里不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。所述第三保留子字段，可以为所述公共信息字段中的任意一个保留子字段。需要保证的是，该第三保留子字段中包含的保留比特位(或剩余比特位)的数量，需要大于或等于所述第三数量。比如，前述至少部分比特位的第三数量为1个比特位的情况下，该第三保留子字段包含的保留比特位(或剩余比特位)的数量至少为1个比特位。所述第三保留子字段与前述第一保留子字段可以相同或不同，和/或，所述第三保留子字段与前述第二保留子字段可以相同或不同。一种示例中，所述第三保留子字段前述第一保留子字段、第二保留字段均不相同。所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中HE/EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。进一步地，该HE/EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段中，保留字段的比特位数量为1个比特，因此，所述共享传输指示子字段，占用该HE/EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段的全部比特位。又一种示例中，所述第三保留子字段与前述第一保留子字段可以相同，也就是均为EHT保留子字段；当然，这种示例中，在第二保留子字段也为EHT保留子字段的情况下，第三保留子字段与第二保留子字段也为相同的。应理解，以上仅为示例性说明，关于第三保留子字段可能的位置，这里不做穷举，只要在公共信息字段中的任意一个保留子字段、且其包含的保留比特位(或剩余比特位)数量大于或等于共享传输指示子字段所需的比特位的第三数量，就在本实施例的保护范围内。
所述共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。具体的，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值，用于指示所述多个STA开启TXOP共享模式；和/或，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值为第九值，用于指示所述多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式。实际处理中，可以仅配置或设置所述共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值，用于指示所述多个STA开启TXOP共享模式，也就是说在该共享传输指示子字段的取值为其他值的情况下，用于指示多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式。又或者，可以仅配置或设置所述共享传输指示子字段的取值为第九值，用于指示所述多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式，也就是说在该上下行指示子字段的取值为其他值的情况下，用于指示多个STA开 启TXOP共享模式。再或者，可以配置或设置所述共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值，用于指示所述多个STA开启TXOP共享模式，以及，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值为第九值，用于指示所述多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式。这里，所述第八值和所述第九值不相同。另外，该第八值与前述第一指定值、第一值～第五值、第六值、第七值中任意之一的取值可以相同也可以不同。该第九值与前述第一指定值、第一值～第五值、第六值、第七值中任意之一的取值可以相同也可以不同。示例性的，该第八值可以为0、第九值可以为1；或者，第八值可以为1、第九值可以为0。只要保证第八值与第九值的取值不同，就均在本实施例保护范围内。
所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第i个用户信息子字段，为第i个STA的用户信息子字段；i为大于等于1的整数，所述第i个STA为所述多个STA中之一；所述第i个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：第i个STA的标识子字段，所述第i个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第i个STA的标识信息；第i个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第i个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第i个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；第i个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第i个STA所用的最大发射功率；第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第i个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
首先需要说明的是，第i个用户信息子字段指的是一个或多个用户信息子字段中的任意之一。该一个或多个用户信息子字段中，各个用户信息子字段可以包含的内容，均可以为前述第i个用户信息子字段包含的内容中的至少之一，只是不对每个用户信息子字段一一赘述。
所述第i个STA的标识信息，为所述第i个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。第i个STA可以为任意一个STA，而关于第一STA获取各个不同的STA的AID和/或VAID的方式，在前述实施例中已经详述，这里不做重复说明。
所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段，具体可以称为第i个STA的MAP TXS Mode子字段。所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。其中，触发依赖用户信息子字段，可以表示为“Trigger dependent User Info”子字段。所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位，具体可以为一个或多个连续的比特位，或一个或多个不连续的比特位。一种优选的示例中，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位的第四数量可以为3个比特(bit)位。也就是所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的3个连续或不连续的比特位。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段实际所占用的至少部分比特位的第四数量，可以根据实际情况进行调整，比如可以为4个比特位、5个比特位、或更多或更少，这里不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。
所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述第j个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第j个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。也就是说，基于所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值，可以确定第i个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；在确定第i个STA不开启TXOP共享模式的情况下，可以确定采用传统的传输方式，这里不对其进行赘述；否则，在确定第i个STA开启TXOP共享模式的情况下，可以基于所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值，确定本次第i个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式。
具体的，针对第i个STA的传输模式子字段的不同取值，及其所表示的具体含义进行说明如下：所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第一值，表示所述第i个STA不开启TXOP共享模式；和/或，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值，表示所述第i个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式；和/或，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值，表示所述第i个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR模式；和/或，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值，表示所述第i个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为联合传输模式；和/或，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第五值，表示所述第i个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为传统上行TXOP共享模式。这里第一值、第二值、第三值、第四值、第五值可以与前述实施例中第一值、第二值、第三值、第四值、第五值的含义是相同的，不做重复说明。
所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段，可以表示为第i个STA的“Max TX power(功率)”子字段。所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。其中，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段，占用的所述至少部分比特位具体可以为一个或多个连续的比特位。一种优选的示例中，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位的第五数量，可以为6个比特(bit)位。也就是所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段中的6个比特位。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段实际所占用的至少部分比特位的第五数量，可以根据实际情况进行调整，比如可以为6个比特位、7个比特位、或更多或更少，这里不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。
所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段，具体用于sharing AP(即前述第一STA)指示收到触发帧的第i个STA在后续发送数据时所采用的最大发射功率(或还可以称为最大发送功率)。示例性的，该最大发射功率的确定方式，可以由sharing AP(即前述第一STA)根据准备阶段和探测阶段收集的信息确定。相应的，第i个STA基于所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段，确定发射功率的方式，可以采用以下公式：PTX＝FVal–20；其中，PTX即第i个STA使用的发射功率，FVal是所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段中包含的最大发射功率。需要指出的是，若所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段中包含的最大发射功率等于预设数值，则表示第一STA对该第i个STA的发射功率不做限制。该预设数值可以为63，也就是说，第i个STA(或第i个用户信息子字段)中的Max TX power子字段的值为63，则表示sharing AP不对第i个STA的最大发送功率做限制。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，不代表对第i个STA使用的发射功率的确定方式的限定，也不作为对确定最大发射功率的方式的限定，实际处理中，只要可以确定上述第i个STA使用的发射功率、以及最大发射功 率的任何计算方式，均在本实施例保护范围内。
所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，可以为第i个STA的用户信息子字段的“UL/DL Indication子字段”。所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。其中，所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用的所述至少部分比特位具体可以为一个或多个连续的比特位。一种优选的示例中，所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段占用的所述至少部分比特位为第六数量，该第六数量可以为1个比特(bit)位。也就是所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的1个比特位。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段实际所占用的至少部分比特位的第六数量，可以根据实际情况进行调整，比如可以为2个比特位、3个比特位、或更多或更少，这里不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。
所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，用于指示所述第i个STA执行同步上行传输；和/或，所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值，用于指示所述第i个STA执行同步下行传输。这里，所述第六值和所述第七值不相同。另外，该第六值与前述第一指定值、第一值～第五值中任意之一的取值可以相同也可以不同。该第七值与前述第一指定值、第一值～第五值中任意之一的取值可以相同也可以不同。示例性的，该第六值可以为0、第七值可以为1；或者，第六值可以为1、第七值可以为0。只要保证第六值与第七值的取值不同，就均在本实施例保护范围内。
以上实施例针对所述触发帧中，各个用户信息子字段可能包含的各个子字段，以及公共信息字段可能包含的各个子字段，分别进行了说明。
在实际使用该触发帧时，可以将该触发帧的公共信息字段设计为包含前述部分子字段，任意一个用户信息子字段也可以设计为包含前述部分子字段。比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中包含传输模式子字段，而在各个用户信息子字段中可以不包含对应的STA的传输模式子字段，或者反之；又比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中包含上下行指示子字段，则在各个用户信息子字段中可以不包含对应的STA的上下行指示子字段，或者反之；再比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中可以不包含共享传输指示子字段；又比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中可以包含共享传输指示子字段、且不包含传输模式子字段，在触发帧的一个或多个用户信息子字段中包含对应的STA的传输模式子字段。
具体的，触发帧的帧格式如图3所示，其中，可以包括2八位组(Octets)的Frame Control(帧控制)字段、2Octets的Duration(持续时间)字段、6Octets RA字段、6Octets的TA字段、Common info(公共信息)字段、User info List字段、Padding(填充)字段以及4Octets的FCS字段。其中，公共信息字段、用户信息列表字段以及填充字段的长度均为可变的(Variable)。
在触发帧的公共信息字段中包含有触发类型子字段，如图4、图6、图9中的Trigger Type子字段；在触发帧的任意一个用户信息子字段，比如第i个用户信息子字段中可以包括第i个STA的标识子字段，如图5、图7、图8中的AID12子字段。在上述基础上，触发帧可以包含传输模式子字段；该传输模式子字段可以在触发帧的公共信息字段中，或者可以在触发帧的一个或多个用户信息子字段中。比如，触发帧的公共信息字段中可以包括传输模式子字段，此时在用户信息子字段中可以不包含STA的传输模式子字段。或者，触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段，在一个或多个用户信息子字段中可以包含STA的传输模式子字段，比如在第i个用户信息子字段中包含第i个STA的传输模式子字段。
可选地，触发帧还可以包含上下行指示子字段，该上下行指示子字段可以包含在触发帧的公共信息字段中，或者可以包含在触发帧的一个或多用户信息子字段中。比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中包含上下行指示子字段，则在用户信息子字段中可以不包含STA的上下行指示子字段。或者，触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含上下行指示子字段，在一个或多个用户信息子字段中可以包含上下行指示子字段，比如在第i个用户信息子字段中包含第i个STA的传输模式子字段。可选地，触发帧中的一个或多个用户信息子字段中还可以包含STA的发射功率子字段，比如第i个用户信息子字段中还可以包含第i个STA的发射功率子字段。可选地，触发帧的公共信息字段中还可以包括共享传输指示子字段。
参见图4和图5，触发帧的Common info字段中包含4个bit的触发类型子字段(即图4中的Trigger Type子字段)，其用于标识触发帧的变体，假设已经定义了0-7的触发帧变体，保留了8-15之间的值，可用于定义新的触发帧变体。例如，可以将触发类型子字段(即图4中的Trigger Type子字段)的取值设置为8，用于表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输，即标识新的MAP TXS触发帧。
该触发帧的Common info字段中包含传输模式子字段，即图4中的MAP TXS Mode子字段。本示例中，第一保留子字段为图4中所示的EHT reserved(保留)子字段，该EHT reserved子字段有7个bit(比特)的保留比特位；相应的，传输模式子字段，即图4中的MAP TXS Mode子字段，可以占用EHT reserved子字段中的前3个bit。该传输模式子字段的取值可以指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；关于传输模式子字段的不同取值所对应的不同内容，与前述表1相同，这里不做重复说明。应理解，实际处理中，传输模式子字段的位置可以不限于图4中示意出的占用EHT reserved子字段中的前3个bit，可以是占用common info中的任意3个保留比特位，这3个保留比特位可以为连续的3个保留比特位，也可以是不连续的3个保留比特位，比如，可以占用图4中HE/EHT P160子字段之前的1比特的保留子字段，以及EHT保留子字段中的2个保留比特位等等，这里不做穷举。
该触发帧可以包括一个或多个user info子字段，该一个或多个User info子字段可以包含在如图3所示的触发帧中的User info List字段中。前述一个或多个User info子字段中，每一个User info子字段可以用于指示一个目标TXOP共享设备即一个Shared AP、或一个第三STA、或一个第四STA。将任意一个user info子字段表示为第i个user info子字段进行说明如下：
第i个User info子字段包含一个第i个STA的标识子字段，该标识子字段如图5中的AID12子字段(可以占用12bit)，其携带参与TXOP共享设备即第i个STA的AID的12个最低有效位或12位VAID。关于任意一个STA的AID和/或VAID的获取或配置方式在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做重复。
可选地，在第i个User info子字段中还可以包括：第i个STA的发射功率子字段(如图5中示出的Max TX Power子字段)，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第i个STA所用的最大发射功率。触发帧的User Info子字段中根据不同的触发帧变体类型可以包含Trigger dependent User Info子字段，可以用于携带额外的信息，在本示例的触发帧中，Trigger dependent User Info子字段包含6bit的发射功率子字段即图5中所示的Max TX power子字段，其长度可以为6bit。关于该第i个STA的发射功率子字段即图7中的Max TX power子字段，用于sharing AP(第一STA)指示收到触发帧的设备(第i个STA)在后续发送数据时所采用的最大发送功率，该值由sharing AP(第一STA)根据准备阶段和探测阶段收集的信息确定。这里，最大发射功率的确定方式，以及第i个STA确定自身使用的发射功率的方式，与前述实施例相同，这里不做赘述。也就是说，触发帧的公共信息字段中包含前述触发类型子字段、以及传输模式子字段，在任意一个用户信息子字段中包含STA的标识信息子字段及STA的发射功率子字段。
参见图6和图7，触发帧的Common info字段中包含4个bit的触发类型子字段(即图6中的Trigger Type子字段)，具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。该触发帧的Common info字段中还包含了共享传输指示子字段，可以表示为MAP TXS Indication(多接入点传输机会共享指示)子字段，其占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子子字段的至少部分比特位。本示例中，第三保留字段，具体为如图6中所示的Common info字段中的Number of HE/EHT-LTF symbols子字段之前有1个bit的保留子字段，也就是说，该MAP TXS Indication子字段占用了Number of HE/EHT-LTF symbols子字段之前有1个bit的保留子字段。共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式，也就是用于sharing AP向参与多AP TXOP共享的设备指示是否开启多AP TXOP共享模式。比如共享传输指示子字段的取值为1，表示开启多AP TXOP共享模式；反之，则表示所述多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式。或者，共享传输指示子字段的取值为0，表示开启多AP TXOP共享模式；反之，则表示所述多个STA不开启TXOP共享模式。当然，还可以存在更多可能的取值，在前述实施例已经说明，这里不重复说明。应理解这里仅为示例性说明，MAP TXS Indication子字段，所占用的第三保留字段，还可以为common info中任意1bit的保留比特位进行设置，比如可以占用在HE/EHT P160子字段之前的1比特的保留子字段，或者可以占用EHT保留子字段中的1个保留比特位等等，这里不做穷举。
第i个User info子字段包含一个第i个STA的标识子字段，该标识子字段如图7中的AID12子字段(可以占用12bit)，具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。第i个User info子字段中的Trigger dependent User Info子字段中，还包含了第i个STA的传输模式子字段，在图7中表示为MAP TXS Mode子字段，其长度为3bit。并且，该第i个STA的传输模式子字段可以在第i个STA的发射功率子字段之前，如图7所示，Max TX power子字段(占用3bit)位于Max TX power子字段(占用6bit)之前。第i个User info子字段中的第i个STA的传输模式子字段(即图7中MAP TXS Mode子字段)，用于指示收到MAP TXS Indication子字段且取值等于1的触发帧后，第i个STA后续参与多AP TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式。关于第i个STA的传输模式子字段的不同取值所对应的不同内容，与前述表1相同，这里不做重复说明。可选地，在第i个User info子字段中根据不同的触发帧变体类型可以包含Trigger dependent User Info子字段，可以用于携带额外的信息。Trigger dependent User Info子字段包含6bit的发射功率子字段即图7中所示的Max TX power(最大发射功率)子字段，其长度可以为6bit。关于该第i个STA的发射功率子字段的相关说明，与前述实施例相同，这里不做重复说明。需要指出的是，第i个STA的传输模式子字段，还可以指示第i个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。因此，本示例所提供的方案中，在触发帧的公共信息字段中，也可以不包含共享传输指示子字段。也就是说，本示例还可以仅通过触发帧的第i个用户信息子字段就可以指示第i个STA是开启或不开启TXOP共享模式、以及在开启的情况下具体采用的协作传输模式，并且通过第i个STA的发射功率子字段，指示第i个STA可以采用的最大发射功率。
参见图4和图8，该触发帧的Common info字段中包含4个bit的触发类型子字段(即图4中的Trigger Type子字段)，具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。该触发帧的Common info字段中包含传输模式子字段，即图4中的MAP TXS Mode子字段。具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
第i个User info子字段包含一个第i个STA的标识子字段，该标识子字段如图8中的AID12子字段(可以占用12bit)，其携带参与TXOP共享设备即第i个STA的AID的12个最低有效位或12位VAID。具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。第i个User info子字段中的Trigger dependent User Info子字段中，还包含了第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，第i个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第i个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输，也就是第i个STA在分配的TXOP是做上行还是下行传输，如果该字段的值为0，则表示为上行传输，该字段的值为1，则表示为下行传输。在图8中第i个STA的上下行指示子字段表示为UL/DL Indication(上行/下行指示)子字段，其长度为1bit。并且，该第i个STA的上下行指示子字段可以在第i个STA的发射功率子字段之前，如图8所示，UL/DL Indication子字段(占用1bit)位于Max TX power子字段(占用6bit)之前。需要指出的是，第i个STA的上下行指示子字段即UL/DL Indication子字段的位置，可以不限于当前示例中的描述，比如，图8中所示的UL EHT-MCS之后的1bit保留子字段，也可以被占用作为第i个STA的上下行指示子字段即UL/DL Indication子字段，这里不对其全部可能的位置进行穷举。还应理解，第i个STA的上下行指示子字段即UL/DL Indication子字段的取值的设置也不限于当前示例中的设置方式，比如，还可以是如果该字段的值为1，则表示为上行传输，该字段的值为0，则表示为下行传输，这里不进行穷举。可选地，第i个User info子字段中根据不同的触发帧变体类型可以包含Trigger dependent User Info子字段，可以用于携带额外的信息，在本示例的触发帧中，Trigger dependent User Info子字段包含6bit的发射功率子字段即图8中所示的Max TX power子字段，其长度可以为6bit。具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
参见图9和图5，该触发帧的Common info字段中包含4个bit的触发类型子字段(即图9中的Trigger Type子字段)，其用于标识触发帧的变体。具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。该触发帧的Common info字段中包含传输模式子字段，即图9中的MAP TXS Mode子字段。具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。该触发帧的Common info字段中还包含了上下行指示子字段，上下行指示子字段用于指示多个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输，也就是 指示分配的TXOP是用于做上行还是下行传输，如果该字段的值为0，则表示为上行传输，该字段的值为1，则表示为下行传输。在图9中上下行指示子字段表示为UL/DL Indication子字段，其长度为1bit。并且，该上下行指示子字段可以在传输模式子字段之后，如图9所示，UL/DL Indication子字段(占用1bit)位于Max TX Mode子字段(占用3bit)之后。需要指出的是，上下行指示子字段即UL/DL Indication子字段的位置，可以不限于当前示例中的描述，比如，图9中所示的UL空间复用(UL Spatial Reuse)之后的1bit保留子字段，也可以被占用作为上下行指示子字段即UL/DL Indication子字段，这里不对其全部可能的位置进行穷举。还应理解，上下行指示子字段即UL/DL Indication子字段的取值的设置也不限于当前示例中的设置方式，比如，还可以是如果该字段的值为1，则表示为上行传输，该字段的值为0，则表示为下行传输，这里不进行穷举。需要注意的是，如果将上下行指示子字段即UL/DL Indication子字段放在Common info字段中，则该触发帧不适用于一个BSS(即一个STA)触发上行、另一个BSS(另一个STA)触发下行的情况。第i个User info子字段包含一个第i个STA的标识子字段，该标识子字段如图5中的AID12子字段(可以占用12bit)，其携带参与TXOP共享设备即第i个STA的AID的12个最低有效位或12位VAID。关于任意一个STA的AID和/或VAID的获取或配置方式在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做重复。第i个User info子字段中，还可以包括：第i个STA的发射功率子字段(如图5中示出的Max TX Power子字段)，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第i个STA所用的最大发射功率。具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
应理解，触发帧的公共信息字段中还包含协议中规定的其他子字段，比如图4中示意出的UL长度(Length)子字段(12比特)、更多触发帧(More TF，More Trigger Frame)子字段、CS请求(载波侦听请求，Carrier Sense Required)子字段、UL(上行)BW(带宽，Bandwidth)子字段、GI And HE/EHT-LTF Type/Trigger TXOP Sharing(Guard interval and High Efficiency/HE Long Training field type/Trigger Transmission Opportunity Sharing保护间隔和高效率/极高吞吐量长训练字段类型/触发传输机会共享)子字段、HE/EHT-LTF符号数量(Number Of HE/EHT-LTF Symbols)子字段、LDPC额外符号段(LDPC Extra Symbol Segment)子字段、AT Px功率(AT Px Power)子字段、Pre-FEC填充因素(Pre-FEC Padding Factor)子字段、PE消歧(PE Disambiguity)子字段、UL空间复用(UL Spatial Reuse)子字段、HE/EHTP160子字段、特殊用户信息字段标记(Special User Info Field Flag)子字段、触发依赖公共信息(Trigger Dependent Common Info)子字段等等，各个子字段占用的比特位的数量如图4所示相同，这里不对各个子字段功能或定义进行一一赘述。同样的，在触发帧的一个用户信息子字段中还包含协议中规定的其他子字段，比如图5中示意出的RU分配(RU Allocation)、ULFEC编码类型(UL FEC Coding Type，上行前向纠错编码类型)、SS分配/RA-RU信息(SS Allocation/RA-RU Information，SS分配/随机接入资源单位信息)、UL目标接收功率、PS160、UL EHT MCS等等子字段，各个子字段占用的比特位的数量如图5所示相同，这里不对各个子字段功能或定义进行一一赘述。
前述仅为示例性说明，不代表触发帧仅可以有以上几种设计方式，还可以有其他的设计方式，比如，该触发帧可以不为STA指示最大发射功率，可以仅通过公共信息字段中设置触发类型子字段、上下行指示子字段、传输模式子字段，以通知接收到该触发帧的多个STA建立协作传输。比如，该触发帧可以仅通过在一个或多个用户信息子字段中，设置一个或多个STA的标识信息、一个或多个STA的上下行指示子字段、一个或多个STA的传输模式子字段，以通知接收到该触发帧的一个或多个STA建立协作传输；应理解，此时接收到该触发帧的STA可以默认触发类型为MAP TXS触发帧，即默认用于多个STA间建立协作传输。需要指出的是，前述均为示例性说明，不代表本实施例提供的触发帧只能够存在上述几种格式，在实际处理中，还可以有更多的格式，只要能够使得接收到该触发帧的STA建立协作传输的格式，均在本实施例的保护范围内，只是这里不做穷举。
在前述针对触发帧可能包含的各个子字段的说明的基础上，进一步地针对携带该触发帧的方式进行说明：
所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元(PPDU，physical layer protocol data unit)携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。具体的，该第一PPDU可以为EHT PPDU。第一指示位可以为MAP TXS指示位。应理解，第一PPDU还可以为其他类型的PPDU，只是一种优选的示例中，该第一PPDU为EHT PPDU；同样的，该第一指示位还可以为第一PPDU的前导码中的其他指示位，只是一种优选的示例中，该第一指示位为MAP TXS指示位，只是本实施例不做穷举。
其中，第二指定值的长度以及具体值可以根据实际情况设置，比如第二指定值的长度可以为1个比特，其具体值可以设置为1，或者可以为0；又或者，第二指定值的长度可以为2个比特，其具体值可以为01、或者可以为10等等，这里不对其全部的可能进行穷举。
示例性的，该第一PPDU为EHT PPDU；其中第一指示位(即MAP TXS指示位)的具体位置，为EHT PPDU的前导码U-SIG-1域的第25号bit位。假设第二指定值为1，该第一PPDU的前导码的MAP TXS指示位如果为1，则表示第一PPDU中包含该触发帧(即用于指示多个STA建立协作传输的触发帧，或称为MAP TXS触发帧)，相应的，接收到该第一PPDU的STA不会丢弃该第一PPDU，进而可以解析该第一PPDU中携带的触发帧。
或者，不对现有的PPDU进行修改。也就是，不在PPDU的前导码中新增指示位，但设置全部接收到PPDU的STA，均不丢弃该PPDU。这种实施方式中，不需要对现有的PPDU(具体可以为EHT PPDU)进行修改，而是配置STA忽略PPDU的前导码U-SIG-1中的UL/DL标识，不会丢弃PPDU。
基于前述针对触发帧，以及携带触发帧的第一PPDU的相关说明。下面介绍第一STA的传输交互流程，要实现多APTXOP共享可以分为三个阶段，分别为准备阶段、探测阶段和触发传输阶段，前述S210主要是触发传输阶段执行的处理，即sharing AP(第一STA)触发shared AP(第二STA)或与shared AP(第二STA)关联的STA(第四STA)进行协作传输的部分。在触发传输阶段之前的准备阶段和测量阶段也很重要，这两个阶段交互的信息是完成多STA协作传输的基础，因此首先针对准备阶段和测量阶段的处理进行说明：
准备阶段、第一STA执行EDCA(增强的分布式信道访问，Enhanced Distributed Channel Access)机制，退避计数 器递减到零，获得传输机会，此时第一STA为sharing AP。如果第一STA有TXOP共享意愿，则在准备阶段与传输范围内的第二STA即Shared AP交互信息。其中，第一STA与第二STA交互的信息包括但不限于：MAP TXS Announcement以及MAP TXS Response(响应)。结合图10来说，第一STA即图10中的AP1，第二STA即图10中的AP2。AP1执行EDCA机制，退避计数器递减到零，获得传输机会，此时AP1为sharing AP，如果AP1有TXOP共享意愿，则在准备阶段与传输范围内的AP2即Shared AP交互信息。其中，AP1与AP2交互的信息包括但不限于：MAP TXS Announcement以及MAP TXS Response(响应)。其中，所述MAP TXS Announcement(公告)(或称为MAP TXA公告帧)中包括以下至少之一：第一STA(即sharing AP)希望进行的协作传输模式、sharing BSS(基本服务集，basic service set)中参与传输的STA信息(例如AID和/或VAID)、参与传输的STA测得的对于第二STA(即shared AP)的RSSI。其中，参与传输的STA测得的对于第二STA(即shared AP)的RSSI为可选内容，这是由于，参与传输的STA可以根据RSSI测量方式决定是否共享该RSSI(即参与传输的STA可以根据RSSI测量方式确定是否将该RSSI上传给第一STA)，RSSI主要用于CSR中的功率控制，RSSI测量方式本实施例不对进行限定；若参与传输的STA决定共享该RSSI，则参与传输的STA可以默认在准备阶段完成RSSI的交互。MAP TXS Response(或称为MAP TXS Response帧)中包括以下至少之一：第二STA即Shared AP参与上下行协作传输的意愿以及支持的协作传输模式、sharedBSS中能听到sharing AP(第一STA)且希望参与传输的STA的信息(即第二STA关联的希望参与传输的STA的信息)、shared BSS中希望获得的时频资源、sharedBSS中参与传输的STA(即第二STA关联的参与传输的STA)测得的AP1的RSSI(可选)。
应理解，上述准备阶段，第一STA(即Sharing AP，图10中的AP1)需要将要参与传输的与第一STA关联的STA(比如称为第三STA)信息，发送给第二STA(即Shared AP，如图10中的AP2)；同样第二STA(即Shared AP，如图10中的AP2)也将要参与传输的与第二STA关联的STA(比如称为第四STA)信息，发送给第一STA。这样是为了在探测阶段第一STA和第二STA，能向这些关联或者非关联的STA发送NDPA、NDP、波束赋形报告轮询(BFRP，beamforming report poll)触发(trigger)帧，收到BFRP trigger的STA将CSI报告(report)反馈给发送BFRP trigger的AP，也就是说STA可以将CSI report反馈给关联或者非关联AP，这样每个AP都能自己算出控制矩阵(Steering Matrix)，在后续的数据传输阶段，AP1和AP2基于该控制矩阵，确定收到哪些STA的CSI report，就对哪些STA进行波束调零操作。
探测阶段、第一STA在探测阶段中，可以采用基于以下探测序列执行探测：NDPA+NDP+BFRP TF(触发帧，Trigger Frame)+CSI报告(Report)。具体的，第一STA可以分别向自身关联的一个或多个第三STA以及非自身关联的一个或多个第四STA，均发送NDPA、NDP以及BFRP TF，并接收一个或多个第三STA以及一个或多个第四STA反馈的CSI报告(Report)。第二STA的处理与第一STA的处理类似，这里不做赘述。进一步来说，在多AP顺序探测序列中，NDPA帧和BFRP TF中可以包含OBSS STA的标识信息(例如AID或VAID)，比如，第一STA可以向一个或多个第三STA以及一个或多个第四STA发送NDPA帧、NDP和BFRP帧；一个或多个第三STA以及一个或多个第四STA可以处理从第一STA的接收NDPA帧和BFRP Trigger帧，收到来自第一STA的BFRP trigger帧的各个STA，可以将相应的信道状态信息(CSI)报告反馈给第一STA和自己关联的第二STA。应理解，前述探测序列的顺序为一定的，也就是不论哪个STA执行探测，均采用前述探测序列中的顺序，也就是需要先发送NDPA，再发送NDP、然后发送BFRP触发帧，再接收到STA反馈的CSI报告。需要指出的是，第一STA或第二STA中之一可以为主(Master)AP，其余的STA可以为辅(Slave)AP。
以图11为例进行说明，图11中STA11-STA1N与AP1(该AP1假设可以为第一STA)关联，STA21-STA2N与AP2(该AP1假设可以为第二STA)关联。多AP场景中任意一个AP在探测过程中从in-BSS和OBSS STA处收集CSI，并且任意一个AP的探测序列为NDPA+NDP+BFRP TF+CSI report；比如图11中，AP1按照探测序列向STA11-STA1N、STA21-STA2N均发送NDPA1、NDP1、BFPR TF1，然后AP1接收STA11-STA1N、STA21-STA2N反馈的CSI报告；同样的，AP2按照探测序列向STA11-STA1N、STA21-STA2N均发送NDPA2、NDP2、BFPR TF2，然后AP2接收STA11-STA1N、STA21-STA2N反馈的CSI报告。进一步来说，在多AP顺序探测序列中，NDPA帧和BFRP trigger帧中将包含OBSS STA的标识信息(例如AID或VAID)，比如，AP1可以向STA11-STA1N以及STA21-STA2N发送NDPA帧、NDP和BFRP帧；各个STA可以处理从OBSS AP接收NDPA帧和BFRP Trigger帧，收到来自OBSS AP BFRP trigger帧的各个STA，可以将相应的信道状态信息(CSI)报告反馈给OBSS AP1和自己关联的AP2。另外，如图11所示，在探测序列包含的NDPA、NDP、BFRP TF、CSI report之间，可以均存在一定的时间间隔，该时间间隔为SIFS。
完成上述处理之后，第一STA可以执行触发传输阶段的处理。下面结合在不同流程中，该触发帧具体包含的子字段及其取值，以及不同流程中第一STA的执行触发传输阶段的处理进行说明：
上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式：所述触发帧为第一触发帧；所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输。其中，所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
所述第一STA发送第一触发帧，可以为：所述第一STA采用广播或组播的形式发送该第一触发帧。该第一触发帧的接收地址设为广播或组播地址。具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与Shared AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
第一STA(即sharing AP)开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式。这种传输模式下，因为第一STA(即sharing  AP)具有第二STA(即shared AP)报告的OBSS的第四STA的信息(比如，可以是第二STA在准备阶段报告的)，以及OBSS的第四STA反馈的CSI报告(比如，可以是第四STA在测量阶段报告给第一STA)。因此，第一STA(即sharing AP)可以向自身关联的第三STA、以及第二STA关联的第四STA发送第一触发帧。也就是说，第一STA在完成前述准备阶段和探测阶段的处理之后，可以完成与同一协作集中的第二STA(即其他Shared AP)、以及第三STA和第四STA的交互，因此第一STA可以得知有一个或多个第三STA和/或一个或多个第四STA有上行数据需要发送，并且可以得知一个或多个第三STA和/或一个或多个第四STA所分别对应的AID和/或VAID。
本实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一STA在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送块确认(BA，Block ACK)。再具体的，所述第一STA在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据，包括：所述第一STA在开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式的情况下，在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，对第四STA进行波束调零操作，并接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据。其中，所述发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，指的是，从所述第一触发帧的发送时刻起，延迟SIFS之后。其中，所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送块确认(BA，Block ACK)，可以为：所述第一STA在完成接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据的第一时长后，向所述第三STA发送块确认(BA，Block ACK)。其中，所述完成接收第三STA发送的上行数据的判断方式，可以是在接收到第三STA的上行数据中检测到完成发送的指示信息，确定完成接收第三STA发送的上行数据，当然，还可以有其他确定方式，本实施例不进行穷举。
这里，所述第一时长可以指的是SIFS(短帧间间隔，Short interframe space)。需要指出的是，前述已经说明，所述多个STA包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；相应的，在本实施方式中，所述第三STA的上行数据的发送时刻，可以与第四STA的上行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第四STA执行的为同步上行传输。
结合图12和图13来说，图12和图13中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与协作集中其他设备的交互后，得知BSS2中的STA2(如图13所示的在BSS2中与AP2关联的STA2)有上行数据需要发送并获得STA2的AID或VAID信息，则AP1生成用来触发STA1(与AP1关联)和STA2(与AP2关联)同步上行传输的MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧。该第一触发帧中包含STA1的User info子字段和STA2的User info子字段。继续结合图13来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。
上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式下：第一STA(即sharing AP)开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式，第一STA(即sharing AP)可以向第二STA(shared AP)主动获取第一STA(即sharing AP)覆盖范围内可参与上行协作传输的OBSS STA信息(也就是第二STA关联的第四STA的信息，具体可以为第四STA的AID和/或VAID)。之后第一STA(即sharing AP)可向覆盖范围内的OBSS STA发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧。
所述方法还包括：所述第一STA在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送块确认(BA，Block ACK)。其中，所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送所述BA，具体可以为：所述第一STA在完成接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据的第一时长后，向所述第三STA发送所述BA。
结合图14和图15来说，图14和图15为STA开启CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后(CSR根据不同的RSSI测量方式，决定是否需要探测阶段)，AP1得知BSS2中的STA2有上行数据需要发送并获得STA2的AID或VAID信息，则AP1生成用来触发STA1和STA2同步上行传输的MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧，该第一触发帧中包含STA1的User info子字段和STA2的User info子字段。继续结合图15来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。
具体的，所述第一STA在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据，包括：所述第一STA在开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，在第一资源单元RU上，接收所述第三STA的上行数据。其中，所述第一RU为所述第三STA对应的资源。所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送BA，包括：所述第一STA在所述第一RU上，向所述第三STA发送所述BA。其中，所述第一STA在所述第一RU上，向所述第三STA发送所述BA，具体可以为：所述第一STA在完成接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据的第一时长后，在所述第一RU上，向所述第三STA发送所述BA。其中，所述完成接收第三STA发送的上行数据的判断方式，可以是在接收到第三STA的上行数据中检测到完成发送的指示信息，确定完成接收第三STA发送的上行数据，当然，还可以有其他确定方式，本实施例不进行穷举。
结合图16和图17来说，图16和图17为第一STA开启COFDMA模式的示意图。图16和图17中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA11和STA12为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的两个第三STA，STA21为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后(COFDMA可能不需要探测阶段)，得知BSS2中的STA21有上行数据需要发送并获得STA21的AID或VAID信息，则AP1生成用来触发STA11、STA12和STA21同步上行传输的MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧；第一触发帧中包含STA11、STA12和STA21分别对应的User info子字段。继续结合图17来说，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧的SIFS时间后，准备在STA11、STA12分别对应的第一RU上接收关联STA11、STA12的上行数据，并在接收到STA11、STA12发送的上行数据的情况下，AP1在STA11、STA12分别对应的第一RU上向STA11、STA12发送BA。比如，STA11对应的第一RU为图17中 的第一个RU，STA12对应的第一RU为图17中的第二个RU。
进一步地，针对所述第一触发帧中可能包含的各个字段说明如下：在上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式的情况下，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中，包括第一传输模式子字段；所述第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。该第二值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于表示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式。或者，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包括第一传输模式子字段。所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段；所述第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段；所述第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。该第二值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于表示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式。在一种优选的示例中，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段；并且所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段。这是由于，第一STA对执行上行传输的STA需要进行分别指示，因此需要各个STA能够基于各自的用户信息子字段确定自身需要执行的处理。
在上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中，包括第一传输模式子字段；所述第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。该第三值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于表示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR模式，下文不做重复说明。或者，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包括第一传输模式子字段。相应地，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段；所述第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段；所述第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。在一种优选的示例中，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段；并且所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段。这是由于，第一STA对执行上行传输的STA需要进行分别指示，因此需要各个STA能够基于各自的用户信息子字段确定自身需要执行的处理。
在上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式的情况下、或者上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包括第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包括第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息。在一种优选的示例中，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包括第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；并且所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包括第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息。这是由于，第一STA对执行上行传输的STA需要进行分别指示，因此需要各个STA能够基于各自的标识子字段识别出自身对应的用户信息子字段。
在上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式、或者上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，第一触发帧在前述的基础上，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中还可以包含第一上下行指示子字段，所述第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。该第六值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于表示所述多个STA执行同步上行传输。
可选地，在上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式、或者上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含第一上下行指示子字段。相应地，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第四STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。该第六值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于表示所述多个STA执行同步上行传输。在一种优选的示例中，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第三STA的上下行指示子字段；并且所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括第四STA的上下行指示子字段。这是由于，第一STA对执行上行传输的STA需要进行分别指示，因此需要各个STA能够基于各自的用户信息子字段确定自身需要执行的传输为上行还是下行。
可选地，在上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式、或者上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的发射功率子字段；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第四STA的发射功率子字段。可选地，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包括：第三STA的发射功率子字段，而所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中可以不包含第四STA的发射功率子字段，也就是该第四STA可以根据自身情况确定自己的发射功率。或者，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中不包括第三STA的发射功率子字段，而所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中可以包含第四STA的发射功率子字段，也就是该第三STA可以根据自身情况确定自己的发射功率。或者，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包括：第三STA的发射功率子字段，并且所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包含第四STA的发射功率子字段，也就是该第三STA以及第四STA均基于各自对应的发射功率子字段确定自身采用的发射功率。第三STA以及第四STA分别根据对应的发射功率子字段，确定自身使用的发射功率的方式，在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做赘述。
可选地，在上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式、或者上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第一共享传输指示子字段；所述第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。该第八值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于指示所述多个STA开启TXOP共享模式，下文不做重复说明。需要指出的是，若第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一传输模式子字段，则可以不包含上述第一共享传输指示子字段。也就是说，本示例中可以不包含第一共享传输指示子字段。如果第一触发帧的公共信息字段的第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值，则表示接收到该第一触发帧的STA可以基于VAID识别自身的用户信息子字段中的标识子字段(即AID12子字段)。如果第一触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第九值，则表示接收到该第一触发帧的STA可 以基于AID识别自身的用户信息子字段中的标识子字段(即AID12子字段)。
可选地，在上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式、或者上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包括第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包括第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息。在一种优选的示例中，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包括第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；并且所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包括第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息。这是由于，第一STA对执行上行传输的STA需要进行分别指示，因此需要各个STA能够基于各自的标识子字段识别出自身对应的用户信息子字段。
也就是说，第一触发帧可以通过公共信息字段指示传输模式，即通过公共信息字段的第一传输模式子字段来指示传输模式；或者，可以通过第三STA的用户信息子字段以及第四STA的用户信息子字段中分别包含的第三STA的传输模式子字段以及第四STA的传输模式子字段，来指示传输模式。第一触发帧可以通过公共信息字段进行上下行指示，即通过公共信息字段中的第一上下行指示子字段来指示上行传输，或者，可以通过第三STA的用户信息子字段以及第四STA的用户信息子字段中分别包含的第三STA的上下行指示子字段以及第四STA的上下行指示子字段，来指示上行传输。另外，第一触发帧可以携带第三STA的标识信息以及第四STA的标识信息，以及第三STA的发射功率子字段以及第四STA的发送功率子字段。
可选地，在前述第一STA(即sharing AP)开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式的情况下、或者开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，所述第一触发帧还可以包括第二STA的用户信息子字段，用于该第二STA可以确定自身有关联的第四STA需要进行上行传输，从而进入对应的模式并准备接收上行数据。所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；关于第六值的具体定义与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息。另外，该第二STA的用户信息子字段中也可以包括第二STA的传输模式子字段，具体的，在第一STA(即sharing AP)开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO传输模式的情况下，第二STA的传输模式子字段取值为第二值；开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，第二STA的传输模式子字段取值为第三值。
进一步地，在前述各个示例中说明的第一触发帧包含的内容的基础上，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中还可以包含触发类型子字段，并且该触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值(比如可以为8)。
传统上行多AP TXOP共享模式：所述触发帧为第二触发帧；所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送所述第二触发帧，所述第二触发帧用于触发所述多个STA同步发送第一帧，所述第一帧用于触发所述多个STA关联的STA进行同步上行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：所述第一STA和第二STA。具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个。一种情况中，随着第二STA的数量的不同，所述第一STA发送第二触发帧的具体处理可能不同。比如，第二STA的数量为2个或更多的情况下，所述第一STA采用广播或组播的形式发送该第二触发帧；该第二触发帧的接收地址设为广播或组播地址。比如，第二STA的数量为1个的情况下，所述第一STA采用单播的形式发送该第二触发帧；该第二触发帧的接收地址设为第二STA的地址。又一种情况中，随着第二触发帧的具体格式的不同，所述第一STA发送第二触发帧的具体处理可能不同。比如，在第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含传输模式子字段、上下行指示子字段、以及触发类型子字段的情况下，所述第一STA采用广播或组播的形式发送该第二触发帧；该第二触发帧的接收地址设为广播或组播地址。
所述方法还包括：所述第一STA在开启传统上行TXOP共享模式的情况下，在发送所述第二触发帧的第二时长后，向第三STA发送所述第一帧；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。具体的，所述方法还包括：所述第一STA在向所述第三STA发送所述第一帧后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送BA。其中，所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送BA，可以为：所述第一STA在完成接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据的第二时长后，向所述第三STA发送BA。其中，所述完成接收第三STA发送的上行数据的判断方式，可以是在接收到第三STA的上行数据中检测到完成发送的指示信息，确定完成接收第三STA发送的上行数据，当然，还可以有其他确定方式，本实施例不进行穷举。这里，所述第二时长与前述第一时长可以相同也可以不同，一种示例中，所述第二时长可以指的是SIFS。需要指出的是，前述已经说明，所述多个STA包括以下至少之一：第一STA和第二STA；相应的，在本实施方式中，第一STA和第二STA分别发送第一帧的时刻应为相同的。所述第三STA的上行数据的发送时刻，可以与第四STA的上行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第四STA执行的为同步上行传输。
结合图14和图18来说，图14和图18中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与协作集中其他设备的交互后，得知BSS2中的STA2有上行数据需要发送并希望采用传统上行TXOP共享模式，则AP1生成MAP TXS触发帧即第二触发帧。该第二触发帧中包含AP2的User info子字段。继续结合图18来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第二触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送基础触发帧；AP1在发送基础触发帧的SIFS时间之后，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。
进一步地，针对所述第二触发帧中可以包含的各个字段说明如下：所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息。
所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二传输模式子字段，所述第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。该第五值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，表示所述第i个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为传统上行TXOP共享模式， 下文不做重复说明。或者，所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含第二传输模式子字段。所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段，所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。
可选地，所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二上下行指示子字段，所述第二上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。该第六值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于表示所述多个STA执行同步上行传输，下文不做重复说明。或者，所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含第二上下行指示子字段；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
可选地，所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还可以包括：第二STA的发射功率子字段。
可选地，所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第二共享传输指示子字段；所述第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。
下行CBF模式：所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
这种实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据，包括：所述第一STA在开启下行CBF模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，对第四STA进行波束调零操作，并向第三STA发送下行数据；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联。所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA，可以包括：所述第一STA在完成发送下行数据的第三时长之后，接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。
结合图19和图20来说，图19和图20中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与协作集中其他设备的交互后，得知BSS2中的AP2有下行数据需要发送，则AP1生成用来触发和AP2一起同步下行传输的MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧。该第三触发帧中包含AP2的User info子字段。继续结合图20来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，向STA1发送下行数据，并在SIFS时长之后，接收到STA1发送BA。应理解，在图20中为了较为清晰的表示因此两者的示意性虚线箭头并非完全重叠，但图20并不代表AP1和AP2分别进行波束调零的操作的时机必须不同，实际处理中，AP1和AP2分别进行波束调零的操作的时机可以为相同的。另外，如果仅有一个AP2，则MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧采用单播形式发送，其接收地址设为AP2的地址。
下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式：所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。关于发送该第三触发帧的方式与前述实施例相同，这里不做赘述。
可选的，所述方法还包括：所述第一STA在开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据，包括：所述第一STA在开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，在第一资源单元RU上，向所述第三STA发送下行数据；其中，所述第一RU为所述第三STA对应的资源。所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA，可以包括：所述第一STA在所述第一RU上，接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。具体的，所述第一STA在完成发送下行数据的第三时长之后，所述第一STA在所述第一RU上，接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。
结合图21和图22来说，图21和图22为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后(CSR根据不同的RSSI测量方式，决定是否需要探测阶段)，AP1得知BSS2中的AP2有下行数据需要发送，则AP1生成用来触发AP1和AP2同步下行传输的MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧，该第三触发帧中至少包含AP2的User info子字段。继续结合图22来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据，并在完成向STA1发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的BA。
结合图23和图24来说，图23和图24为第一STA开启COFDMA模式的示意图。图23和图24中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2和AP3均为Shared AP即第二STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后(COFDMA可能不需要探测阶段)，得知BSS2中的AP2有下行数据需要发送，得知BSS3中的AP3有下行数据需要发送，则AP1生成用来触发和AP2、AP3一起同步下行传输的MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧。该第三触发帧中包含AP2的User info子字段、AP3的User info子字段。继续结合图24来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后在自身的STA对应的第一RU(即图中所示的AP1的子TXOP)上发送下行数据。
联合传输模式：所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。第一STA确定一个或多个第二STA的方式可以为：第一STA在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与协作集中其他设备的交互后，选择一个或多个shared AP作为联合传输的协作第二STA。
另外，还可以包括：第一STA还可以从第二STA获得第三STA(即第一STA关联的第三STA)的CSI信息反馈， 第一STA根据CSI信息计算出第二STA的下行传输预编码矩阵，并将预编码信息和需要发送给第三STA的数据信息发送至第二STA。
这种实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据，包括：所述第一STA在开启联合传输模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向所述第三STA发送所述下行数据。所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA，可以包括：所述第一STA在完成发送下行数据的第三时长之后，接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。在本实施方式中，所述第一STA的下行数据的发送时刻，可以与第二STA的下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第一STA以及第二STA执行的为同步下行传输。另外，需要指出的是，本实施方式中，第一STA与第二STA均向第三STA发送下行数据，而第三STA仅向其关联的第一STA发送BA。
结合图25和图26来说，图25和图26为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后，选择一个或多个shared AP作为联合传输的协作AP(如图25和图26中AP2即为其中之一)，AP1还可以从AP2获得STA1的CSI反馈，AP1根据CSI信息计算出AP2的下行传输预编码矩阵，并将预编码信息和需要发送给STA1的数据信息发送至AP2有下行数据需要发送，则AP1生成用来触发AP1和AP2同步下行传输的MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧，该第三触发帧中至少包含AP2的User info子字段。继续结合图26来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据，并在完成向STA1发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的BA。
进一步地，针对所述第三触发帧中可以包含的各个字段说明如下：
下行CBF模式下，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中，包括第三传输模式子字段，所述第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。或者，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包括第三传输模式子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的传输模式子字段；所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。该第二值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，下文不做重复说明。
下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式下，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中，包括第三传输模式子字段，所述第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。或者，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包括第三传输模式子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的传输模式子字段；所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。该第三值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，下文不做重复说明。
联合传输模式下，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中，包括第三传输模式子字段，所述第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值。或者，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包括第三传输模式子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的传输模式子字段；所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值。该第四值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，下文不做重复说明。
可选的，在前述基础之上，无论下行CBF模式、下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式、联合传输模式，所述第三触发帧中还可以包括以下字段：
所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息。可选的，所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的发射功率子字段。其中，第二STA根据对应的发射功率子字段，确定自身使用的发射功率的方式，在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做赘述。可选的，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三上下行指示子字段，所述第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。或者，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含第三上下行指示子字段，所述第三触发帧的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。该第七值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于表示所述多个STA执行同步下行传输。可选的，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中还可以包括：第三共享传输指示子字段；所述第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。该第八值的具体含义与前述实施例相同，用于指示所述多个STA开启TXOP共享模式，下文不做重复说明。需要指出的是，若第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三传输模式子字段，则可以不包含上述第三共享传输指示子字段。也就是说，本示例中可以不包含第三共享传输指示子字段。另外，还需要指出的是，如果第三触发帧的公共信息字段包含第三共享传输指示子字段、且取值为第八值，则表示接收到该第三触发帧的STA(比如第二STA)可以基于VAID识别自身的用户信息子字段中的标识子字段(即AID12子字段)。
在前述基础之上，在第三触发帧中可以不包括第三STA的用户信息子字段、第四STA的用户信息子字段。或者，在第三触发帧中还可以包括第三STA的用户信息子字段，和/或第四STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，接收到第三触发帧的第三STA，虽然不用准备发送上行数据，但是若该第三触发帧中包含针对该第三STA的用户信息子字段，还可以指示该第三STA准备接收下行数据。第四STA与第三STA类似的，不做赘述。所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。
可选的，所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。关于第三STA的标识信息的说明与前述第i个STA的标识信息的说明是相同的，因此不做赘述。关于第三STA的上下行指示子字段与前述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的说明也是相似的，不做赘述。应理解的是，第三STA的用户信息子字段，可以仅包含第三STA的标识子字段，此时第三STA若检测到该第三STA的用户信息子字段中的标识子字段与自身标识相同，则可以默认为等待接收下行数据。或者，第三STA的用户信息子字段，可以包含第三STA的标识子字段 以及第三STA的上下行指示子字段，此时第三STA若检测到该第三STA的用户信息子字段中的标识子字段与自身标识相同，则在所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值的情况下，等待接收下行数据。
可选的，所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息；第四STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。关于第四STA的标识信息的说明与前述第i个STA的标识信息的说明是相同的，因此不做赘述。关于第四STA的上下行指示子字段与前述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的说明也是相似的，不做赘述。应理解的是，第四STA的用户信息子字段，可以仅包含第四STA的标识子字段，此时第四STA若检测到该第四STA的用户信息子字段中的标识子字段与自身标识相同，则可以默认为等待接收下行数据。或者，第四STA的用户信息子字段，可以包含第四STA的标识子字段以及第四STA的上下行指示子字段，此时第四STA若检测到该第四STA的用户信息子字段中的标识子字段与自身标识相同，则在所述第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值的情况下，等待接收下行数据。
可选的，在前述各个示例中说明的第三触发帧包含的内容的基础上，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中还可以包含触发类型子字段，并且该触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值(比如可以为8)。
所述触发帧为第四触发帧；所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送所述第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。本实施方式中，第一STA可以为开启CSR模式。所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述第一STA采用广播或组播的形式发送该第四触发帧；该第四触发帧的接收地址设为广播或组播地址。
所述方法还包括：所述第一STA在发送所述第四触发帧的第四时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送块确认BA。另外，所述第二STA还可以用于在接收到所述第四触发帧的第四时长后，向第四STA发送下行数据，并接收所述第四STA发送的BA。其中，所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送块确认BA，可以为：所述第一STA在完成发送下行数据的第四时长之后，向所述第三STA发送块确认BA。这里，所述第四时长，与前述第一时长、第二时长、第三时长中任意之一可以相同也可以不同。一种示例中，第四时长可以指的是SIFS。
具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与Shared AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
在本实施方式中，所述第三STA向第一STA发送上行数据的发送时刻，与第二STA向第四STA发送下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第二STA执行的为同步协作传输。
结合图27和图28来说，图27和图28为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后(根据不同的RSSI测量方式，决定是否需要探测阶段)，得知BSS2中的AP2有下行数据需要发送，并且AP1此时得知STA1有上行数据要发送；则AP1生成用来触发STA1和AP2一起同步传输的MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧，该第四触发帧中至少包含STA1和AP2的User info子字段。继续结合图28来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧的SIFS时间后，AP1接收STA1向AP1发送的上行数据，并在完成接收STA1发送的上行数据的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA；同时，在该AP1的TXOP之内，AP2接收到AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧的SIFS时间后，AP2向STA2发送下行数据，并在完成发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的BA。
进一步地，针对所述第四触发帧中可以包含的各个字段说明如下：所述第四触发帧包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。可选的，所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的发射功率子字段。可选的，所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；该第六值用于指示第三STA执行同步上行传输。可选的，所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息。可选的，所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的发射功率子字段。可选的，所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。该第七值用于指示第二STA执行同步下行传输。可选的，所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段，所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。该第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值，表示所述第二STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR模式。可选的，第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中还可以包括第三STA的传输模式子字段，所述第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值也可以为第三值。
也就是说，在第四触发帧中需要携带第三STA的用户信息子字段，以及第二STA的用户信息子字段。通过第三STA的用户信息子字段指示该第三STA所能够使用的最大发射功率，并通知该第三STA执行上行传输(或者还可以通过第三STA的传输模式子字段通知该第三STA使用的传输模式)；通过第二STA的用户信息子字段指示第二STA所能够使用的最大发射功率，并通知该第二STA执行同步下行传输、以及第二STA所采用的传输模式。在此基础上，还可以包含第二STA关联的第四STA的用户信息子字段，通过该第四STA的用户信息子字段，通知第四STA当前要执行的为下行传输，则第四STA可以等待接收其关联的第二STA发送下行数据即可。
最后结合相关技术对本实施例的效果进行说明，在进行多AP协作传输之前，需要使用多AP TXOP共享的技术，在 相关标准制定过程中，提出了多种多AP协作方式，而每种多AP协作传输技术均为分开讨论的，并且对每种协作传输方案的多AP TXOP共享技术也并不统一，还会将多AP TXOP共享分为下行和上行两种操作，当要进行下行多AP TXOP共享时，由sharing AP向shared AP发送触发帧，触发多个AP的下行同步传输，当要进行上行多AP TXOP共享时，先由sharing AP向shared AP发送触发帧，再由shared AP向其关联的STA发送触发帧，触发多个BSS内的STA进行上行同步传输。虽然现有的机制可以做到多AP TXOP共享，但用于触发多AP TXOP共享的触发帧并没有完整的帧格式设计，并且上行多AP TXOP共享的机制较为繁琐。而采用本实施例提供的方案，通过第一STA发送一个触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输，可以提供一种高效建立多STA协作的方案。具体来说，本实施例提供的方案，仅通过发送一个触发帧，就可以控制多个STA协作进行同步上行传输和/或同步下行传输，可以简化共享流程，减少用于建立协作传输所使用的信令开销，进而实现了高效的建立多STA协作。
图29是根据本申请第二方面实施例的通信方法2900的示意性流程图。该方法可选地可以应用于图1所示的系统，但并不仅限于此。该方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容：
S2910、第二STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
在本公开实施例中，第一STA可以是AP，具体的，该第一STA为共享(Sharing)AP。第二STA可以是AP，具体的，该第二STA为被共享(Sharied)AP。应理解，在实际STA组成的网络中可以包含一个或多个第二STA，本实施例针对其中任意一个第二STA进行详细说明，其他各个第二STA的处理与本实施例均为相同的，只是不做一一赘述。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在执行S2910之前，所述方法还包括：所述第二STA获取自身的AID和/或VAID。
具体来说，所述第二STA获取自身的AID和/或VAID，可以为：所述第二STA获取目标设备为自身配置的AID和/或VAID。所述第二STA获取自身的AID和/或VAID的处理时机，可以是在准备阶段之前。所述第二STA获得目标设备为自身配置(或分配)的VAID。该第二STA的VAID主要是用于多STA(或多AP)TXOP共享操作的STA。另外，第二STA的VAID可以仅在多AP协作集(下文简称为协作集)中有效。在另一种示例中，所述第二STA可以获得目标设备为自身配置(或分配)的AID和VAID，也就是说，第二STA可以保存自身的两个ID，分别为AID和VAID。还可能存在一种示例，所述第二STA获取目标设备为自身配置(或分配)的AID。
在执行S2910之前，所述方法还可以包括：所述第二STA获取第一STA的AID和/或VAID。其中，所述第一STA的数量可以为一个。具体来说，所述第二STA获取第一STA的AID和/或VAID，可以为：所述第二STA从目标设备获取所述第一STA的AID和/或VAID。其处理时机可以是在准备阶段之前。所述第二STA从目标设备获取所述第一STA的VAID。该第一STA的VAID主要是用于多STA(或多AP)TXOP共享操作的STA。另外，第一STA的VAID可以仅在多AP协作集(下文简称为协作集)中有效。在另一种示例中，所述第二STA可以从目标设备获取所述第一STA的AID和VAID，也就是说，第二STA可以保存第一STA的两个ID，分别为第一STA的AID和VAID。还可能存在一种示例，所述第二STA从目标设备获取所述第一STA的AID。
另外，所述第二STA还可以获取其他Shared AP的AID和/或VAID。其中，所述其他Shared AP的数量可以为零，或者还可以为一个或更多，这里不对其进行限定。与前述类似的，所述第二STA从目标设备获取其他Shared AP的AID和/或VAID。其处理时机可以是在准备阶段之前。
所述方法还可以包括：所述第二STA为第四STA配置(或分配)AID和/或VAID。所述第四STA具体为所述第二STA关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。所述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个，本实施例不对其进行限定。具体来说，所述第二STA为第四STA配置(或分配)AID和/或VAID，包括：所述第二STA基于标识取值第二范围为第四STA分配AID和/或VAID。其中，所述标识取值第二范围，为目标设备为所述第二STA配置的。所述标识取值第二范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。所述第二STA为第四STA分配AID和/或VAID的处理时机可以是在准备阶段之前。本实施例中，标识取值第二范围与前述实施例中标识取值第一范围可以不同。
其中，第二STA从所述目标设备获取所述标识取值第二范围的方式，可以为：目标设备为第二STA发送标识指示信息，该标识指示信息用于指示第二STA在与任意一个第四STA关联时，为该第四STA分配AID和/或VAID的标识取值第二范围。也就是说，该标识指示信息可以携带标识取值第二范围。第二STA可以关联的所述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个，不同的第四STA对应的标识取值第二范围可以不同。相应的，目标设备可以为第二STA发送一个或多个标识指示信息，其中，每个标识指示信息均包含一个标识取值第二范围。比如，比如第二STA关联了两个第四STA，分别为STA21和STA22，该STA21的标识取值第二范围可以为100-150，STA22的标识取值第二范围可以为200-300。
所述第二STA基于标识取值第二范围，分配该第四STA的VAID。该第四STA的VAID主要是用于多STA(或多AP)TXOP共享操作的STA。在另一种示例中，所述第二STA基于标识取值第二范围，分配该第四STA的AID和VAID。还可能存在一种示例，所述第二STA基于标识取值第二范围，分配该第四STA的AID。
所述方法还可以包括：所述第二STA从第一STA获取第三STA的AID和/或VAID。其中，第三STA为第一STA即共享(Sharing)AP关联的STA(具体为non-AP STA)。所述第一STA关联的第三STA的AID和/或VAID，为所述第一STA基于目标设备分配的标识取值第一范围为第三STA配置(或分配)的。第一STA关联的第三STA的数量可以为一个或多个。所述第二STA从第一STA获取第三STA的AID和/或VAID的处理时机，可以是在准备阶段之前、或者可以是在准备阶段中、或者还可以是在探测阶段完成之前等等，本实施例不对其进行限定。在一种示例中，所述第二STA从第一STA获取第三STA的VAID。该第三STA的VAID主要是用于多STA(或多AP)TXOP共享操作的STA。在另一种示例中，所述第二STA从第一STA获取第三STA的AID和VAID。还可能存在一种示例，所述第二STA从第一STA获取第三STA的AID。
另外，所述第二STA还可以获取其他STA(即其他Shared AP)所关联的STA的AID和/或VAID。其中，所述其他STA(即其他Shared AP)的数量可以为零，或者还可以为一个或更多；其他STA(即其他Shared AP)中任意之一所关 联的STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，这里不对数量进行限定。所述第二STA获取其他STA(即其他Shared AP)所关联的STA的AID和/或VAID的方式，与前述第二STA从第一STA获取第三STA的AID和/或VAID的处理方式是类似地，因此不做赘述。
该第二STA从自身所在的协作集中的其他STA中，获取能够接收到自身信号的其他STA关联的STA的AID和/或VAID并保存。比如，第二STA的同一个协作集中还包含其他STA即其他Shared AP、以及第一STA(Sharing AP)。该其他Shared AP、以及第一STA(Sharing AP)向自身关联的STA请求其监听到信标(beacon)的其他AP的列表；若其他AP的列表中包含同协作集的第二STA，则其他Shared AP、以及第一STA(Sharing AP)将自身关联的STA的AID和/或VAID发送至第二STA；相应的，第二STA接收该其他Shared AP、以及第一STA(Sharing AP)关联的STA的AID和/或VAID并保存。也就是说，在一个协作集中的每个AP可以从其他AP(或称为邻居AP)处获得的能接收到自己信号的STA信息并保存。
通过以上实施方式可以看出，第二STA在执行S2910之前，可以获得各个STA的AID和/或VAID。而各个STA的AID和/或VAID是由目标设备直接或间接分配的。其中，所述目标设备具体可以为协调设备。所述协调设备为接入点AP；或者，所述协调设备为除AP之外的设备。关于目标设备的相关说明在前述第一方面实施例中已经详细说明，这里不做赘述。
接下来针对触发帧可能包含的字段以及子字段进行说明。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧具体可以称为MAPTXS触发帧。所述触发帧可以包括common info字段，和/或，user info list字段；其中，所述用户信息列表字段中可以包括一个或多个user info子字段。所述触发帧的公共信息字段中可以包括的内容与前述实施例相同，这里不做赘述。
所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第j个用户信息子字段，为第j个STA的用户信息子字段；j为大于等于1的整数，所述第j个STA为所述多个STA中之一；所述第j个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：第j个STA的标识子字段，所述第j个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第j个STA的标识信息；第j个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第j个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第j个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第j个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；第j个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第j个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第j个STA所用的最大发射功率；第j个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第j个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第j个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
第j个用户信息子字段指的是一个或多个用户信息子字段中的任意之一。本实施例中第j个用户信息子字段与前述实施例中的第i个用户信息子字段的内容说明也可以是相同的，这里不做赘述。
在实际使用该触发帧时，可以将该触发帧的公共信息字段设计为包含前述部分子字段，任意一个用户信息子字段也可以设计为包含前述部分子字段。比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中包含传输模式子字段，而在各个用户信息子字段中可以不包含对应的STA的传输模式子字段，或者反之；又比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中包含上下行指示子字段，则在各个用户信息子字段中可以不包含对应的STA的上下行指示子字段，或者反之；再比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中可以不包含共享传输指示子字段；又比如，在触发帧的公共信息字段中可以包含共享传输指示子字段、且不包含传输模式子字段，在触发帧的一个或多个用户信息子字段中包含对应的STA的传输模式子字段。关于触发帧可能包含的子字段与前述实施例相同，这里不再重复说明。
在前述针对触发帧可能包含的各个子字段的说明的基础上，进一步地针对携带该触发帧的方式进行说明：在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元(PPDU，physical layer protocol data unit)携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。具体的，该第一PPDU可以为EHT PPDU。第一指示位可以为MAP TXS指示位。在另一种实施方式中，不对现有的PPDU进行修改。也就是，不在PPDU的前导码中新增指示位，但设置全部接收到PPDU的STA，均不丢弃该PPDU。
基于前述针对触发帧，以及携带触发帧的第一PPDU的相关说明。下面介绍第二STA的传输交互流程，要实现多APTXOP共享可以分为三个阶段，分别为准备阶段、探测阶段和触发传输阶段，前述S2910主要是触发传输阶段执行的处理。在触发传输阶段之前的准备阶段和测量阶段也很重要，这两个阶段交互的信息是完成多STA协作传输的基础，准备阶段和测量阶段的处理与前述实施例相同，这里不做重复说明。
完成上述处理之后，第二STA可以执行触发传输阶段的处理。下面结合在不同流程中，该触发帧具体包含的子字段及其取值，以及不同流程中第二STA的执行触发传输阶段的处理进行说明：
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第一触发帧；所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第二STA接收所述第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输。其中，所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与Shared AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第二STA在确定携带所述第一触发帧的第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第一触发帧。比如，所述第二STA在接收到第一PPDU的情况下，首先读取该第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位，若该第一指示位为第二指定值，则确定从第一PPDU中提取第一触发帧并进行解析； 否则可以丢弃该第一PPDU。其中，第一PPDU具体可以为EHT PPDU。当然，还可能在协议中不对PPDU包含的指示位进行修改，那么第二STA默认不丢弃第一PPDU，直接解析所述第一触发帧。
可选地，所述方法还包括：在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，接收所述第四STA的上行数据；所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。再具体的，可以包括：在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据。另外，如果第二STA确定前述第一触发帧不满足第一条件，则可以丢弃该第一触发帧，不做进一步处理。其中，在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据，具体可以为：在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，所述第二STA基于所述第一触发帧确定协作传输模式为协作波束赋形CBF和/或协作上行C-UL多用户多输入多输出MU-MIMO模式，开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，对第三STA之外的STA进行波束调零操作，在接收到第一触发帧的第一时长之后，接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据。其中，第三STA之外的STA可以指的是除了自身关联的第三STA之外的non-AP STA。
具体的，在确定第一触发帧满足第一条件之后，所述第二STA在确定所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段的第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值的情况下，确定开启协作波束赋形CBF和/或协作上行C-UL多用户多输入多输出MU-MIMO模式；然后，对第三STA之外的STA进行波束调零操作，在接收到第一触发帧的第一时长之后，接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据。或者，在确定第一触发帧满足第一条件之后，所述第二STA在确定所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段的第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值的情况下，确定开启协作波束赋形CBF和/或协作上行C-UL多用户多输入多输出MU-MIMO模式；并且，基于第一触发帧的公共信息字段中的第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，或者基于第四STA的用户信息子字段的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，确定当前需要等待接收上行数据；然后，对第三STA之外的STA进行波束调零操作，在接收到第一触发帧的第一时长之后，接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据。其中，所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA，可以为：所述第二STA在完成接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据的第一时长后，向所述第四STA发送块确认(BA，Block ACK)。其中，所述完成接收第四STA发送的上行数据的判断方式，可以是在接收到第四STA的上行数据中检测到完成发送的指示信息，确定完成接收第四STA发送的上行数据，当然，还可以有其他确定方式，本实施例不进行穷举。这里，所述第一时长可以指的是SIFS。
需要指出的是，前述已经说明，所述多个STA包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；相应的，在本实施方式中，所述第三STA的上行数据的发送时刻，可以与第四STA的上行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第四STA执行的为同步上行传输。
结合图12和图13来说，图12和图13中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图13来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，并且在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA1进行波束调零操作，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。应理解，在图13中为了较为清晰的表示因此两者的示意性虚线箭头并非完全重叠，但图13并不代表AP1和AP2分别进行波束调零的操作的时机必须不同，实际处理中，AP1和AP2分别进行波束调零的操作的时机可以为相同的。
应理解，所述方法还可以包括：在确定所述第一触发帧不满足所述第一条件的情况下，可以丢弃该第一触发帧，不进行其他处理。
可选地，所述方法还包括：在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，接收所述第四STA的上行数据；所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。另外，如果第二STA确定前述第一触发帧不满足第一条件，则可以丢弃该第一触发帧，不做进一步处理。
在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，接收所述第四STA的上行数据，包括：在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式，在接收所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，在第二资源单元RU上，接收所述第四STA的上行数据；其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源。
再具体的，在确定第一触发帧满足第一条件之后，所述第二STA在确定所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段的第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值的情况下，确定开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式；然后，在接收所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，在第二资源单元RU上，接收所述第四STA的上行数据。或者，在确定第一触发帧满足第一条件之后，所述第二STA在确定所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段的第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值的情况下，确定开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式；并且，基于第一触发帧的公共信息字段中的第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，或者基于第四STA的用户信息子字段的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，确定当前需要等待接收上行数据；然后，在接收所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，在第二资源单元RU上，接收所述第四STA的上行数据。
所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA，包括：所述第二STA在所述第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。其中，所述第二STA在所述第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送块确认BA，具体可以为：所述第二STA在完成接收接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据的第一时长后，在所述第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
需要指出的是，前述已经说明，所述多个STA包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；相应的，在本实施方式中，所述第三STA的上行数据的发送时刻，可以与第四STA的上行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第四STA执行的为同步上行传输。
结合图14和图15来说，图14和图15为STA开启CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2 为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图15来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行CSR模式，并且在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。
结合图16和图17来说，图16和图17为第一STA开启COFDMA模式的示意图。图16和图17中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA11和STA12为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的两个第三STA，STA21为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图17来说，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧的SIFS时间后，准备在STA11、STA12分别对应的第一RU上接收关联STA11、STA12的上行数据，并在接收到STA11、STA12发送的上行数据的情况下，AP1在STA11、STA12分别对应的第一RU上向STA11、STA12发送BA。比如，STA11对应的第一RU为图17中的第一个RU，STA12对应的第一RU为图17中的第二个RU。在AP1的TXOP内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行COFDMA模式，准备在STA21对应的第二RU上接收关联STA21的上行数据，并在接收到STA21发送的上行数据的情况下，AP2在STA21对应的第二RU上向STA21发送BA。比如，STA21对应的第二RU为图17中的第三个和第四个RU。
还需要指出的是，前述第一条件随着传输模式的不同可能存在部分条件不同，比如，在协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式的情况下，第一条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；具体的，所述第一条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
在协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR的情况下，第一条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。具体的，所述第一条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
需要说明的是，判断第一触发帧中是否包含第四STA的标识信息的方式，可以为：判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第四STA的AID的12个最低有效位相同，若相同，则确定包含第四STA的标识信息；和/或判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第四STA的12位VAID相同，若相同，则确定包含第四STA的标识信息。同样的，判断第一触发帧中是否包含第二STA的标识信息的方式，可以为：判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第二STA的AID的12个最低有效位相同，若相同，则确定包含第二STA的标识信息；和/或判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第二STA的12位VAID相同，若相同，则确定包含第二STA的标识信息。
应理解，上述第一条件中至少需要包含所述第一触发帧中具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。这是由于第一触发帧虽然用于触发同步上行传输，也就是第二STA仅需要接收上行数据即可，但是第二STA至少需要得知该第一触发帧用于触发自身关联的STA的相关信息，以等待接收该自身关联的STA(即第四STA)的上行数据。
在此基础上，第一条件中可以包含所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息、或者所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段。也就是第一触发帧可以包含或不包含第二STA自身的用户信息子字段，因为，无论是否包含第二STA自身的用户信息子字段，只要该第二STA可以解析到第一触发帧中有自身关联的第四STA的用户信息，就可以判定自身需要接收上行数据。
在第一触发帧的格式不同的情况下，第二STA所使用的第一条件的具体内容也可能会不同，下面进行说明：
第一触发帧中包含第一传输模式子字段，第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为协作波束赋形CBF和/或协作上行C-UL多用户多输入多输出MU-MIMO模式；或者，第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR。并且，第一触发帧包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第一触发帧中有包含第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段以及用户信息子字段可以均不包含上下行指示子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。
所述第一条件可以包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。该第一条件中，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值的条件，还可以替换为所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值或第三值。比如，第二STA判断第一触发帧中的第一传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有与自身关联的第四STA的标识信息，若第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值、且用户信息子字段中有与自身关联的第四STA的标识信息，则可以确定第一触发帧满足第一条件。
可选地，第一触发帧中可以不包含第二STA的用户信息子字段。此时，第一条件中可以包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息。同样的，第一条件中所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值，可以替换为所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一共享传输指示子字段，且第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。所述第一触发帧中，包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，该第四STA的用户信息子字段中包含第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带第四STA的标识信息；该第四STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第一条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值：所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。上述第一条件中，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段的第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值的条件，还可以替换为所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值或第三值。比如，第二STA判断第一触发帧的公共信息字段中的第一共享传输指示子字段的取值是否为第八值，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有与自身关联的第四STA的标识信息；若第一触发帧的公共信息字段中的第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值、且用户信息子字段中有与自身关联的第四STA的标识信息，则第二STA进一步判断第一触发帧的第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值是否不为第一值(或是否为第二值、或是否为第三值)；若第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值(或为第二值、或为第三值)，则第二STA可以确定第一触发帧满足第一条件。
可选地，第一触发帧中可以不包含第二STA的用户信息子字段。所述第一条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值：所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息。同样的，第一条件中，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值，还可以替换为所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值或第三值。
可选地，第一触发帧中包含第一传输模式子字段，第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值或第三值。并且，第一触发帧包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第一触发帧中有包含第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一上下行指示子字段，且第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。和/或，第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段包含第四STA的上下行指示子字段，且第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。和/或，第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段包含第二STA的上下行指示子字段，且第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。关于图4、图5、图8和图9的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第一条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。其中，所述第一条件中所述第一触发帧的第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值的条件，还可以替换为所述第一触发帧的第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值或第三值。而第二STA在确定第一触发帧满足第一条件之后的处理可以与前述相同，不做重复说明。比如，第二STA判断第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值(或是否为第二值、或是否为第三值)，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有与自身关联的第四STA的标识信息、以及从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息；若第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值(或为第二值、或为第三值)、用户信息子字段中有与自身关联的第四STA的标识信息、用户信息子字段中有自身的标识信息，则判断第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值是否为第六值；若第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，则第二STA可以确定第一触发帧满足第一条件。
或者，所述第一条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。所述第一条件的所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，还 可以替换为第四STA的用户信息子字段中的第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。或者，所述第一条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段。
需要指出的是，前述仅为针对第一触发帧可能的格式以及第一条件可能的情况进行示例性说明，在实际处理中，第一触发帧可以包含的内容在前述实施例中已经说明，只要包含前述内容至少之一就在本实施例保护范围内，相应的，第一条件可能包含的内容也已经说明，只要包含第一条件中至少之一也在本实施例保护范围内，只是这里不做穷举。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第二触发帧；所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第二STA接收所述第一STA发送的第二触发帧，所述第二触发帧用于触发所述多个STA同步发送第一帧，所述第一帧用于触发所述多个STA关联的STA进行同步上行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：所述第一STA和第二STA。具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个。前述第二触发帧中至少可以包括公共信息字段、第二STA的用户信息子字段。所述第一帧具体可以为基础触发(Basic Trigger)帧。
本实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第二STA在确定携带所述第一触发帧的第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第一触发帧。比如，所述第二STA在接收到第一PPDU的情况下，首先读取该第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位，若该第一指示位为第二指定值，则确定从第一PPDU中提取第一触发帧并进行解析；否则可以丢弃该第一PPDU。其中，第一PPDU具体可以为EHT PPDU。当然，还可能在协议中不对PPDU包含的指示位进行修改，那么第二STA默认不丢弃第一PPDU。
本实施方式中，所述方法还包括：在所述第二触发帧满足第二条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启传统上行TXOP共享模式，在接收到所述第二触发帧的第二时长后，向第四STA发送所述第一帧；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联；所述第二STA接收所述第四STA的上行数据，所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA可以为：所述第二STA在完成接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据的第二时长后，向所述第四STA发送BA。其中，所述完成接收第四STA发送的上行数据的判断方式，可以是在接收到第四STA的上行数据中检测到完成发送的指示信息，确定完成接收第三STA发送的上行数据，当然，还可以有其他确定方式，本实施例不进行穷举。这里，所述第二时长与前述第一时长可以相同也可以不同，一种示例中，所述第二时长可以指的是SIFS。需要指出的是，前述已经说明，所述多个STA包括以下至少之一：第一STA和第二STA；相应的，在本实施方式中，第一STA和第二STA分别发送第一帧的时刻应为相同的。所述第三STA的上行数据的发送时刻，可以与第四STA的上行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第四STA执行的为同步上行传输。
结合图14和图18来说，图14和图18中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图18来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第二触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送基础触发帧；AP1在发送基础触发帧的SIFS时间之后，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第二触发帧、确定该第二触发帧满足第二条件的情况下，开启传统上行TXOP共享模式，并且在接收到该第二触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA2发送基础触发帧；AP2在发送基础触发帧(即第一帧)的SIFS时间之后，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。
应理解，所述方法还可以包括：在确定所述第二触发帧不满足所述第二条件的情况下，可以丢弃该第二触发帧，不进行其他处理。
进一步地，针对所述第二条件，进行详细说明，所述第二条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值；所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第二触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
关于确定第二触发帧中是否具备第二STA的标识信息的方式，与前述实施方式相同，不做重复说明。同样的，在第二触发帧的格式不同的情况下，第二STA所使用的第二条件的具体内容也可能会不同，下面分别进行说明：
第二触发帧中包含第二传输模式子字段，第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值，表示所述多个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式为开启传统上行TXOP共享模式。并且，第二触发帧包含第二STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第二触发帧中有包含第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第二触发帧的公共信息字段以及用户信息子字段可以均不包含上下行指示子字段。由于在传统上行TXOP共享模式下，默认为第二STA接收其所关联的第四STA发送上行数据，因此在第二触发帧中可以不包含上下行指示子字段。可选地，第二触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第二触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。
所述第二条件包括：所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包含第二STA的标识信息。所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值的条件，还可以替换为所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。
也就是说，第二STA判断第二触发帧中的第二传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若第二传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值、且用户信息子字段中有第二STA的标识信息，则可以确定第二触发帧满足第二条件。在确定第二触发帧满足第二条件之后，所述第二STA在确定所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段的第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值，确定开启传统上行TXOP共享模式；在接收到所述第二触发帧的第二时长后，向第四STA发送所述第一帧；所述第二STA接收所述第四STA的上行数据，所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
可选地，第二触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二共享传输指示子字段，且第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。所述第二触发帧中，包含第二STA的用户信息子字段，该第二STA的用户信息子字段中包含第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带第二STA的标识信息；该第二STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段，且该第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。应理解，在前述基础上，第二触发帧的公共信息字段以及用户信息子字段可以均不包含上下行指示子字段。或者，第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二上下行指示子字段，且第二上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。或者，第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段包含第二STA的上下行指示子字段，且第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。举例来说，第二触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第四STA、第二STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第二条件包括：所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值：所述第二触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。所述第二触发帧的第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值的条件，还可以替换为所述第二触发帧的第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。也就是说，第二STA判断第二触发帧中的第二共享传输指示子字段的取值是否为第八值，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值；若第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值、且用户信息子字段中有自身的标识信息、第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值，则可以确定第二触发帧满足第二条件。进而第二STA在满足第二条件之后的处理与前述示例相同，这里不做赘述。
可选地，第二触发帧中包含第二传输模式子字段，第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。并且，第二触发帧包含第二STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第二触发帧中有包含第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二上下行指示子字段，且第二上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。和/或，第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段包含第二STA的上下行指示子字段，且第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。可选地，第二触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第二触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第二触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。关于图4、图5、图8和图9的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第二条件包括：所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第二触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。所述第二触发帧的第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值的条件，还可以替换为所述第二触发帧的第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。后续处理不做重复说明。所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值的条件，还可以替换为所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。也就是说，第二STA判断第二触发帧中的第二传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值，从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有与自身的标识信息；若第二传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值、且用户信息子字段中包含自身的标识信息，则进一步判断第二STA的用户信息子字段中第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值是否为第六值；若第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，则可以确定第二触发帧满足第二条件。
需要指出的是，前述仅为针对第二触发帧可能的格式以及第二条件可能的情况进行示例性说明，在实际处理中，第二触发帧可以包含的内容在前述实施例中已经说明，只要包含前述内容至少之一就在本实施例保护范围内，相应的，第二条件可能包含的内容也已经说明，只要包含第二条件中至少之一也在本实施例保护范围内，只是这里不做穷举。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第二STA接收所述第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第二STA在确定携带所述第三触发帧的第一PPDU中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第三触发帧。比如，所述第二STA在接收到第一PPDU的情况下，首先读取该第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位，若该第一指示位为第二指定值，则确定从第一PPDU中提取第三触发帧并进行解析；否则可以丢弃该第一PPDU。其中，第一PPDU具体可以为EHT PPDU。当然，还可能在协议中不对PPDU包含的指示位进行修改，那么第二STA默认不丢弃第一PPDU。
可选地，所述方法还包括：在所述第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；所述第二STA接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。另外，如果第二STA确定前述第三触发帧不满足第三条件，则可以丢弃该第三触发帧，不做进一步处理。
向所述第四STA发送下行数据，具体可以为：所述第二STA开启下行CBF模式，对多个其他STA进行波束调零操作，并在接收到所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第四STA发送下行数据；其中，所述多个其他STA不与所述第二STA关联。所述第二STA接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA，可以包括：所述第二STA在完成发送下行数据的第三时长 之后，接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。
具体的，在确定第三触发帧满足第三条件之后，第二STA可以基于第三传输模式子字段(或第二STA的传输模式子字段)的取值为第二值，确定当前需要进行开启CBF模式；还可以仅一步基于第三上下行指示子字段(或第二STA的上下行指示子字段)的取值确定当前执行下行传输；对多个其他STA进行波束调零操作，并在接收到所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第四STA发送下行数据。另外，第二STA进而，基于第二STA的发射功率子字段确定当前使用的发射功率，相应的，向第四STA发送下行数据，具体可以指的是，采用前述确定的发射功率向所述第四STA发送下行数据。其中，确定当前使用的发射功率的方式在前述实施例已经说明，不做赘述。
这里，所述第三时长，与前述第一时长、第二时长中任意之一可以相同也可以不同。一种示例中，第三时长可以指的是SIFS。
前述第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与第二STA关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
结合图19和图20来说，图19和图20中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图20来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，向STA1发送下行数据，并在SIFS时长之后，接收到STA1发送的BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA1进行波束调零操作，向STA2发送下行数据，并在SIFS时长之后，接收到STA2发送的BA。
应理解，所述方法还可以包括：在确定所述第三触发帧不满足所述第三条件的情况下，可以丢弃该第三触发帧，不进行其他处理。
可选地，前述向所述第四STA发送下行数据，具体可以为：所述第二STA开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，在第二资源单元RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源。所述第二STA接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA，可以包括：所述第二STA在所述第二RU上，接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。
具体的，在确定第三触发帧满足第三条件之后，第二STA可以基于第三传输模式子字段(或第二STA的传输模式子字段)的取值为第三值，确定当前需要进行开启COFDMA和/或CSR模式；还可以仅一步基于第三上下行指示子字段(或第二STA的上下行指示子字段)的取值确定当前执行下行传输；进而，基于第二STA的发射功率子字段确定当前使用的发射功率；该第二STA在接收所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，采用确定的发射功率在第二资源单元RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据。其中，确定当前使用的发射功率的方式在前述实施例已经说明，不做赘述。
所述第一STA的下行数据的发送时刻，可以与第二STA的下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第一STA以及第二STA执行的为同步下行传输。
结合图21和图22来说，图21和图22为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图22来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据，并在完成向STA1发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA2发送下行数据，并在完成向STA2发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的BA.
结合图23和图24来说，图23和图24为第一STA开启COFDMA模式的示意图。图23和图24中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2和AP3均为Shared AP即第二STA。结合图24来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后在自身的STA对应的第一RU(即图中所示的AP1的TXOP)上发送下行数据。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2、AP3接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后在自身的STA对应的第二RU(即图中所示的AP2的TXOP和AP3的子TXOP)上发送下行数据。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第二STA在所述第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，开启联合传输模式；所述第二STA在接收所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向第三STA发送所述下行数据；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。其中，所述预编码可以为第一STA发送给第二STA的。另外，如果第二STA确定前述第三触发帧不满足第三条件，则可以丢弃该第三触发帧，不做进一步处理。
具体的，在确定第三触发帧满足第三条件之后，第二STA可以基于第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值，确定当前需要进行联合传输；第二STA可以进一步从第三触发帧中检测是否包含自身不关联的第三STA的标识信息；在得到第三STA的标识信息的情况下，第二STA可以确定与第一STA向第三STA进行联合下行传输；该第二STA在接收所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向第三STA发送所述下行数据；其中，所述预编码可以为第一STA发送给第二STA的。
还应理解的是，前述多个实施方式中均提到第三时长，在不同的实施方式中，第三时长也可以相同或不同，可以与实际使用的传输模式相关，这里不做限定。
所述第一STA的下行数据的发送时刻，可以与第二STA的下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第一STA以及第二STA执行的为同步下行传输。另外，需要指出的是，本实施方式中，第一STA与第二STA均向第三STA发送下 行数据，而第三STA仅向其关联的第一STA发送BA。
结合图25和图26来说，图25和图26为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA。结合图26来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据，并在完成向STA1发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据。
还需要指出的是，前述第三条件随着传输模式的不同可能存在部分条件不同，比如，在协作传输模式为下行CBF模式的情况下，第三条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；具体的，所述第三条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
在下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，第三条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；具体的，所述第三条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
在联合传输模式的情况下，第三条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；具体的，所述第三条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
需要说明的是，判断第三触发帧中是否包含第三STA的标识信息的方式，可以为：判断第三触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第三STA的AID的12个最低有效位相同，若相同，则确定包含第三STA的标识信息；和/或判断第三触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第三STA的12位VAID相同，若相同，则确定包含第三STA的标识信息。关于第二STA预先可以获得其他STA关联的STA的AID和/或VAID方式，在前述实施例已经说明，因此这里，第二STA可以预先得到第一STA关联的第三STA的AID和/或VAID。
应理解，上述第三条件中至少需要有：所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段。这是由于第三触发帧用于触发同步下行传输，也就是第二STA需要得知该第一触发帧用于触发自身进行同步下行传输才会执行后续处理，因此，该第三触发帧中至少需要包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段，以准备基于该第三触发帧触发自身发送下行数据。
还需要指出的是，前述多个第三条件的示例，随着传输模式的不同仅有部分条件不同，比如，在协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式的情况下，第一条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；在协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR的情况下，第一条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
在第三触发帧的格式不同的情况下，第二STA所使用的第三条件的具体内容也可能会不同，下面分别进行说明：
第三触发帧中包含第三传输模式子字段。并且，第三触发帧包含第二STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第三触发帧中有包含第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第二STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。
所述第三条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，第二STA判断第三触发帧中的第三传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值、且用户信息子字段中有第二STA的标识信息，则可以确定第三触发帧满足第三条件。或者，所述第三条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或第三值、或第四值)；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包含第二STA的标识信息。
可选地，第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三共享传输指示子字段，且第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。所述第三触发帧中，包含第二STA的用户信息子字段，该第二STA的用户信息子字段中包含第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带第二STA的标识信息；该第二STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段。所述第三触发帧中，包含第三STA的用户信息子字段，该第三STA的用户信息子字段中包含第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带第三STA的标识信息。可选地，该第三STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段。举例来说，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第三STA、第二STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第三条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。上述第三条件中，所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值，可以替换为所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值、或第三值、或第四值。
可选地，第三触发帧中包含第三传输模式子字段。并且，第三触发帧包含第三STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第三触发帧中有包含第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二STA的用户信息子字段。应理解，在前述基础上，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以包含第三上下行指示子字段、且第三上下行指示字段取值为第六值。和/或，第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段包含第二STA的上下行指示子字段，且第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。和/或，所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。关于图4、图5、图8和图9的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第三条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。
上述所述第三条件中的所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值，可以替换为所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第第二值、或第三值、或第四值。或者，上述第三条件中，不包含所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。和/或，上述第三条件中，不包含第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。和/或，上述第三条件中，将“所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值”这两个条件替换为，所述第三触发帧的公共信息子字段中，第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
需要指出的是，前述仅为针对第三触发帧可能的格式以及第三条件可能的情况进行示例性说明，在实际处理中，第三触发帧可以包含的内容在前述实施例中已经说明，只要包含前述内容至少之一就在本实施例保护范围内，相应的，第三条件可能包含的内容也已经说明，只要包含第三条件中至少之一也在本实施例保护范围内，只是这里不做穷举。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第四触发帧；所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的所述第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
这种实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第二STA在确定携带所述第四触发帧的第一PPDU中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第四触发帧。比如，所述第二STA在接收到第一PPDU的情况下，首先读取该第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位，若该第一指示位为第二指定值，则确定从第一PPDU中提取第四触发帧并进行解析；否则可以丢弃该第一PPDU。其中，第一PPDU具体可以为EHT PPDU。当然，还可能在协议中不对PPDU包含的指示位进行修改，那么第二STA默认不丢弃第一PPDU，直接解析所述第四触发帧。
所述方法还包括：在所述第四触发帧满足第四条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR，在第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；所述第二STA在第二RU上，接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源。另外，如果第二STA确定前述第四触发帧不满足第四条件，则可以丢弃该第四触发帧，不做进一步处理。在第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据，具体可以为：在接收到第四触发帧的第四时长后，在第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据。具体的，在确定第四触发帧满足第四条件之后，第二STA可以基于该第四触发帧中包含的第四STA的标识信息、基于第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值，确定需要向第四STA发送下行数据；进而基于第二STA的传输模式子字段确定开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR，在第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；所述第二STA在完成发送下行数据的第四时长之后，收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。应理解，第二STA发送下行数据的发射功率，可以基于第四触发帧中，第二STA的用户信息子字段中的发射功率子字段确定；比如，该第二STA的发射功率子字段中包含了最大发射功率，第二STA可以基于该最大发射功率确定本次使用的发射功率，具体的确定方式与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
所述第二STA在第二RU上，接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA，可以为：所述第二STA在完成发送下行数据的第四时长之后，收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。这里，所述第四时长，与前述第一时长、第二时长、第三时长中任 意之一可以相同也可以不同。一种示例中，第四时长可以指的是SIFS。
具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与Shared AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
在本实施方式中，所述第三STA向第一STA发送上行数据的发送时刻，与第二STA向第四STA发送下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第二STA执行的为同步协作传输。
结合图27和图28来说，图27和图28为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图28来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧的SIFS时间后，AP1接收STA1向AP1发送的上行数据，并在完成接收STA1发送的上行数据的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA；同时，在该AP1的TXOP之内，AP2接收到AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧的SIFS时间后，AP2向STA2发送下行数据，并在完成发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的BA。
应理解，所述方法还可以包括：在确定所述第四触发帧不满足所述第四条件的情况下，可以丢弃该第四触发帧，不进行其他处理。
进一步地，针对所述第四条件，进行详细说明，所述第四条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中第四共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
应理解，上述第四条件中至少需要有：所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段。这是由于第四触发帧用于触发同步下行和下行传输，也就是第二STA需要得知该第四触发帧用于触发自身进行同步下行传输才会执行后续处理，因此，该第四触发帧中至少需要包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段，以准备基于该第四触发帧触发自身发送下行数据。
需要说明的是，判断第四触发帧中是否包含第二STA的标识信息、第四STA的标识信息的方式与前述示例相同，不做重复说明。
示例性的，第四触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第四共享传输指示子字段，且取值为第八值。所述第四触发帧中，包含第二STA的用户信息子字段，该第二STA的用户信息子字段中包含第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带第二STA的标识信息；该第二STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段，且该第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。在前述基础上，第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以不包含上下行指示子字段。第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段包含第二STA的上下行指示子字段，且第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。在前述基础上，第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段还可以包含第二STA的发射功率子字段。举例来说，第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第二STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第四条件包括：所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中第四共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。或者，所述第四条件包括：所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中第四共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。也就是说，第二STA从第四触发帧中各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息、判断第四触发帧中的第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值、第四触发帧中的第三共享传输指示子字段的取值是否为第八值，若用户信息子字段中有第二STA的标识信息、第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值(或取值为第三值)、且第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值，则可以确定第四触发帧满足第四条件。
应理解，以上仅为示例性说明，可以根据实际情况设置第四条件，比如，所述第四条件包括：所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
或者，所述第四条件包括：所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值是第三值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
需要指出的是，本实施例前述提供的针对第一条件、第二条件、第三条件以及第四条件的说明，均为示例性说明， 不代表仅能够有以上的几种示例性的实现方式，只是本实施例不做穷举。
应理解，本实施例提供的通信方法与前述第一方面实施例提供的通信方法可以结合使用，均在本申请保护范围内。
采用本实施例提供的方案，通过第一STA发送一个触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输，可以提供一种高效建立多STA协作的方案。具体来说，本实施例提供的方案，仅通过发送一个触发帧，就可以控制多个STA协作进行同步上行传输和/或同步下行传输，可以简化共享流程，减少用于建立协作传输所使用的信令开销，进而实现了高效的建立多STA协作。
图30是根据本申请第三方面实施例的通信方法3000的示意性流程图。该方法可选地可以应用于图1所示的系统，但并不仅限于此。该方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容：
S3010、第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
在本公开实施例中，第一STA可以是AP，具体的，该第一STA为共享(Sharing)AP。第三STA可以是与第一STA关联的STA(non-AP STA)。
在执行S3010之前，所述方法还包括：所述第三STA获取自身的AID和/或VAID。所述第三STA的AID和/或VAID，为第一STA基于标识取值第一范围为所述第三STA配置的，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。具体来说，所述第三STA获取自身的AID和/或VAID，可以为：所述第三STA获取所述第一STA为自身配置的AID和/或VAID。关于第一STA为第三STA分配AID和/或VAID的方式，可以是所述第一STA基于标识取值第一范围为第三STA配置的。所述标识取值第一范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096；所述标识取值第一范围，为目标设备为所述第一STA配置的。所述目标设备为协调设备；所述协调设备为接入点AP；或者，所述协调设备为除AP之外的设备。关于第一STA的处理、目标设备的相关说明，在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做赘述。
所述触发帧具体可以称为MAP TXS触发帧。所述触发帧可以包括common info字段，和/或，user info list字段；其中，所述用户信息列表字段中可以包括一个或多个user info子字段。
所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
触发帧的公共信息字段中可能包含的各个子字段与前述实施例相同，这里不做赘述。
所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第k个用户信息子字段为第k个STA的用户信息子字段，k为大于或等于1的整数；所述第k个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：第k个STA的标识子字段，所述第k个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第k个STA的标识信息；k为大于等于1的整数，所述第k个STA为所述多个STA中之一；第k个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第k个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第k个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第k个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；第k个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第k个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第k个STA所用的最大发射功率；第k个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第k个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第k个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。其中，第k个用户信息子字段指的是一个或多个用户信息子字段中的任意之一。本实施例中第k个用户信息子字段与前述实施例中的第i个用户信息子字段和/或第j个用户信息子字段中的具体说明，与前述实施例可以相同，这里不做赘述。在前述针对触发帧可能包含的各个子字段的说明的基础上，针对携带该触发帧的方式进与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
在前述针对触发帧可能包含的各个子字段的说明的基础上，进一步地针对携带该触发帧的方式进行说明：在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元(PPDU，physical layer protocol data unit)携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。具体的，该第一PPDU可以为EHT PPDU。第一指示位可以为MAP TXS指示位。在另一种实施方式中，不对现有的PPDU进行修改。也就是，不在PPDU的前导码中新增指示位，但设置全部接收到PPDU的STA，均不丢弃该PPDU。
基于前述针对触发帧，以及携带触发帧的第一PPDU的相关说明。下面介绍第三STA的传输交互流程，要实现多APTXOP共享可以分为三个阶段，分别为准备阶段、探测阶段和触发传输阶段。在准备阶段和测量阶段这两个阶段交互的信息是完成多STA协作传输的基础，准备阶段和测量阶段的处理的相关说明，与前述实施例相同，因此不做赘述。完成上述处理之后，第三STA可以执行触发传输阶段的处理，具体的可以执行S3010，第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。下面结合触发帧具体包含的子字段及其取值，以及第三STA的处理进行说明：
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第一触发帧；所述第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第三STA接收第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输。其中，所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与Shared AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第三STA在基于所述第一触发帧确定满足第五条件的情况下，在接收到所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA，具体可以指的是：所述第三STA完成发送上行数据的第一时长后，接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。
具体的，在确定第一触发帧满足第五条件之后，所述第三STA在确定所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段的第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值的情况下，确定在接收到第一触发帧的第一时长之后，向自身关联的第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA完成发送上行数据的第一时长后，接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。
应理解，第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，可以包含第三STA的发射功率子字段，或者也可以不包含第三STA的发射功率子字段。在第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包含第三STA的发射功率子字段的情况下，该第三STA还可以基于该发射功率子字段，确定自身所使用的发射功率。关于STA确定自身使用的发射功率的方式，在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做赘述。或者，在第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中不包含第三STA的发射功率子字段的情况下，由于本场景中AP对自己不关联的STA预先进行了波束调零操作，因此第三STA的发射功率可以由自身基于实际情况选取，这里不再对其进行赘述。这里，所述第一时长可以指的是SIFS。需要指出的是，前述已经说明，所述多个STA包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；相应的，在本实施方式中，所述第三STA的上行数据的发送时刻，可以与第四STA的上行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第四STA执行的为同步上行传输。
结合图12和图13来说，图12和图13中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图13来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，并且在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA1进行波束调零操作，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。
可选地，所述方法还包括：所述第三STA在基于所述第一触发帧确定满足第五条件的情况下，在接收到所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。所述向所述第一STA发送上行数据，包括：所述第三STA在第一RU上，采用第一发射功率向所述第一STA发送所述上行数据；所述第一发射功率，为基于所述第一触发帧中第三STA的发射功率子字段所指示的最大发射功率确定的。所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA，包括：所述第三STA在所述第一RU上，接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。具体的，在确定第一触发帧满足第五条件之后，所述第三STA在确定所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段的第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值的情况下，确定在接收到第一触发帧的第一时长之后，在第一RU上，向自身关联的第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA完成发送上行数据的第一时长后，在第一RU上，接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。
应理解，第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，可以包含第三STA的发射功率子字段。确定第一发射功率的方式具体可以包括：基于所述第三STA的发射功率子字段中的最大发射功率以及预设公式进行计算得到的；或者，基于所述第三STA的发射功率子字段中的最大发射功率确定不对发射功率做限制的情况下，第三STA采用小于或等于最大发射功率的任意功率值作为所述第一发射功率。
其中，预设公式可以包括：PTX＝FVal–20；其中，PTX即第三STA使用的发射功率，FVal是第三STA的发射功率子字段中包含的最大发射功率。需要指出的是，若第三STA的发射功率子字段中包含的最大发射功率等于预设数值，则表示第一STA对该第三STA的发射功率不做限制。该预设数值可以为63，也就是说，第三STA的用户信息子字段的Max TX power子字段的值为63，则表示sharing AP不对第三STA的最大发送功率做限制。
结合图14和图15来说，图14和图15为STA开启CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图15来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行CSR模式，并且在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。
结合图16和图17来说，图16和图17为第一STA开启COFDMA模式的示意图。图16和图17中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA11和STA12为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的两个第三STA，STA21为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图17来说，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧的SIFS时间后，准备在STA11、STA12分别对应的第一RU上接收关联STA11、STA12的上行数据，并在接收到STA11、STA12发送的上行数据的情况下，AP1在STA11、STA12分别对应的第一RU上向STA11、STA12发送BA。比如，STA11对应的第一RU为图17中的第一个RU，STA12对应的第一RU为图17中的第二个RU。在AP1的TXOP内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行COFDMA模式，准备在STA21对应的第二RU上接收关联STA21的上行数据，并在接收到STA21发送的上行数据的情况下，AP2在STA21对应的第二RU上向STA21发送BA。比如，STA21对应的第二RU为图17中的第三个和第四个RU。
还需要指出的是，前述第五条件随着传输模式的不同可能存在部分条件不同，比如，在协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式的情况下，第五条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；具体的，所述第五条件，可以 包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
在协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR的情况下，第五条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。具体的，所述第五条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
需要说明的是，判断第一触发帧中是否包含第三STA的标识信息的方式，可以为：判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第三STA的AID的12个最低有效位相同，若相同，则确定包含第三STA的标识信息；和/或判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第三STA的12位VAID相同，若相同，则确定包含第三STA的标识信息。
前述第五条件至少可以包括所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，第三STA解析所述第一触发帧，若该第一触发帧中不包含具备第三STA的标识信息的用户信息字段的情况下，第三STA可以丢弃该触发帧。也就是，第三STA收到第一触发帧，如果第一触发帧中所有的User Info子字段中均没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段(标识子字段)，则第三STA不能向与其关联的AP(第一STA)发送上行数据，也不准备接收下行数据，在一些场景中可以进入睡眠模式。
还需要指出的是，第一触发帧的格式可以为网络中的全部STA预先默认的，也就是网络中的STA采用相同的第一触发帧的格式。而在第一触发帧的格式不同的情况下，第五条件的具体内容也可能会不同，下面分别进行说明：
第一触发帧中包含第一传输模式子字段。并且，第一触发帧包含第三STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第一触发帧中有包含第四STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段以及用户信息子字段可以均不包含上下行指示子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。
所述第五条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，判断第一触发帧中的第一传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值、且用户信息子字段中有自身的标识信息，则可以确定第一触发帧满足第五条件。或者，所述第五条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或为第三值)；所述第一触发帧包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。
可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一共享传输指示子字段，且第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。所述第一触发帧中，包含第三STA的用户信息子字段，该第三STA的用户信息子字段中包含第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带第三STA的标识信息；该第三STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第五条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值：所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，判断第一触发帧中的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值是否为第八值，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值、且用户信息子字段中有自身的标识信息，则可以确定第一触发帧满足第五条件。
可选地，第一触发帧中包含第一传输模式子字段。并且，第一触发帧包含第三STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第一触发帧中有包含第四STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一上下行指示子字段，且第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。和/或，第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段包含第三STA的上下行指示子字段，且第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。关于图4、图5、图8和图9的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第五条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。或者，所述第五条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或第三值)；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段； 所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。又或者，所述第五条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值(或者为第二值、或为第三值)；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。
也就是说，判断第一触发帧中的第一传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值，并且从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息、第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值是否为第六值；若第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值(或者确定为第二值、或确定为第三值)、且用户信息子字段中有自身的标识信息、该用户信息字段中第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值，则可以确定第一触发帧满足第五条件。或者，所述第五条件包括：所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或第三值)；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。或者，所述第五条件包括：所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。
也就是说，第三STA可以从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，判断第一触发帧中的第三STA的用户信息子字段中第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值、第一上下行指示子字段的取值是否为第六值；若第三STA的用户信息子字段中第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值、且用户信息子字段中有自身的标识信息、该第一上下行指示子字段的取值的取值为第六值，则可以确定第一触发帧满足第五条件。
应理解，以上仅为对第五条件的示例性说明，实际处理中还可以有其他的组合方式，这里不做穷举，只要包含前述第五条件中至少之一，均在本实施例保护范围内。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第二触发帧；所述方法还包括：所述第三STA接收第一STA发送的第一帧，所述第一帧为所述第一STA在发送第二触发帧后发送的，所述第一帧用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输。所述第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个。前述第二触发帧中至少可以包括公共信息字段、第二STA的用户信息子字段。所述第一帧具体可以为基础触发(Basic Trigger)帧。
本实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第三STA在接收到所述第一帧后，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的BA。具体可以为：所述第三STA在接收到所述第一帧的第二时长后，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA在完成发送上行数据的第二时长后，接收所述第一STA发送的BA。这里，所述第二时长与前述第一时长可以相同也可以不同，一种示例中，所述第二时长可以指的是SIFS。
结合图14和图18来说，图14和图18中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图18来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第二触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送基础触发帧；AP1在发送基础触发帧的SIFS时间之后，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第二触发帧、确定该第二触发帧满足第二条件的情况下，开启传统上行TXOP共享模式，并且在接收到该第二触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA2发送基础触发帧；AP2在发送基础触发帧的SIFS时间之后，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第三STA接收第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
这种实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第三STA在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据；所述第三STA向所述第一STA发送块确认BA。
也就是说，第三STA判断第三触发帧是否满足第六条件；若满足，则基于第三触发帧中包含的具体内容，可以确定该第三触发帧用于指示第三STA等待接收同步下行传输的下行数据。然后可以是在接收到所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据。所述第三STA向所述第一STA发送块确认BA，可以包括：所述第三STA在完成接收下行数据的第三时长之后，向所述第一STA发送块确认BA。第三触发帧中包含的具体内容中可以包含上下行指示子字段(比如在第三STA的用户信息子字段中，或者在公共信息子字段中)等。这里，所述第三时长，与前述第一时长、第二时长中任意之一可以相同也可以不同。一种示例中，第三时长可以指的是SIFS。
前述第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与第二STA关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
结合图19和图20来说，图19和图20中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图20来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，向STA1发送下行数据，并在SIFS时长之后，接收到STA1发送的BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA1进行波束调零操作，向STA2发送下行数据，并在SIFS时长之后，接收到 STA2发送的BA。
可选地，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据，具体可以为：在接收到所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，在对应的RU上，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据；其中，所述对应的第一RU为所述第三STA对应的资源。所述向所述第一STA发送块确认BA，可以包括：在对应的第一RU上，向第一STA发送BA。在本实施方式中，所述第一STA的下行数据的发送时刻，可以与第二STA的下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第一STA以及第二STA执行的为同步下行传输。
结合图21和图22来说，图21和图22为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图22来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据，并在完成向STA1发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA2发送下行数据，并在完成向STA2发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的BA。
结合图23和图24来说，图23和图24为第一STA开启COFDMA模式的示意图。图23和图24中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2和AP3均为Shared AP即第二STA。结合图24来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后在自身的STA对应的第一RU(即图中所示的AP1的TXOP)上发送下行数据。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2、AP3接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后在自身的STA对应的第二RU(即图中所示的AP2的TXOP和AP3的子TXOP)上发送下行数据。
可选地，所述第三STA在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据；所述第三STA向所述第一STA发送块确认BA。其中，所述第三STA在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据，还包括：所述第三STA在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据，以及接收第二STA发送的下行数据。
在本实施方式中，所述第一STA的下行数据的发送时刻，可以与第二STA的下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第一STA以及第二STA执行的为同步下行传输。另外，需要指出的是，本实施方式中，第一STA与第二STA均向第三STA发送下行数据，而第三STA仅向其关联的第一STA发送BA。
结合图25和图26来说，图25和图26为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA。结合图26来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据，并在完成向STA1发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据。也就是STA1可以接收AP1和AP2同步传输的下行数据，但是STA1仅向AP1发送BA。
还需要指出的是，前述第六条件随着传输模式的不同可能存在部分条件不同，比如，在协作传输模式为下行CBF模式的情况下，第六条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第六条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
在下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，第六条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；具体的，所述第六条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
在联合传输模式的情况下，第六条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；具体的，所述第六条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值。
需要说明的是，判断第三触发帧中是否包含第三STA的标识信息的方式，可以为：判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第三STA的AID的12个最低有效位相同，若相同，则确定包含第三STA的标识信息；和/或判断用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第三STA的12位VAID相同，若相同，则确定包含第三STA的标识信息。
虽然第三触发帧用于触发第二STA与第一STA同步下行传输，但是还是要携带关联的STA(即第三STA)的user info子字段，这是为了保证第三STA，能保持唤醒状态准备接收关联AP发送的下行数据。因此，前述第六条件至少可以包 括所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，第三STA解析所述第三触发帧，若该第三触发帧中不包含具备第三STA的标识信息的用户信息字段的情况下，第三STA可以丢弃该第三触发帧。即第三STA收到第三触发帧，如果第三触发帧中所有的User Info子字段中均没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段(标识子字段)，则第三STA不能向与其关联的AP(第一STA)发送上行数据，也不准备接收下行数据，在一些场景中可以进入睡眠模式(或休眠模式)。
应理解，第三STA通过上述第六条件的一个或多个即可判断该第三触发帧是否满足第六条件，上述第六条件可以存在各种组合方式，以下提供示例性说明，但不代表仅可以有以下几种方式，只要包含前述第六条件中至少之一就均在本实施例保护范围内。
第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三共享传输指示子字段，且第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。所述第三触发帧中，包含第三STA的用户信息子字段，该第三STA的用户信息子字段中包含第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带第三STA的标识信息；该第三STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段。举例来说，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或为第三值、或为第四值)。
或者，上述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
或者，上述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
或者，上述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或为第三值、或为第四值)。
可选地，第三触发帧中包含第三传输模式子字段。第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三上下行指示子字段，且第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。关于图4、图5、图8和图9的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
在前述第三触发帧的基础上，第三触发帧包含第三STA的用户信息子字段，和/或，第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段包含第三STA的上下行指示子字段，且第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
或者，所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或不为第一值、或为第三值、或为第四值)；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
上述第六条件中，所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值，还可以替换为所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
需要指出的是，前述仅为针对第三触发帧可能的格式以及第六条件可能的情况进行示例性说明，在实际处理中，第三触发帧可以包含的内容在前述实施例中已经说明，只要包含前述内容至少之一就在本实施例保护范围内，相应的，第六条件可能包含的内容也已经说明，只要包含第六条件中至少之一也在本实施例保护范围内，只是这里不做穷举。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第四触发帧；所述第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输。所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
这种实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第二STA在确定携带所述第四触发帧的第一PPDU中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第四触发帧。所述方法还包括：所述第三STA在所述第四触发帧满足第七条件的情况下，在接收所述第四触发帧的第四时长后，所述第三STA基于第二发射功率，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第二发射功率为基于第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中第三STA的发射功率子字段确定的；所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的BA。其中，所述第二发射功率的确定方式与前述第一发射功率的确定方式类似，这里不做重复说明，均为基于第三触发帧中第三STA的用户信息字段中的第三STA的发射功率子字段确定的。第二发射功率与前述第一发射功率可以相同也可以不同，本实施例不对其进行限定。需要指出的是，第三STA在确定满足第七条件的时候，可以基于第四触发帧中的第三STA的发射功率子字段确定第二发射功率、基于第四触发帧中的传输模式子字段(或第三STA的传输模式子字段)确定采用的协作传输模式等等，并且还会基于Common info和User Info中其他字段的要求在分配的TXOP时间内使用不超过Max TX power子字段指示的发送功率向AP1发送上行数据。
这里，所述第四时长，与前述第一时长、第二时长、第三时长中任意之一可以相同也可以不同。一种示例中，第四时长可以指的是SIFS。
具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即 non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与Shared AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
在本实施方式中，所述第三STA向第一STA发送上行数据的发送时刻，与第二STA向第四STA发送下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第二STA执行的为同步协作传输。
结合图27和图28来说，图27和图28为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图28来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧的SIFS时间后，AP1接收STA1向AP1发送的上行数据，并在完成接收STA1发送的上行数据的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA；同时，在该AP1的TXOP之内，AP2接收到AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧的SIFS时间后，AP2向STA2发送下行数据，并在完成发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的BA。
进一步地，所述第七条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三共享传输指示子字段，所述第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第四触发帧包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段包括第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
前述第七条件至少可以包括所述第四触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。原因与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
本实施方式中，第四触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中可以包含第四共享传输指示子字段，且取值为第八值。
所述第四触发帧中，包含第三STA的用户信息子字段，该第三STA的用户信息子字段中包含第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带第三STA的标识信息；该第三STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。在前述基础上，第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以不包含上下行指示子字段。在前述基础上，第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段还可以包含第三STA的发射功率子字段。举例来说，第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第七条件，包括：所述第四触发帧包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，第三STA从第四触发帧中各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若存在，则确定满足所述第七条件。进而，所述第三STA可以基于第三STA的用户信息子字段包括第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值确定本次进行上行传输；以及基于第三STA的用户信息子字段中包含的第三STA的发射功率子字段，确定本次使用的第二发射功率；进而在接收到第四触发帧的第四时长之后，采用第二发射功率向第一STA发送上行数据。
或者，所述第七条件包括：所述第四触发帧包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段包括第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
也就是说，第三STA从第四触发帧中各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若存在，则判断第四触发帧中的第三STA的用户信息子字段包括第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值是否为第六值；若为第六值，则确定满足所述第七条件。进而，所述第三STA可以基于第三STA的用户信息子字段中包含的第三STA的发射功率子字段，确定本次使用的第二发射功率，进而在接收到第四触发帧的第四时长之后，采用第二发射功率向第一STA发送上行数据。
或者，所述第七条件，包括：所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三共享传输指示子字段，所述第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第四触发帧包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段包括第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
也就是说，第三STA从判断第三共享传输指示子字段的取值是否为第八值、以及第四触发帧中各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值、并且第四触发帧中包含自身的标识信息，则判断第四触发帧中的第三STA的用户信息子字段包括第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值是否为第六值；若为第六值，则确定满足所述第七条件。进而，所述第三STA可以基于第三STA的用户信息子字段中包含的第三STA的发射功率子字段，确定本次使用的第二发射功率，进而在接收到第四触发帧的第四时长之后，采用第二发射功率向第一STA发送上行数据。
应理解，以上仅为示例性说明，可以根据实际情况设置第七条件，比如，所述第七条件包括：所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
需要指出的是，本实施例提供的通信方法，与前述第一方面实施例和/或第二方面实施例提供的通信方法可以结合使用，均在本实施例的保护范围内。
采用本实施例提供的方案，通过第一STA发送一个触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输，可以提供一种高效建立多STA协作的方案。具体来说，本实施例提供的方案，仅通过发送一个触发帧，就可以控制多个STA协作进行同步上 行传输和/或同步下行传输，可以简化共享流程，减少用于建立协作传输所使用的信令开销，进而实现了高效的建立多STA协作。
图31是根据本申请第四方面实施例的通信方法3100的示意性流程图。该方法可选地可以应用于图1所示的系统，但并不仅限于此。该方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容：
S3110、第四站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第四STA与所述第一STA不关联。
在本公开实施例中，第一STA可以是AP，具体的，该第一STA为共享(Sharing)AP。第四STA可以是与其他STA关联的STA(non-AP STA)，比如可以为第二STA关联的STA，其中，所述第二STA具体可以为被共享(Shared)AP。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第四STA的AID和/或VAID，由第二STA基于标识取值第二范围配置，所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联。也就是在执行S3110之前，所述方法还包括：所述第四STA获取由第二STA基于标识取值第二范围为第四STA配置的AID和/或VAID。
具体来说，所述第四STA获取自身的AID和/或VAID，可以为：所述第四STA获取所述第二STA为自身配置的AID和/或VAID。关于第二STA为第四STA分配AID和/或VAID的方式，可以是所述第二STA基于标识取值第二范围为第四STA配置的。所述标识取值第二范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096；所述标识取值第二范围，为目标设备为所述第二STA配置的。所述目标设备为协调设备；所述协调设备为接入点AP；或者，所述协调设备为除AP之外的设备。关于第二STA的处理、目标设备的相关说明，在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做赘述。
接下来针对触发帧可能包含的字段以及子字段进行说明。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧具体可以称为MAP TXS触发帧。所述触发帧可以包括common info字段，和/或，user info list字段；其中，所述用户信息列表字段中可以包括一个或多个User info子字段。
所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
触发帧的公共信息字段中可能包含的各个子字段与前述实施例相同，这里不做赘述。
所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第m个用户信息子字段为第m个STA的用户信息子字段，m为大于或等于1的整数；所述第m个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：第m个STA的标识子字段，所述第m个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第m个STA的标识信息；第m个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第m个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第m个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第m个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；第m个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第m个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第m个STA所用的最大发射功率；第m个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第m个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第m个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。这里，第m个用户信息子字段指的是一个或多个用户信息子字段中的任意之一。第m个用户信息子字段可能包含的各个子字段与前述实施例相同，这里不做赘述。
在前述针对触发帧可能包含的各个子字段的说明的基础上，进一步地针对携带该触发帧的方式进行说明：在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧，由第一PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。具体的，该第一PPDU可以为EHT PPDU。第一指示位可以为MAP TXS指示位。在另一种实施方式中，不对现有的PPDU进行修改。
基于前述针对触发帧，以及携带触发帧的第一PPDU的相关说明。下面介绍第四STA的传输交互流程，要实现多AP TXOP共享可以分为三个阶段，分别为准备阶段、探测阶段和触发传输阶段，前述S3110主要是触发传输阶段执行的处理。准备阶段和测量阶段的处理的说明与前述实施例相同，这里不做赘述。下面结合在不同流程中，该触发帧具体包含的子字段及其取值，以及不同流程中第四STA的执行触发传输阶段的处理进行说明：
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第一触发帧；所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输。其中，所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与Shared AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
本实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第四STA在基于所述第一触发帧确定满足第八条件的情况下，在接收到所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，向第二STA发送上行数据；所述第二STA与所述第四STA关联；所述第四STA接收所述第二STA发送的块确认BA。
应理解，第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，可以包含第四STA的发射功率子字段，或者也可以不包含第四STA的发射功率子字段。在第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包含第四STA的发射功率子字段的情况下，该第四STA还可以基于该发射功率子字段，确定自身所使用的发射功率。关于STA确定自身使用的发射功率的方式，在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做赘述。或者，在第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中不包含第四STA的发射 功率子字段的情况下，由于本场景中AP对自己不关联的STA预先进行了波束调零操作，因此第四STA的发射功率可以由自身基于实际情况选取，这里不再对其进行赘述。这里，所述第一时长可以指的是SIFS。
结合图12和图13来说，图12和图13中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图13来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，并且在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA1进行波束调零操作，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。
可选地，所述向所述第二STA发送上行数据，包括：所述第四STA在第二RU上，采用第三发射功率向所述第二STA发送所述上行数据；其中，所述第三发射功率，为基于所述第一触发帧中第四STA的发射功率子字段所指示的最大发射功率确定的。其中，确定第三发射功率的方式具体可以包括：基于所述第四STA的发射功率子字段中的最大发射功率以及预设公式进行计算得到的；或者，基于所述第四STA的发射功率子字段中的最大发射功率确定不对发射功率做限制的情况下，第四STA采用小于或等于最大发射功率的任意功率值作为所述第三发射功率。确定第三发射功率的方式与前述确定第二发射功率和/或第一发射功率的方式相同，不做赘述。
所述第四STA接收所述第二STA发送的块确认BA，包括：所述第四STA在所述第二RU上，接收所述第二STA发送的块确认BA。这里，所述第一时长可以指的是SIFS。
需要指出的是，前述已经说明，所述多个STA包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；相应的，在本实施方式中，所述第三STA的上行数据的发送时刻，可以与第四STA的上行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第四STA执行的为同步上行传输。
结合图14和图15来说，图14和图15为STA开启CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图15来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行CSR模式，并且在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。
结合图16和图17来说，图16和图17为第一STA开启COFDMA模式的示意图。图16和图17中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA11和STA12为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的两个第三STA，STA21为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图17来说，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧的SIFS时间后，准备在STA11、STA12分别对应的第一RU上接收关联STA11、STA12的上行数据，并在接收到STA11、STA12发送的上行数据的情况下，AP1在STA11、STA12分别对应的第一RU(或称为分别对应的RU)上向STA11、STA12发送BA。比如，STA11对应的第一RU为图17中的第一个RU，STA12对应的第一RU为图17中的第二个RU。在AP1的TXOP内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第一触发帧、确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行COFDMA模式，准备在STA21对应的第二RU上接收关联STA21的上行数据，并在接收到STA21发送的上行数据的情况下，AP2在STA21对应的第二RU上向STA21发送BA。比如，STA21对应的第二RU为图17中的第三个和第四个RU。
还需要指出的是，前述第八条件随着传输模式的不同可能存在部分条件不同，比如，在协作传输模式为CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式的情况下，第八条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；具体的，所述第八条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
在协作传输模式为COFDMA和/或CSR的情况下，第八条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。所述第八条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
需要说明的是，判断第一触发帧中是否包含包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段的方式，可以为：判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第四STA的AID的12个最低有效位相同，若相同，则确定第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；或判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第四STA的12位VAID相同，若相同，则确定第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
前述第八条件至少包括所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说， 第四STA解析所述第一触发帧，若该第一触发帧中不包含具备第四STA的标识信息的用户信息字段的情况下，第四STA可以丢弃该第一触发帧。也就是，第四STA收到第一触发帧，如果第一触发帧中所有的User Info子字段中均没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段(标识子字段)，则第四STA不能向与其关联的AP(第二STA)发送上行数据，也不准备接收下行数据，在一些场景中可以进入睡眠模式。
还需要指出的是，第一触发帧的格式可以为网络中的全部STA预先默认的，也就是网络中的STA采用相同的第一触发帧的格式。而在第一触发帧的格式不同的情况下，第八条件的具体内容也可能会不同，下面分别进行说明：
第一触发帧中包含第一传输模式子字段。并且，第一触发帧包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第一触发帧中有包含第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段以及用户信息子字段可以均不包含上下行指示子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。
所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
或者，所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或为第三值)；所述第一触发帧包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一共享传输指示子字段，且第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。所述第一触发帧中，包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，该第四STA的用户信息子字段中包含第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带第四STA的标识信息；该第四STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值：所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
应理解，第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，可以包含第四STA的发射功率子字段，或者也可以不包含第四STA的发射功率子字段。在第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包含第四STA的发射功率子字段的情况下，该第四STA还可以基于该发射功率子字段，确定自身所使用的发射功率。关于STA确定自身使用的发射功率的方式，在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做赘述。或者，在第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中不包含第四STA的发射功率子字段的情况下，由于本场景中AP对自己不关联的STA预先进行了波束调零操作，因此第四STA的发射功率可以由自身基于实际情况选取，这里不再对其进行赘述。
可选地，第一触发帧中包含第一传输模式子字段。并且，第一触发帧包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，也就是第一触发帧中有包含第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一上下行指示子字段，且第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。和/或，第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段包含第四STA的上下行指示子字段，且第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。可选地，第一触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。关于图4、图5、图8和图9的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
或者，所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或为第三值)；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
又或者，所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值(或者为第二值、或为第三值)；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
或者，所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
或者，所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
也就是说，从各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，判断第一触发帧中的第四STA的用户信息子字段中第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值是否为第一值、第一上下行指示子字段的取值是否为第六值；若第四STA的用户信息子字段中第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值、且用户信息子字段中有自身的标识信息、该第一上下行指示子字段的取值的取值为第六值，则可以确定第一触发帧满足第八条件。
应理解，以上仅为对第八条件的示例性说明，实际处理中还可以有其他的组合方式，这里不做穷举，只要包含前述第八条件中至少之一，均在本实施例保护范围内。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第二触发帧；所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第四STA 接收第二STA发送的第一帧，所述第一帧为所述第二STA在发送第二触发帧后发送的，所述第一帧用于触发所述多个STA关联的STA进行同步上行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：所述第一STA和第二STA。具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个。
前述第二触发帧中至少可以包括公共信息字段、第二STA的用户信息子字段。所述第一帧具体可以为基础触发(Basic Trigger)帧。
本实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第四STA在接收到所述第一帧后，向所述第二STA发送上行数据；所述第四STA接收所述第二STA发送的BA。具体可以为：所述第四STA在接收到所述第一帧的第二时长后，向所述第二STA发送上行数据；所述第四STA在完成发送上行数据的第二时长后，接收所述第二STA发送的BA。这里，所述第二时长与前述第一时长可以相同也可以不同，一种示例中，所述第二时长可以指的是SIFS。
结合图14和图18来说，图14和图18中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图18来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第二触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送基础触发帧；AP1在发送基础触发帧的SIFS时间之后，接收STA1发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA1发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第二触发帧、确定该第二触发帧满足第二条件的情况下，开启传统上行TXOP共享模式，并且在接收到该第二触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA2发送基础触发帧；AP2在发送基础触发帧的SIFS时间之后，接收STA2发送的上行数据，并在接收到STA2发送的上行数据的情况下，在SIFS时间后，向STA2发送BA。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
这种实施方式中，所述方法还包括：所述第四STA在所述第三触发帧满足第九条件的情况下，接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据；所述第四STA向所述第二STA发送块确认BA。
接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据，可以是在接收到所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据。所述第四STA向所述第二STA发送块确认BA，可以包括：所述第四STA在完成接收下行数据的第三时长之后，向所述第二STA发送块确认BA。这里，所述第三时长，与前述第一时长、第二时长中任意之一可以相同也可以不同。一种示例中，第三时长可以指的是SIFS。
结合图19和图20来说，图19和图20中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图20来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，向STA1发送下行数据，并在SIFS时长之后，接收到STA1发送的BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2在接收MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA1进行波束调零操作，向STA2发送下行数据，并在SIFS时长之后，接收到STA2发送的BA。
可选地，接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据，具体可以为：在接收到所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，在对应的第二RU上，接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据；其中，所述对应的第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源。所述向所述第二STA发送块确认BA，可以包括：在对应的第二RU上，向第二STA发送BA。
在本实施方式中，所述第一STA的下行数据的发送时刻，可以与第二STA的下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第一STA以及第二STA执行的为同步下行传输。
结合图21和图22来说，图21和图22为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图22来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送下行数据，并在完成向STA1发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA1发送的BA。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA2发送下行数据，并在完成向STA2发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的BA。
结合图23和图24来说，图23和图24为第一STA开启COFDMA模式的示意图。图23和图24中AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2和AP3均为Shared AP即第二STA。结合图24来说，在AP1的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后在自身的STA对应的第一RU(即图中所示的AP1的TXOP)上发送下行数据。在AP1的TXOP之内，AP2、AP3接收到MAP TXS触发帧即第三触发帧的SIFS时间后在自身的STA对应的第二RU(即图中所示的AP2的TXOP和AP3的子TXOP)上发送下行数据。
还需要指出的是，前述第九条件随着传输模式的不同可能存在部分条件不同，比如，在协作传输模式为下行CBF模式的情况下，第六条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；针对所述第九条件，进行详细说明，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
在下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，第九条件中可以包含传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；具体的，所述第 九条件，可以包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
需要说明的是，判断第三触发帧中是否包含第四STA的标识信息的方式，可以为：判断第一触发帧的用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第四STA的AID的12个最低有效位相同，若相同，则确定包含第四STA的标识信息；和/或判断用户信息字段中的标识子字段中的标识信息、是否与第四STA的12位VAID相同，若相同，则确定包含第四STA的标识信息。
虽然第三触发帧用于触发第二STA与第一STA同步下行传输，但是还是要携带与shared AP关联的STA(即第四STA)的user info子字段，这是为了保证与shared AP关联的STA(即第四STA)，能保持唤醒状态准备接收关联AP发送的下行数据。因此，前述第九条件至少包括所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，第四STA解析所述第三触发帧，若该第三触发帧中不包含具备第四STA的标识信息的用户信息字段的情况下，第四STA可以丢弃该第三触发帧。也就是，第四STA收到第三触发帧，如果第三触发帧中所有的User Info子字段中均没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段(标识子字段)，则第四STA不能向与其关联的AP(第二STA)发送上行数据，也不准备接收下行数据，在一些场景中可以进入睡眠模式。
具体的，第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三共享传输指示子字段，且第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。所述第三触发帧中，包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，该第四STA的用户信息子字段中包含第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带第四STA的标识信息；该第四STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段。举例来说，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
所述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或为第三值)。
或者，上述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。具体的处理方式与前述情况类似，不做重复说明。
可选地，上述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
或者，上述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或为第三值)。
可选地，第三触发帧中包含第三传输模式子字段。第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三上下行指示子字段，且第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。第三触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含共享传输指示子字段。举例来说，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第一触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。关于图4、图5、图8和图9的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
在前述第三触发帧的基础上，第三触发帧包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，和/或，第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段包含第四STA的上下行指示子字段，且第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
或者，所述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
或者，所述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(或为第三值)；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
上述第九条件中，所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值，还可以替换为所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
需要指出的是，前述仅为针对第三触发帧可能的格式以及第九条件可能的情况进行示例性说明，在实际处理中，第三触发帧可以包含的内容在前述实施例中已经说明，只要包含前述内容至少之一就在本实施例保护范围内，相应的，第九条件可能包含的内容也已经说明，只要包含第九条件中至少之一也在本实施例保护范围内，只是这里不做穷举。
在一种实施方式中，所述触发帧为第四触发帧；所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输。所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。所述多个STA，包括：第 三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
所述方法还包括：所述第四STA在所述第四触发帧满足第十条件的情况下，在接收所述第四触发帧的第四时长后，所述第四STA接收第二STA发送的下行数据；所述第四STA向所述第二STA发送BA。这里，所述第四时长，与前述第一时长、第二时长、第三时长中任意之一可以相同也可以不同。一种示例中，第四时长可以指的是SIFS。
具体的，第一STA指的是Sharing AP，第二STA指的是Shared AP，第三STA指的是与Sharing AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)，第四STA指的是与Shared AP关联的STA(即non-AP STA)。应理解，前述Shared AP即第二STA的数量可以为一个或多个，前述第三STA的数量也可以为一个或多个，前述第四STA的数量可以为一个或多个。还需要说明的是，第一STA与一个或多个第二STA可以为同一协作集中的AP；具体的，一个或多个第二STA可以为位于第一STA传输范围内的Shared AP。
在本实施方式中，所述第三STA向第一STA发送上行数据的发送时刻，与第二STA向第四STA发送下行数据的发送时刻为相同的。也就是说，第三STA以及第二STA执行的为同步协作传输。
结合图27和图28来说，图27和图28为STA开启下行CSR模式的示意图，其中，AP1为Sharing AP(第一STA)，AP2为Shared AP即第二STA，STA1为Sharing AP(第一STA)关联的第三STA，STA2为Shared AP(第二STA)关联的第四STA。结合图28来说，在AP1自身的TXOP之内，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧的SIFS时间后，AP1接收STA1向AP1发送的上行数据，并在完成接收STA1发送的上行数据的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送BA；同时，在该AP1的TXOP之内，AP2接收到AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧即第四触发帧的SIFS时间后，AP2向STA2发送下行数据，并在完成发送下行数据的SIFS时间后，接收STA2发送的BA。
进一步地，所述第十条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第四触发帧包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
第十条件至少可以包括所述第四触发帧包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，第四STA解析所述第四触发帧，若该第四触发帧中不包含具备第四STA的标识信息的用户信息字段的情况下，第四STA可以丢弃该第四触发帧。即第四STA收到第四触发帧，如果第四触发帧中所有的User Info子字段中均没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段(标识子字段)，则第四STA不能向与其关联的AP(第二STA)发送上行数据，也不准备接收下行数据，在一些场景中可以进入睡眠模式。
本实施方式中，第四触发帧的公共信息字段中不包含传输模式子字段；所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中可以包含第四共享传输指示子字段，且取值为第八值。
所述第四触发帧中，可以包含第四STA的用户信息子字段，该第四STA的用户信息子字段中包含第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带第四STA的标识信息；该第四STA的用户信息子字段中还包括：第四STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。在前述基础上，第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以不包含上下行指示子字段。举例来说，第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第四STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。关于图6和图7的各个子字段的含义与前述实施例相同，不做重复说明。
示例性的，第十条件可以包括：所述第四触发帧包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。也就是说，第四STA从第四触发帧中各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若存在，则进一步判断第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值是否为第七值，若为第七值，则确定满足所述第十条件。进而，所述第四STA可以等待接收自己关联的STA(即第二STA)发送下行数据即可。
示例性的，第十条件可以仅包括：所述第四触发帧包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。也就是说，第四STA从第四触发帧中各个用户信息子字段中检测是否有自身的标识信息，若存在，则确定满足所述第十条件。进而，所述第四STA可以等待接收自己关联的STA(即第二STA)发送下行数据即可。
需要指出的是，本实施例前述提供的第一方面至第四方面实施例中的通信方法，任意两个或任意三个方面可以结合使用，或第一方面至第四方面实施例的通信方法均可以结合使用，均在本实施例的保护范围内。
本实施例提供的方案，通过第一STA发送一个触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输，可以提供一种高效建立多STA协作的方案。具体来说，本实施例提供的方案，仅通过发送一个触发帧，就可以控制多个STA协作进行同步上行传输和/或同步下行传输，可以简化共享流程，减少用于建立协作传输所使用的信令开销，进而实现了高效的建立多STA协作。
以下结合前述第一方面至第四方面的四个方面实施例所提供的通信方法，进行示例性流程说明：
在如图12和图13所示的场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)与STA1(即第三STA)关联，AP2(Shared AP即第二STA)与STA2(即第四STA)关联，CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式下，AP1(sharing AP)触发STA1和STA2同步上行传输的流程如图32所示，具体包括：
S3210：AP1生成第一触发帧。本步骤中第一触发帧，即图13中的MAP TXS触发帧。
具体的，AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后，得知BSS2中的STA2有上行数据需要发送、并获得STA2的AID或VAID信息。AP1生成用来触发STA1(与AP1关联)和STA2(与AP2关联)同步上行传输的第一触发帧，即图13中的MAP TXS触发帧。
所述第一触发帧中可以包含STA1的User info子字段(STA1的用户信息子字段)和STA2的User info子字段(STA2的用户信息子字段)。关于第一触发帧的各种可能的格式可以与前述实施例所描述的相同，这里不做重复说明。
S3220：AP1发送该第一触发帧。同样的，本步骤中第一触发帧，即图13中的MAP TXS触发帧。
其中，AP1可以采用采用广播或组播形式发送第一触发帧；第一触发帧接收地址设为广播或组播地址。
S3231：AP1发送该第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作。
S3232：STA1接收到AP1发送的该第一触发帧，在该第一触发帧满足第五条件的情况下，在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS之后，向AP1发送上行数据。
示例性的，在所述第一触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、STA1的用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式，也就是第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含：第一共享传输指示子字段；STA1的用户信息字段中包含：STA1的标识子字段，用于携带STA1的AID的12个最低有效位，或12位VAID；STA1的用户信息字段中还可以包括：STA1的传输模式子字段。相应的，该第五条件可以包括：所述第一触发帧中包含具备STA1的标识信息的STA1的用户信息子字段；第一触发帧的common info字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第一触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第五条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
举例来说，本步骤具体可以为：当STA1收到一个User Info中AID12子字段(即标识子字段)等于自己AID或VAID12个最低有效位的第一触发帧、且第一触发帧的Common info(公共信息字段)中的MAP TXS Indication子字段(第一共享传输指示子字段)等于1(即第八值)的时候，该STA1会在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS之后，根据第一触发帧的Common info和STA1的User Info中其他子字段的要求，在不超过分配的TXOP时间内向AP1发送上行数据。
S3241：AP2接收到AP1发送的该第一触发帧，在该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，对STA1进行波束调零操作，并准备接收STA2发送的上行数据。
示例性的，在所述第一触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式，也就是第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含：第一共享传输指示子字段；用户信息字段中包含：STA的标识子字段，用于携带STA的AID的12个最低有效位，或12位VAID；STA的用户信息字段中还可以包括：STA的传输模式子字段。相应的，所述第一条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值(比如为1)：所述第一触发帧中包含具备STA2(即与AP2关联的STA)的标识信息的STA2的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的STA2的用户信息子字段中，STA2的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(比如为1)；所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含AP2的标识信息。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第一触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第一条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：当AP2收到含有第一触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，如果第一PPDU的前导码中的MAP TXS指示位(即第一指示位)为1，则AP2不会丢弃该第一触发帧，并解析该第一触发帧(图13中的MAP TXS触发帧)；或者当AP2收到含有第一触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，AP2忽略前导码中的UL/DL指示信息，直接解析该第一触发帧。若AP2解析该第一触发帧后，确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件，即满足a)第一触发帧的Common info中的MAP TXS Indication子字段(第一共享传输指示子字段)等于1，b)第一触发帧的所有User Info中没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，c)第一触发帧的User Info中有与自己关联的STA2的AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，d)STA2的User Info中MAP TXS mode子字段(传输模式子字段)取值等于1，则AP2开启上行协作波束赋形/协作MU-MIMO，对准备阶段获得的其他非关联STA(STA1)进行波束调零操作(行为与下行CBF保持一致)，并准备接收关联STA2发送的上行数据。
S3242：STA2接收AP1发送的该第一触发帧，在该第一触发帧满足第八条件的情况下，在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS之后，向AP2发送上行数据。
示例性的，在所述第一触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式，也就是第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含：第一共享传输指示子字段；用户信息字段中包含：STA的标识子字段，用于携带STA的AID的12个最低有效位，或12位VAID；STA的用户信息字段中还可以包括：STA的传输模式子字段。相应的，所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值(比如1)；所述第一触发帧中包含具备STA2的标识信息的用户信息子字段。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第一触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第八条件可以包含的内容，在前述第四方面实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：STA2收到第一触发帧，解析后第一触发帧的Common info(公共信息字段)中的MAP TXS Indication子字段(第一共享传输指示子字段)取值等于1，且第一触发帧的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，则STA2会在SIFS之后根据第一触发帧的Common info和User Info中其它字段的要求在不超过分配的TXOP时间内向与其关联的AP2发送上行数据。这里，关于其他字段的要求这里不做赘述，只要能够确定在不超过分配的TXOP时间内发送上行数据就在本实施例的保护范围内。
S3251：AP1接收到STA1发送的上行数据后，向STA1发送BA。
S3252：AP2接收到STA2发送的上行数据后，向STA2发送BA。
在如图19和图20所示的场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)与STA1(即第三STA)关联，AP2(Shared AP即第二STA)与STA2(即第四STA)关联，AP1(sharing AP)触发AP2和自己同步下行传输的流程，具体如图33所示，包括：
S3310：AP1生成第三触发帧。本步骤中第三触发帧，即图20中的MAP TXS触发帧。
具体的，AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后，得知BSS2中的AP2有下行数据需要发送，则AP1生成用来触发和AP2一起同步下行传输的第三触发帧即MAP TXS触发帧，其中包含AP2的User info字段。关于第三触发帧的各种可能的格式可以与前述实施例所描述的相同，这里不做重复说明。
S3320：AP1发送第三触发帧。其中，AP1可以采用采用单播形式发送第三触发帧，其接收地址设为AP2的地址。或者，可以采用组播或广播的形式发送第三触发帧，关于具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
S3331：AP1在发送所述第三触发帧的SIFS后，对STA2进行波束调零操作，并向STA1发送下行数据。也就是，AP1发送第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，对非关联STA2进行波束调零操作，同时向与自己关联的STA1发送下行数据。
S3332：STA1接收到AP1发送的该第三触发帧，在该第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收AP1发送的下行数据。
示例性的，所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA1的标识信息的用户信息子字段。也就是说，STA1收到第三触发帧后，确定所有的User Info中都没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，则丢弃该帧。又一种示例，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，STA1的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，STA1的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA1的标识信息的STA1的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的STA1的用户信息子字段中，STA1的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值(比如1)。也就是第三触发帧中的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，且user info或common info中的UL/DL Indication字段等于1，则STA1准备接收关联AP的下行数据。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第三触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第六条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
S3341：AP2接收到AP1发送的该第三触发帧，在该第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，对STA1进行波束调零操作，在接收到该第三触发帧的SIFS之后，向STA2发送下行数据。
示例性的，在所述第三触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式，所述第三条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值(比如为1)：所述第三触发帧中包含具备AP2的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的AP2的用户信息子字段中，AP2的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值(比如为1)。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第三触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第三条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：当AP2收到含有第三触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，如果第一PPDU的前导码中的MAP TXS指示位(即第一指示位)为1，则AP2不会丢弃该第三触发帧，并解析该第三触发帧；或者当AP2收到含有第三触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，AP2忽略前导码中的UL/DL指示信息，直接解析该第三触发帧。若AP2解析该第三触发帧后，确定该第三触发帧满足第三条件，即满足a)Common info中的MAP TXS Indication子字段等于1，b)User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，c)自己的User Info中MAP TXS mode子字段等于1，则AP2开启下行协作波束赋形，AP2对准备阶段获得的其他非关联STA(STA1)进行波束调零操作，SIFS之后，在不超过分配的TXOP时间内准备向关联STA2发送下行数据。
S3342：STA2接收AP1发送的该第三触发帧，在该第三触发帧满足第九条件的情况下，在接收到该第三触发帧的SIFS之后，接收AP2发送的下行数据。
示例性的，所述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA2的标识信息的用户信息子字段。也就是说，STA2收到第三触发帧后，确定所有的User Info中都没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，则丢弃该帧。又一种示例，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，STA2的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，STA2的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。所述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA2的标识信息的STA2的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的STA2的用户信息子字段中，STA2的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值(比如1)。也就是，若第三触发帧的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，且user info或common info中的UL/DL Indication字段等于1，则STA2准备接收关联AP的下行数据。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第三触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第九条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
S3351：STA1向AP1发送BA；
S3352：STA2向AP2发送BA。
在如图14所示的上行CSR场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)与STA1(即第三STA)关联，AP2(Shared AP即第二STA)与STA2(即第四STA)关联，AP1(sharing AP)触发STA1和STA2同步上行传输的流程如图15所示，关于图14、图15的处理流程，在前述第一方面至第四方面实施例已经分别说明，本示例中不做赘述。在如图16所示的上行COFDMA场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)与STA11、STA12(即两个第三STA)关联，AP2(Shared AP即第二STA)与STA21(即第四STA)关联，AP1(sharing AP)触发STA11、STA12、STA21同步上行传输的流程示意如图17所示，下面结合图34对上行COFDMA场景中各个设备的处理流程进行说明：
S3410：AP1生成第一触发帧。本步骤中第一触发帧，即图17中的MAP TXS触发帧。具体的，AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后(COFDMA可能不需要探测阶段，根据不同的RSSI测量方式，决定是否需要探测阶段)，得知BSS2中的STA21有上行数据需要发送并获得STA21的AID或VAID信息，则AP1生成用来触发STA1(STA11、STA12)和STA21同步上行传输的MAP TXS触发帧(即第一触发帧)，其中包含STA11、STA12、STA21的User info字段。关于第一触发帧的各种可能的格式可以与前述第一方面实施例所描述的相同，这里不做重复说明。
S3420：AP1发送该第一触发帧。同样的，本步骤中第一触发帧，即图17中的MAP TXS触发帧。
具体的，AP1可以采用采用广播或组播形式发送第一触发帧；第一触发帧接收地址设为广播或组播地址。
S3431：AP1发送该第一触发帧的SIFS时间后，准备在STA1(STA11、STA12)对应的第一RU上接收关联STA1(STA11、STA12)的上行数据。其中，STA11的第一RU与STA12的第一RU不同。
S3432：STA1(STA11、STA12)接收到AP1发送的该第一触发帧，在该第一触发帧满足第五条件的情况下，在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS之后，使用对应的第一RU向AP1发送上行数据。
示例性的，在所述第一触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、STA1的用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的 格式；该第五条件可以包括：所述第一触发帧中包含具备STA1(STA11、STA12)的标识信息的用户信息子字段。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第一触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第五条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
举例来说，本步骤具体可以为：STA1(STA11、STA12)收到一个User Info中AID12子字段(即标识子字段)等于自己AID或VAID 12个最低有效位的第一触发帧，则确定该第一触发帧满足第五条件，STA1(STA11、STA12)会在SIFS之后，根据第一触发帧的Common info和STA1(STA11、STA12)User Info中其他子字段的要求，在分配的TXOP时间内，使用对应的RU，向AP1发送上行数据。这里，STA1(STA11、STA12)User Info中其他子字段至少可以包括：Max TX power子字段(发射功率子字段)指示的最大发射功率。也就是STA1(STA11、STA12)可以根据Max TX power子字段的最大发射功率确定当前的发射功率(即第一发射功率)，比如可以直接将该最大发射功率作为第一发射功率，或者可以基于公式计算得到第一发射功率，关于计算方式在前述实施例已经说明，这里不做赘述。
S3441：AP2接收到AP1发送的该第一触发帧，在该第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式，在接收所述第一触发帧的SIFS后，在第二RU上，接收STA21的上行数据。
示例性的，在所述第一触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式。相应的，所述第一条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值(比如为1)：所述第一触发帧中包含具备STA21(即与AP2关联的STA)的标识信息的STA2的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的STA21的用户信息子字段中，STA21的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值(比如为2)；所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含AP2的标识信息。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第一触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第一条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：当AP2收到含有第一触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，如果第一PPDU的前导码中的MAP TXS指示位为1，则AP2不会丢弃该第一触发帧，并解析该第一触发帧(图13中的MAP TXS触发帧)；或者当AP2收到含有第一触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，AP2忽略前导码中的UL/DL指示信息，直接解析该第一触发帧。若AP2解析该第一触发帧后，确定该第一触发帧满足第一条件，即满足a)第一触发帧的Common info中的MAP TXS Indication子字段(第一共享传输指示子字段)等于1，b)第一触发帧的所有User Info中没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，c)第一触发帧的User Info中有与自己关联的STA21的AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，d)STA2(STA21)的User Info中MAP TXS mode子字段(传输模式子字段)的取值等于2，则AP2保存关联STA的User Info中其他字段信息，开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR，准备在分配的RU(即第二RU)上接收关联STA21发送的上行数据。
S3442：STA21接收AP1发送的该第一触发帧，在该第一触发帧满足第八条件的情况下，在接收到该第一触发帧的SIFS之后，在对应的第二RU上向AP2发送上行数据。
示例性的，在所述第一触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式；所述第八条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值(比如1)；所述第一触发帧中包含具备STA21的标识信息的用户信息子字段。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第一触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第八条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：STA21收到MAP TXS触发帧，解析后第一触发帧的Common info(公共信息字段)中的MAP TXS Indication子字段(第一共享传输指示子字段)取值等于1，且第一触发帧的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，则STA21会在SIFS之后根据Common info和User Info中其它字段的要求在分配的TXOP时间内使用分配的RU以及不超过Max TX power子字段指示的发射功率，向与其关联的AP2发送上行数据。关于STA21确定本次使用的发射功率(即前述第四方面实施例的第三发射功率的方式与前述实施例相同，不做赘述)。
S3451：AP1在STA1(STA11、STA12)对应的第一RU上，向STA1(STA11、STA12)发送BA。
S3452：AP2在STA21对应的第二RU上，向STA21发送BA。
图21和图22所示的下行CSR场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)与STA1(即第三STA)关联，AP2(Shared AP即第二STA)与STA2(即第四STA)关联，AP1(sharing AP)触发AP2和自己同步下行传输的流程。关于图21、图22的处理流程，在前述第一方面至第四方面实施例已经分别说明，本示例中不做赘述。
在如图23和图24所示的下行COFDMA场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)，AP2和AP3均为Shared AP，AP2和AP3为两个第二STA)与STA21(即第四STA)关联，AP1(sharing AP)触发AP2和AP3同步下行传输的流程示意如图24所示。在如图23和图24所示的场景中，AP1、AP2、AP3处在一个多AP协作组中，AP1触发AP2和AP3与自己一起进行同步下行传输。下面结合图35，以AP1、AP2为例具体说明如下：
S3510：AP1生成第三触发帧。本步骤中第三触发帧，即图24中的MAP TXS触发帧。具体的，AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后(COFDMA可能不需要探测阶段，根据不同的RSSI测量方式，决定是否需要探测阶段)，得知BSS2中的AP2有下行数据需要发送，(BSS3中的AP3有下行数据需要发送)，则AP1生成用来触发和AP2(AP2、AP3)一起同步下行传输的MAP TXS触发帧，其中包含AP2(AP2、AP3)的User info字段。关于第三触发帧的各种可能的格式可以与前述实施例所描述的相同，这里不做重复说明。
S3520：AP1发送第三触发帧。其中，AP1可以采用采用单播形式发送第三触发帧，其接收地址设为AP2的地址。或者，可以采用组播或广播的形式发送第三触发帧，关于具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
S3531：AP1在发送所述第三触发帧的SIFS后，使用分配的RU向自己关联的STA1发送下行数据。
具体的，AP1发送第三触发帧的SIFS时间后，根据准备阶段和测量阶段获得的信息，使用分配的RU以及不影响其 他BSS中STA接收的发射功率(从准备阶段和测量阶段交互的信息中获得)，向与自己关联的STA发送下行数据。其中，分配的RU具体可以指的是为STA1分配的RU，即前述实施例中的第一RU。
S3532：STA1接收到AP1发送的该第三触发帧，在该第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收AP1发送的下行数据。
示例性的，所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA1的标识信息的用户信息子字段。也就是说，STA1收到第三触发帧后，确定所有的User Info中都没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，则丢弃该帧。又一种示例，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，STA1的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，STA1的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA1的标识信息的STA1的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的STA1的用户信息子字段中，STA1的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值(比如1)。也就是第三触发帧中的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，且user info或common info中的UL/DL Indication字段等于1，则STA1准备接收关联AP的下行数据。
S3541：AP2接收到AP1发送的该第三触发帧，在该第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，在接收到该第三触发帧的SIFS之后，使用STA2对应的RU向STA2发送下行数据。
其中STA2对应的RU可以为前述实施例中所述第二RU。AP2发送下行数据所使用的发射功率，可以为基于AP2的用户信息子字段中的发射功率子字段确定的。具体的确定方式在前述实施例已经说明，不做赘述。示例性的，在所述第三触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式。相应的，所述第三条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值(比如为1)：所述第三触发帧中包含具备AP2的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的AP2的用户信息子字段中，AP2的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值(比如为2)。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第三触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第三条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：当AP2收到含有第三触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，如果第一PPDU的前导码中的MAP TXS指示位为1，则AP2不会丢弃该第三触发帧，并解析该第三触发帧；或者当AP2收到含有第三触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，AP2忽略前导码中的UL/DL指示信息，直接解析该第三触发帧。若AP2解析该第三触发帧后，确定该第三触发帧满足第三条件，即满足a)Common info中的MAP TXS Indication子字段等于1，b)User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，c)自己的User Info中MAP TXS mode子字段等于2，则AP2开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR，SIFS之后，在不超过分配的TXOP时间内使用分配的RU以及不超过Max TX power子字段指示的发送功率向关联STA发送下行数据。
S3542：STA2接收AP1发送的该第三触发帧，在该第三触发帧满足第九条件的情况下，接收AP2发送的下行数据。
示例性的，所述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA2的标识信息的用户信息子字段。也就是说，STA2收到第三触发帧后，确定所有的User Info中都没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，则丢弃该帧。又一种示例，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，STA2的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，STA2的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。也就是说，所述第九条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA2的标识信息的STA2的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的STA2的用户信息子字段中，STA2的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值(比如1)。也就是，若第三触发帧的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，且user info或common info中的UL/DL Indication字段等于1，则STA2准备接收关联AP的下行数据。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第三触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第九条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
S3551：STA1向AP1发送BA；
S3552：STA2向AP2发送BA。
在如图25所示的场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)与STA1(即第三STA)关联，AP2(Shared AP即第二STA)与STA2(即第四STA)关联，AP1、AP2处在一个多AP协作组中，AP1(sharing AP)触发AP2和自己向STA1同步下行联合传输的流程如图26所示，下面结合图36对联合传输的流程进行说明：
S3610：AP1生成第三触发帧。本步骤中第三触发帧，即图26中的MAP TXS触发帧。
具体的，AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后，选择AP2(比如可以基于AP1的覆盖范围、AP1获取的各STA的CSI反馈等确定，不做穷举)作为联合传输的协作AP，并从AP2处获得STA1的CSI反馈，AP1根据所有的CSI信息计算出AP2的下行传输预编码矩阵，并将预编码信息和需要发给STA1的数据信息告知AP2。AP1生成用来触发和AP2一起同步下行传输的MAP TXS触发帧，其中包含AP2的User info字段。
关于第三触发帧的各种可能的格式可以与前述实施例所描述的相同，这里不做重复说明。
S3620：AP1发送第三触发帧。其中，AP1可以采用采用单播形式发送第三触发帧，其接收地址设为AP2的地址。或者，可以采用组播或广播的形式发送第三触发帧，关于具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
S3631：AP1在发送所述第三触发帧的SIFS后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向自己关联的STA1发送下行数据。
具体的，AP1发送MAP TXS触发帧的SIFS时间后，根据准备阶段和测量阶段获得的信息，采用计算的预编码对待传输数据进行处理后向与自己关联的STA1发送下行数据。
S3632：AP2接收到AP1发送的该第三触发帧，在该第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，在接收到该第三触发帧的SIFS之后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向STA1发送下行数据。
示例性的，在所述第三触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式；所述第三条件包括：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值(比如为1)：所述第三触发帧中包含具备AP2的标识信息的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的AP2的用户信息子字段中，AP2的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值(比如为3)。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第三触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第三条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：当AP2收到含有第三触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，如果第一PPDU的前导码中的MAP TXS指示位为1，则AP2不会丢弃该第三触发帧，并解析该第三触发帧；或者当AP2收到含有第三触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，AP2忽略前导码中的UL/DL指示信息，直接解析该第三触发帧。若AP2解析该第三触发帧后，确定该第三触发帧满足第三条件，即满足a)Common info中的MAP TXS Indication子字段等于1，b)User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，c)自己的User Info中MAP TXS mode子字段等于3，开启联合传输，SIFS之后，在不超过分配的TXOP时间内采用获得的预编码对待传输数据进行处理后向非关联STA1发送下行数据。
S3633：STA1接收到AP1发送的该第三触发帧，STA1在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收AP1发送的下行数据，以及接收AP2发送的下行数据。
示例性的，所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA1的标识信息的用户信息子字段。也就是说，STA1收到第三触发帧后，确定所有的User Info中都没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，则丢弃该帧。此时STA1可以不做处理或进入休眠状态。又一种示例，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，STA1的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第三触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，STA1的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。所述第六条件包括：所述第三触发帧中包含具备STA1的标识信息的STA1的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的STA1的用户信息子字段中，STA1的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值(比如1)。也就是第三触发帧中的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，且user info或common info中的UL/DL Indication字段等于1，则STA1准备接收下行数据。
S3640：STA1向AP1发送BA。
在如图14和图18所示的场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)与STA1(即第三STA)关联，AP2(Shared AP即第二STA)与STA2(即第四STA)关联，AP1(sharing AP)触发STA1和STA2同步上行传输。具体如图37所示，包括：
S3710：AP1生成第二触发帧。本步骤中第二触发帧，即图18中的MAP TXS触发帧。
具体的，AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后，得知BSS2中有上行数据需要发送并希望采用传统上行多AP TXOP共享模式，则AP1生成用来触发与AP2一起同步发送Basic trigger(基础触发帧)即前述实施例中的第一帧的第二触发帧，第二触发帧中包含AP2的User info字段。关于第二触发帧的各种可能的格式可以与前述第一方面实施例所描述的相同，这里不做重复说明。
S3720：AP1发送该第二触发帧。示例性的，第二触发帧采用单播形式发送，其接收地址设为AP2的地址。应理解，第二触发帧还可以采用广播或组播的形式发送，具体的说明在前述第一方面实施例已经详述，这里不做赘述。
S3730：AP1发送该第二触发帧的SIFS时间后，向STA1发送基础触发帧。该基础触发帧即前述四个方面实施例中的第一帧。
S3740：AP2接收到AP1发送的该第二触发帧，在该第二触发帧满足第二条件的情况下，开启传统上行多AP TXOP共享模式，SIFS之后向关联STA2发送基础触发帧。
示例性的，在所述第一触发帧中公共信息字段使用前述图6的格式、用户信息字段的格式采用图7所示的格式；所述第二条件包括：所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二共享传输指示子字段(即MAP TXS Indication子字段)的取值为第八值(比如1)：所述第二触发帧中包含具备AP2的标识信息的AP2的用户信息子字段；所述第二触发帧的AP2的用户信息子字段中，AP2的传输模式子字段的取值为第五值(比如4)。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第二触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第二条件可以包含的内容，在前述第二方面实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：当AP2收到含有第二触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，如果第一PPDU的前导码中的MAP TXS指示位(即第一指示位)为1，则AP2不会丢弃该第二触发帧，并解析该第二触发帧(图13中的MAP TXS触发帧)；或者当AP2收到含有第二触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，AP2忽略前导码中的UL/DL指示信息，直接解析该第二触发帧。若AP2解析该第二触发帧后，确定该第二触发帧满足第二条件，即满足a)第二触发帧的Common info中的MAP TXS Indication子字段等于1，b)第二触发帧的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，c)自己User Info中MAP TXS mode子字段等于4，则AP2开启传统上行多AP TXOP共享模式，SIFS之后向关联STA2发送Basic trigger(基础触发帧)。
S3751：STA1根据基础触发帧指示的信息，向AP1发送上行数据。
S3752：STA2根据基础触发帧指示的信息，向AP2发送上行数据。
S3761：AP1向STA1发送BA进行数据确认。
S3762：AP2向STA2发送BA进行数据确认。
针对除了上述两种情况之外，CSR也支持sharing AP与关联STA进行上行传输，shared AP也与关联STA进行下行传输进行说明。在如图27和图28所示的场景中，AP1(Sharing AP即第一STA)与STA1(即第三STA)关联，AP2(Shared AP即第二STA)与STA2(即第四STA)关联，AP1(sharing AP)自己接收STA1上行数据、并触发AP2下行传输。具体的处理流程如图38所示，包括：
S3810：AP1生成第四触发帧。本步骤中第四触发帧，即图28中的MAP TXS触发帧。具体的，AP1在准备阶段和探测阶段完成与多AP协作集中其他设备的交互后(根据不同的RSSI测量方式，决定是否需要探测阶段)，得知BSS2中的AP2有下行数据需要发送，则AP1生成用来触发STA1和AP2一起同步传输的第四触发帧，其中包含STA1和AP2的User info字段。关于第四触发帧的各种可能的格式可以与前述实施例所描述的相同，这里不做重复说明。
S3820：AP1发送第四触发帧。可以采用组播或广播的形式发送第三触发帧，关于具体说明与前述实施例相同，不做赘述。
S3831：AP1在发送所述第四触发帧的SIFS后，准备接收STA1发送的上行数据。
S3832：STA1接收到AP1发送的该第四触发帧，在该第四触发帧满足第七条件的情况下，在接收到该第四触发帧的SIFS之后，基于第二发射功率，向AP1发送上行数据。
示例性的，第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第三STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。所述第七条件，包括：所述第四触发帧包含具备STA1的标识信息的STA1的用户信息子字段。比如，STA1收到一个User Info中AID12子字段(标识子字段)等于自己AID或VAID 12个最低有效位的MAP TXS触发帧，会在SIFS之后根据Common info和User Info中其他字段的要求在分配的TXOP时间内使用不超过Max TX power子字段(发射功率子字段)指示的最大发送功率，向AP1发送上行数据。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第四触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第七条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
S3841：AP2接收到AP1发送的该第四触发帧，在该第四触发帧满足第四条件的情况下，在接收到第四触发帧的第四时长后，在第二RU上，向STA2发送下行数据。其中，第二RU为STA2对应的RU。
第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图6的格式，第二STA的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图7的格式。所述第四条件包括：所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中第四共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备AP2的标识信息的AP2的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的AP2的用户信息子字段中AP2的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值(比如2)。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第四触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第四条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
对本步骤进行说明，具体可以为：当AP2收到含有第四触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，如果第一PPDU的前导码中的MAP TXS指示位为1，则AP2不会丢弃该第四触发帧，并解析该第四触发帧；或者当AP2收到含有第四触发帧的第一PPDU(即EHT PPDU)后，AP2忽略前导码中的UL/DL指示信息，直接解析该第四触发帧。若AP2解析该第四触发帧后，满足a)Common info中的MAP TXS Indication子字段等于1，b)User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，c)自己的User Info中MAP TXS mode子字段等于2，则AP2开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR，SIFS之后，在不超过分配的TXOP时间内使用分配的RU以及不超过Max TX power子字段指示的发送功率向关联STA发送下行数据。
S3842：STA2接收AP1发送的该第四触发帧，在该第四触发帧满足第十条件的情况下，接收AP2发送的下行数据。
示例性的，所述第十条件包括：所述第四触发帧中包含具备STA2的标识信息的用户信息子字段。也就是说，STA2收到第四触发帧后，确定所有的User Info中都没有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，则丢弃该帧。第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图9的格式，STA2的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图5的格式。或者，第四触发帧的公共信息字段可以采用前述图4的格式，STA2的用户信息子字段可以采用前述图8的格式。所述第十条件包括：所述第四触发帧中包含具备STA2的标识信息的STA2的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的STA2的用户信息子字段中，STA2的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值(比如1)。比如，MAP TXS触发帧的User Info中有与自己AID或VAID的12个最低有效位相等的AID12子字段，且user info或common info中的UL/DL Indication字段等于1，则STA2准备接收关联AP的下行数据。应理解，这里仅为示例性说明，关于第四触发帧为其他格式的情况下，第十条件可以包含的内容，在前述实施例中已经做出详述，因此这里不做重复说明。
S3851：AP1向STA1发送BA；
S3852：STA2向AP2发送BA。
图39是根据本申请实施例的第一STA3900示意性结构图，可以包括：第一通信单元3910，用于发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第一保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第二保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中HE/EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。
所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第i个用户信息子字段，为第i个STA的用户信息子字段；i为大于等于1的整数，所述第i个STA为所述多个STA中之一；所述第i个用户信息子字段， 包括以下至少之一：第i个STA的标识子字段，所述第i个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第i个STA的标识信息；第i个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第i个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第i个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；第i个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第i个STA所用的最大发射功率；第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第i个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
所述第i个STA的标识信息，为所述第i个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。
所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第一STA的AID和/或VAID为目标设备配置的。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于执行以下至少之一：从目标设备获取第二STA的AID和/或VAID；
基于标识取值第一范围为第三STA配置AID和/或VAID；所述标识取值第一范围为目标设备配置的，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；从第二STA获取第四STA的AID和/或VAID；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联。
所述标识取值第一范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。
所述目标设备为协调设备；所述协调设备为接入点AP；或者，所述协调设备为除AP之外的设备。
所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。所述第一PPDU为增强的极高吞吐量EHT PPDU；所述第一指示位为多接入点传输机会共享MAP TXS指示位。
所述触发帧为第一触发帧；所述第一通信单元3910，用于发送所述第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；其中，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；向所述第三STA发送块确认BA。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式的情况下，在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，对第四STA进行波束调零操作，并接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据。
所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中，包括第一传输模式子字段；所述第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段；所述第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段；所述第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，在第一资源单元RU上，接收所述第三STA的上行数据；其中，所述第一RU为所述第三STA对应的资源。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在所述第一RU上，向所述第三STA发送所述BA。
所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一传输模式子字段；所述传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段，所述第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段，所述第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一上下行指示子字段，所述第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第四STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的发射功率子字段；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第四STA的发射功率子字段。
所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第一共享传输指示子字段；所述第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。
所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包括第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包括第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息。
所述触发帧为第二触发帧；所述第一通信单元3910，用于发送所述第二触发帧，所述第二触发帧用于触发所述多个STA同步发送第一帧，所述第一帧用于触发所述多个STA关联的STA进行同步上行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：所述第一STA和第二STA。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在开启传统上行TXOP共享模式的情况下，在发送所述第二触发帧的第二时长后，向第三STA发送所述第一帧；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；在向所述第三STA发送所述第一帧后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；向所述第三STA发送块确认BA。
所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二传输模式子字段，所述第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。
所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段，所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第五值。
所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息。
所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二上下行指示子字段，所述第二上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第二共享传输指示子字段；所述第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。
所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第一通信单元3910，用于发送第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在开启下行CBF模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，对第四STA进行波束调零操作，并向第三STA发送下行数据；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联。
所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三传输模式子字段，所述第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段；所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，在第一资源单元RU上，向所述第三STA发送下行数据；其中，所述第一RU为所述第三STA对应的资源。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在所述第一RU上，接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三传输模式子字段，所述第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段，所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在开启联合传输模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向所述第三STA发送所述下行数据。
所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第三传输模式子字段，所述第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值。
所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段，所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值。
所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三上下行指示子字段，所述第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的发射功率子字段。
所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息。
所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第三共享传输指示子字段；所述第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。
所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息；第四STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述触发帧为第四触发帧；所述第一通信单元3910，用于发送所述第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。
所述第一通信单元3910，用于在发送所述第四触发帧的第四时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；向所述第三STA发送块确认BA。
所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；第三STA的发射功率子字段，用于指示所述第三STA所用的最大发射功率；第三STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息；第二STA的发射功率子字段；第二STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；第二STA的传输模式子字段，所述第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联；第四STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第二STA为被共享Shared AP。所述第一STA为共享Sharing接入点AP。
上述第一STA还可以包含第一处理单元，该第一处理单元可以用于生成触发帧，确定当前采用的传输模式等等，这里不对其进行穷举。
图40是根据本申请实施例的第二STA4000示意性结构图，可以包括：
第二通信单元4010，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第一保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第二保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段的至少部分比特位。所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中HE/EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。
所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第j个用户信息子字段，为第j个STA的用户信息子字段；j为大于等于1的整数，所述第j个STA为所述多个STA中之一；所述第j个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：第j个STA的标识子字段，所述第j个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第j个STA的标识信息；第j个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第j个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第j个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第j个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；第j个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第j个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第j个STA所用的最大发射功率；第j个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第j个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第j个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
所述第j个STA的标识信息，为所述第j个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。
所述第j个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第j个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第j个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第j个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第j个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第j个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第二STA的AID和/或VAID为目标设备配置的。
第二通信单元4010，用于执行以下至少之一：从目标设备获取第一STA的AID和/或VAID；基于标识取值第二范围为第四STA分配AID和/或VAID；所述标识取值第二范围为目标设备配置的；从所述第一STA获取第三STA的AID和/或VAID；所述第三STA与第一STA关联。
所述标识取值第二范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。
所述目标设备为协调设备；所述协调设备为接入点AP；或者，所述协调设备为除AP之外的设备。
所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。
所述第一PPDU为增强的极高吞吐量EHT PPDU；和/或，所述第一指示位为多接入点传输机会共享MAP TXS指示位。
所述触发帧为第一触发；第二通信单元4010，用于接收所述第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输；其中，所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联。
第二通信单元4010，用于在确定携带所述第一触发帧的第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第一触发帧。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，接收所述第四STA的上行数据；所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据。
所述第一条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式，在接收所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，在第二资源单元RU上，接收所述第四STA的上行数据；其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
所述第一条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。所述触发帧为第二触发帧；第二通信单元4010，用于接收所述第一STA发送的第二触发帧，所述第二触发帧用于触发所述多个STA同步发送第一帧，所述第一帧用于触发所述多个STA关联的STA进行同步上行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：所述第一STA和第二STA。
第二通信单元4010，用于在确定携带所述第二触发帧的第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第二触发帧。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第二触发帧满足第二条件的情况下，开启传统上行TXOP共享模式，在接收到所述第二触发帧的第二时长后，向第四STA发送所述第一帧；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联；接收所述第四STA的上行数据，所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
所述第二条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值；所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第二触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
所述触发帧为第三触发帧；第二通信单元4010，用于接收所述第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA。
第二通信单元4010，用于在确定携带所述第三触发帧的第一PPDU中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第三触发帧。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；所述第二STA接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。
第二通信单元4010，用于开启下行CBF模式，对多个其他STA进行波束调零操作，并在接收到所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第四STA发送下行数据；其中，所述多个其他STA不与所述第二STA关联。
所述第三条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
第二通信单元4010，用于开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，在第二资源单元RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第二RU上，接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第三条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，开启联合传输模式；所述第二STA在接收所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向第三STA发送所述下行数据；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
所述第三条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；
所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
第二通信单元4010，用于接收所述第一STA发送的第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。
第二通信单元4010，用于在确定携带所述第四触发帧的第一PPDU中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第四触发帧。
第二通信单元4010，用于在所述第四触发帧满足第四条件的情况下，开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR，在第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源；在第二RU上，接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第四条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中第四共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第四触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
所述第一STA为共享Sharing接入点AP，所述第二STA为被共享Shared AP。
前述第二STA除了第二通信单元之外，还可以包括第二处理单元，该第二处理单元可以用于对触发帧进行解析，并判断是否满足对应的条件等处理，具体的处理方式在前述实施例已经详述，这里不做重复说明。
图41是根据本申请实施例的第三STA4100示意性结构图，可以包括：第三通信单元4110，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第一保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第二保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中HE/EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。
所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第k个用户信息子字段为第k个STA的用户信息子字段，k为大于或等于1的整数；所述第k个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：第k个STA的标识子字段，所述第k个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第k个STA的标识信息；第k个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第k个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第k个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第k个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；第k个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第k个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第k个STA所用的最大发射功率；第k个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第k个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第k个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
所述第k个STA的标识信息，为所述第k个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。
所述第k个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第k个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第k个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第k个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第k个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第k个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第三STA的AID和/或VAID，为第一STA基于标识取值第一范围为所述第三STA配置的，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。所述标识取值第一范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。
所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。所述第一PPDU为EHT PPDU；第一指示位可以为MAP TXS指示位。
所述触发帧为第一触发帧；第三通信单元4110，用于接收第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；其中，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
第三通信单元4110，用于在基于所述第一触发帧确定满足第五条件的情况下，在接收到所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第五条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
第三通信单元4110，用于在第一RU上，采用第一发射功率向所述第一STA发送所述上行数据；所述第一发射功率，为基于所述第一触发帧中第三STA的发射功率子字段所指示的最大发射功率确定的。
第三通信单元4110，用于在所述第一RU上，接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第五条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
第三通信单元4110，用于接收第一STA发送的第一帧，所述第一帧为所述第一STA在发送第二触发帧后发送的。
第三通信单元4110，用于在接收到所述第一帧后，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的BA。
所述触发帧为第三触发帧；第三通信单元4110，用于接收第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
第三通信单元4110，用于在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据；向所述第一STA发送块确认BA。
所述第六条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第六条件，还包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
所述第六条件，还包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
第三通信单元4110，用于在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据，以及接收第二STA发送的下行数据。
所述第六条件，还包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值。
所述触发帧为第四触发帧；第三通信单元4110，用于接收第一STA发送的第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA。
所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。
第三通信单元4110，用于在所述第四触发帧满足第七条件的情况下，在接收所述第四触发帧的第四时长后，所述第三STA基于第二发射功率，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第二发射功率为基于第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中第三STA的发射功率子字段确定的；接收所述第一STA发送的BA。
所述第七条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三共享传输指示子字段，所述第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第四触发帧包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
所述第二STA为被共享Shared接入点AP。所述第一STA为共享Sharing接入点AP。
应理解，第三STA除了上述第三通信单元之外，还可以包括第三处理单元，该第三处理单元可以用于对触发帧进行解析，并判断触发帧是否满足对应的条件，进而控制进行后续处理，关于具体的处理在前述实施例已经详述，这里不做重复说明。
图42是根据本申请实施例的第四STA4200示意性结构图，可以包括：第四通信单元4210，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第四STA与所述第一STA不关联。
所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第一保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第二保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段。
所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中HE/EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。
所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第m个用户信息子字段为第m个STA的用户信息子字段，m为大于或等于1的整数；所述第m个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：第m个STA的标识子字段，所述第m个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第m个STA的标识信息；m为大于等于1的整数，所述第m个STA为所述多个STA中之一；第m个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第m个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第m个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第m个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；第m个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第m个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第m个STA所用的最大发射功率；第m个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第m个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第m个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
所述第m个STA的标识信息，为所述第m个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。
所述第m个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第m个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第m个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第m个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第m个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第m个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
所述第四STA的AID和/或VAID，由第二STA基于标识取值第二范围配置，所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联。
所述标识取值第二范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。
所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。所述第一PPDU为EHT PPDU；第一指示位可以为MAP TXS指示位。
所述触发帧为第一触发帧；第四通信单元4210，用于接收第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；其中，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
第四通信单元4210，用于在基于所述第一触发帧确定满足第八条件的情况下，在接收到所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，向第二STA发送上行数据；所述第二STA与所述第四STA关联；
所述第四STA接收所述第二STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第八条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
第四通信单元4210，用于在第二RU上，采用第三发射功率向所述第二STA发送所述上行数据；其中，所述第三发射功率，为基于所述第一触发帧中第四STA的发射功率子字段所指示的最大发射功率确定的。
第四通信单元4210，用于在所述第二RU上，接收所述第二STA发送的块确认BA。
所述第八条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
第四通信单元4210，用于接收第二STA发送的第一帧，所述第一帧为所述第二STA在接收到所述第一STA发送的第二触发帧后发送的。
第四通信单元4210，用于在接收到所述第一帧后，向所述第二STA发送上行数据；接收所述第二STA发送的BA。
第四通信单元4210，用于接收第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
第四通信单元4210，用于在所述第三触发帧满足第九条件的情况下，接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据；向所述第二STA发送块确认BA。
所述第九条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第九条件，还包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
所述第九条件，还包括以下至少之一：所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
所述触发帧为第四触发帧；第四通信单元4210，用于接收第一STA发送的第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。
第四通信单元4210，用于在所述第四触发帧满足第十条件的情况下，接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据；所述第四STA向所述第二STA发送BA。
所述第十条件，包括以下至少之一：所述第四触发帧包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
所述第二STA为被共享Shared接入点AP。所述第一STA为共享Sharing接入点AP。
应理解，第四STA除了上述第四通信单元之外，还可以包括第四处理单元，该第三处理单元可以用于对触发帧进行解析，并判断触发帧是否满足对应的条件，进而控制进行后续处理，关于具体的处理在前述实施例已经详述，这里不做重复说明。
图43是根据本申请实施例的通信设备4300示意性结构图。该通信设备4300包括处理器4310，处理器4310可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，以使通信设备4300实现本申请实施例中的方法。
在一种实施方式中，通信设备4300还可以包括存储器4320。其中，处理器4310可以从存储器4320中调用并运行计算机程序，以使通信设备4300实现本申请实施例中的方法。
其中，存储器4320可以是独立于处理器4310的一个单独的器件，也可以集成在处理器4310中。
在一种实施方式中，通信设备4300还可以包括收发器4352，处理器4310可以控制该收发器4352与其他设备进行通信，具体地，可以向其他设备发送信息或数据，或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。
其中，收发器4352可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器4352还可以进一步包括天线，天线的数量可以为一个或多个。
在一种实施方式中，该通信设备4300可为本申请实施例的第二STA，并且该通信设备4300可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第二STA实现的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
在一种实施方式中，该通信设备4300可为本申请实施例的第一STA，并且该通信设备4300可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一STA实现的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
在一种实施方式中，该通信设备4300可为本申请实施例的第三STA，并且该通信设备4300可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第三STA实现的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
在一种实施方式中，该通信设备4300可为本申请实施例的第四STA，并且该通信设备4300可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第四STA实现的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图44是根据本申请实施例的芯片4400的示意性结构图。该芯片4400包括处理器4410，处理器4410可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，以实现本申请实施例中的方法。
在一种实施方式中，芯片4400还可以包括存储器4420。其中，处理器4410可以从存储器4420中调用并运行计算机程序，以实现本申请实施例中由第一STA、第二STA、第三STA、或第四STA执行的方法。
其中，存储器4420可以是独立于处理器4410的一个单独的器件，也可以集成在处理器4410中。
在一种实施方式中，该芯片4400还可以包括输入接口4452。其中，处理器4410可以控制该输入接口4452与其他设备或芯片进行通信，具体地，可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。
在一种实施方式中，该芯片4400还可以包括输出接口4440。其中，处理器4410可以控制该输出接口4440与其他设备或芯片进行通信，具体地，可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。
在一种实施方式中，该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的第二STA，并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第二STA实现的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
在一种实施方式中，该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的第一STA，并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一STA实现的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
在一种实施方式中，该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的第三STA，并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中 由第三STA实现的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
在一种实施方式中，该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的第四STA，并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第四STA实现的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
应用于第二STA、第一STA、第三STA、第四STA的芯片可以是相同的芯片或不同的芯片。
应理解，本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片，系统芯片，芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。
上述提及的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。其中，上述提到的通用处理器可以是微处理器或者也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
上述提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)。
应理解，上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明，例如，本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DR RAM)等等。也就是说，本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
图45是根据本申请实施例的通信系统4500的示意性框图。该通信系统4500包括第一设备4510和第二设备4520。
其中，该第一设备4510可以用于实现上述方法中由第一STA实现的相应的功能，以及该第二设备4520可以用于实现上述方法中由第二STA实现的相应的功能。为了简洁，在此不再赘述。或者，该第一设备4510可以用于实现上述方法中由第二STA实现的相应的功能，以及该第二设备4520可以用于实现上述方法中由第四STA实现的相应的功能。为了简洁，在此不再赘述。或者，该第一设备4510可以用于实现上述方法中由第一STA实现的相应的功能，以及该第二设备4520可以用于实现上述方法中由第三STA实现的相应的功能。为了简洁，在此不再赘述。或者，该第一设备4510可以用于实现上述方法中由第二STA实现的相应的功能，以及该第二设备4520可以用于实现上述方法中由第三STA实现的相应的功能。为了简洁，在此不再赘述。或者，该第一设备4510可以用于实现上述方法中由第一STA实现的相应的功能，以及该第二设备4520可以用于实现上述方法中由第四STA实现的相应的功能。为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例中的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk，SSD))等。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以该权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (190)

  1. 一种通信方法，包括：
    第一站点STA发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：
    触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；
    传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；
    上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；
    共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其中，所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其中，所述第一保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
  6. 根据权利要求2-5任一项所述的方法，其中，所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，所述第二保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
  8. 根据权利要求2-7任一项所述的方法，其中，所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中高效率HE/极高吞吐量长训练字段EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第i个用户信息子字段，为第i个STA的用户信息子字段；i为大于等于1的整数，所述第i个STA为所述多个STA中之一；
    所述第i个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：
    第i个STA的标识子字段，所述第i个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第i个STA的标识信息；
    第i个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第i个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第i个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；
    第i个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第i个STA所用的最大发射功率；
    第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第i个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中，所述第i个STA的标识信息，为所述第i个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法，其中，所述第i个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  13. 根据权利要求10-12任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第i个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  14. 根据权利要求10-13任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第i个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第i个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  15. 根据权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA的AID和/或VAID为目标设备配置的。
  16. 根据权利要求1-15任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一STA从目标设备获取第二STA的AID和/或VAID；
    所述第一STA基于标识取值第一范围为第三STA配置AID和/或VAID；所述标识取值第一范围为目标设备配置的，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；
    所述第一STA从第二STA获取第四STA的AID和/或VAID；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其中，所述标识取值第一范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。
  18. 根据权利要求15-17任一项所述的方法，其中，所述目标设备为协调设备；所述协调设备为接入点AP；或者，所述协调设备为除AP之外的设备。
  19. 根据权利要求1-18任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，所述第一PPDU为增强的极高吞吐量EHT PPDU；所述第一指示位为多接入点传输机会共享MAP TXS指示位。
  21. 根据权利要求2-20任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第一触发帧；
    所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送所述第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输；
    所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；其中，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一STA在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；
    所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送块确认BA。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据，包括：
    所述第一STA在开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式的情况下，在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，对第四STA进行波束调零操作，并接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中，包括第一传输模式子字段；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段。
  25. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据，包括：
    所述第一STA在开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，在发送所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，在第一资源单元RU上，接收所述第三STA的上行数据；其中，所述第一RU为所述第三STA对应的资源。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送BA，包括：
    所述第一STA在所述第一RU上，向所述第三STA发送所述BA。
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一传输模式子字段；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的传输模式子字段；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第四STA的传输模式子字段。
  28. 根据权利要求25-27任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第一上下行指示子字段；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的上下行指示子字段；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第四STA的上下行指示子字段。
  29. 根据权利要求25-38任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第三STA的发射功率子字段；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第四STA的发射功率子字段。
  30. 根据权利要求21-29任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第一共享传输指示子字段。
  31. 根据权利要求21-30任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中包括第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；
    和/或，所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中包括第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息。
  32. 根据权利要求2-20任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第二触发帧；所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送所述第二触发帧，所述第二触发帧用于触发所述多个STA同步发送第一帧，所述第一帧用于触发所述多个STA关联的STA进行同步上行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：所述第一STA和第二STA。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一STA在开启传统上行TXOP共享模式的情况下，在发送所述第二触发帧的第二时长后，向第三STA发送所述第一帧；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；
    所述第一STA在向所述第三STA发送所述第一帧后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；
    所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送块确认BA。
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法，其中，
    所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二传输模式子字段；
    和/或，所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段。
  35. 根据权利要求32-34任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中包括第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息。
  36. 根据权利要求32-35任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第二上下行指示子字段；
    或者，所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段。
  37. 根据权利要求32-36任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第二共享传输指示子字段；所述第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值。
  38. 根据权利要求2-20任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第三触发帧；
    所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联；
    所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据，包括：
    所述第一STA在开启下行CBF模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，对第四STA进行波束调零操作，并向第三STA发送下行数据；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法，其中，
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三传输模式子字段；
    和/或，所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段。
  42. 根据权利要求49所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据，包括：
    所述第一STA在开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，在第一资源单元RU上，向所述第三STA发送下行数据；其中，所述第一RU为所述第三STA对应的资源。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA，包括：所述第一STA在所述第一RU上，接收所述第三STA发送的块确认BA。
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所述的方法，其中，
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三传输模式子字段；
    和/或，所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段。
  45. 根据权利要求40所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第三STA发送下行数据，所述方法包括：
    所述第一STA在开启联合传输模式的情况下，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向所述第三STA发送所述下行数据。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法，其中，
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第三传输模式子字段；
    和/或，所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的传输模式子字段。
  47. 根据权利要求38-46任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三上下行指示子字段，；
    和/或，
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的上下行指示子字段。
  48. 根据权利要求38-47任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，还包括：第二STA的发射功率子字段；和/或，第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息。
  49. 根据权利要求38-48任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中还包括：第三共享传输指示子字段。
  50. 根据权利要求38-49任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：
    第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；
    第三STA的上下行指示子字段。
  51. 根据权利要求38-50任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：
    第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息；
    第四STA的上下行指示子字段。
  52. 根据权利要求2-20任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第四触发帧；
    所述第一STA发送触发帧，包括：所述第一STA发送所述第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的方法，其中，所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。
  54. 根据权利要求52或53所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一STA在发送所述第四触发帧的第四时长后，接收所述第三STA发送的上行数据；
    所述第一STA向所述第三STA发送块确认BA。
  55. 根据权利要求52-54任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：
    第三STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第三STA的标识信息；
    第三STA的发射功率子字段，用于指示所述第三STA所用的最大发射功率；
    第三STA的上下行指示子字段。
  56. 根据权利要求52-55任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，包括以下至少之一：
    第二STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第二STA的标识信息；
    第二STA的发射功率子字段；
    第二STA的上下行指示子字段；
    第二STA的传输模式子字段。
  57. 根据权利要求52-56任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，包括：
    第四STA的标识子字段，用于携带所述第四STA的标识信息；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联；
    第四STA的上下行指示子字段。
  58. 根据权利要求16、21-57任一项所述的方法，所述第二STA为被共享SharedAP。
  59. 根据权利要求1-58任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA为共享Sharing接入点AP。
  60. 一种通信方法，包括：
    第二站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：
    触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；
    传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；
    上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；
    共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的方法，其中，所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
  63. 根据权利要求61或62所述的方法，其中，所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的方法，其中，所述第一保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
  65. 根据权利要求61-64任一项所述的方法，其中，所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的方法，其中，所述第二保留子字段为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
  67. 根据权利要求61-66任一项所述的方法，其中，所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的方法，其中，所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中高效率HE/极高吞吐量长训练字段EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。
  69. 根据权利要求61-68任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第j个用户信息子字段，为第j个STA的用户信息子字段；j为大于等于1的整数，所述第j个STA为所述多个STA中之一；
    所述第j个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：
    第j个STA的标识子字段，所述第j个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第j个STA的标识信息；
    第j个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第j个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第j个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第j个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；
    第j个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第j个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第j个STA所用的最大发射功率；
    第j个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第j个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第j个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的方法，其中，所述第j个STA的标识信息，为所述第j个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。
  71. 根据权利要求69或70任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第j个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第j个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  72. 根据权利要求69-71任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第j个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第j个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  73. 根据权利要求69-72任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第j个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第j个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  74. 根据权利要求60-73任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第二STA的AID和/或VAID为目标设备配置的。
  75. 根据权利要求60-74任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括以下至少之一：
    所述第二STA从目标设备获取第一STA的AID和/或VAID；
    所述第二STA基于标识取值第二范围为第四STA分配AID和/或VAID；所述标识取值第二范围为目标设备配置的；
    所述第二STA从所述第一STA获取第三STA的AID和/或VAID；所述第三STA与第一STA关联。
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的方法，其中，所述标识取值第二范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。
  77. 根据权利要求74-76任一项所述的方法，其中，所述目标设备为协调设备；所述协调设备为接入点AP；或者，所述协调设备为除AP之外的设备。
  78. 根据权利要求60-77任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的方法，其中，所述第一PPDU为增强的极高吞吐量EHT PPDU；和/或，所述第一指示位为多接入点传输机会共享MAP TXS指示位。
  80. 根据权利要求61-79任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第一触发；所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：
    所述第二STA接收所述第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输；其中，所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联。
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二STA在确定携带所述第一触发帧的第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第一触发帧。
  82. 根据权利要求80或81所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，所述第二STA接收所述第四STA的上行数据；所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
  83. 根据权利要求82所述的方法，其中，所述在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，接收所述第四STA的上行数据，包括：
    在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启上行CBF和/或C-UL MU-MIMO模式，接收所述第四STA发送的上行数据。
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的方法，其中，所述第一条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息；
    所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
  85. 根据权利要求82所述的方法，其中，所述在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，接收所述第四STA的上行数据，包括：
    在所述第一触发帧满足第一条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启上行COFDMA和/或CSR模式，在接收所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，在第二资源单元RU上，接收所述第四STA的上行数据；其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源。
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的方法，其中，所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA，包括：所述第二STA在所述第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
  87. 根据权利要求85或86所述的方法，其中，所述第一条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第一触发帧的用户信息子字段中不包含第二STA的标识信息；
    所述第一触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第一触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
  88. 根据权利要求61-79任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第二触发帧；所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的 触发帧，包括：
    所述第二STA接收所述第一STA发送的第二触发帧，所述第二触发帧用于触发所述多个STA同步发送第一帧，所述第一帧用于触发所述多个STA关联的STA进行同步上行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：所述第一STA和第二STA。
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二STA在确定携带所述第二触发帧的第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第二触发帧。
  90. 根据权利要求88或89所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第二触发帧满足第二条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启传统上行TXOP共享模式，在接收到所述第二触发帧的第二时长后，向第四STA发送所述第一帧；所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联；
    所述第二STA接收所述第四STA的上行数据，所述第二STA向所述第四STA发送块确认BA。
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的方法，其中，所述第二条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二传输模式子字段的取值为第五值；
    所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第二触发帧的公共信息字段中第二上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第二触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第二触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
  92. 根据权利要求61-79任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：
    所述第二STA接收所述第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA。
  93. 根据权利要求92所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二STA在确定携带所述第三触发帧的第一PPDU中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第三触发帧。
  94. 根据权利要求92或93所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；所述第二STA接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。
  95. 根据权利要求94所述的方法，其中，所述向所述第四STA发送下行数据，包括：
    所述第二STA开启下行CBF模式，对多个其他STA进行波束调零操作，并在接收到所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，向第四STA发送下行数据；其中，所述多个其他STA不与所述第二STA关联。
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的方法，其中，所述第三条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
  97. 根据权利要求94所述的方法，其中，所述向所述第四STA发送下行数据，包括：
    所述第二STA开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR模式，在发送所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，在第二资源单元RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源。
  98. 根据权利要求97所述的方法，其中，所述第二STA接收所述第四STA发送的BA，包括：所述第二STA在所述第二RU上，接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。
  99. 根据权利要求97或98所述的方法，其中，所述第三条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
  100. 根据权利要求92或93所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二STA在所述第三触发帧满足第三条件的情况下，开启联合传输模式；
    所述第二STA在接收所述第三触发帧的第三时长后，根据预编码对待传输数据进行处理后得到下行数据，向第三STA发送所述下行数据；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
  101. 根据权利要求100所述的方法，其中，所述第三条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；
    所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第三触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第三触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
  102. 根据权利要求74-98任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第四触发帧；所述第二STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：
    所述第二STA接收所述第一STA发送的第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输；
    所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
  103. 根据权利要求102所述的方法，其中，所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。
  104. 根据权利要求102或103所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二STA在确定携带所述第四触发帧的第一PPDU中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值的情况下，解析所述第四触发帧。
  105. 根据权利要求102-104任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第四触发帧满足第四条件的情况下，所述第二STA开启下行COFDMA和/或CSR，在第二RU上，向所述第四STA发送下行数据；其中，所述第二RU为所述第四STA对应的资源；
    所述第二STA在第二RU上，接收所述第四STA发送的块确认BA。
  106. 根据权利要求105所述的方法，其中，所述第四条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中第四共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第四触发帧中包含具备第二STA的标识信息的第二STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第四触发帧的第二STA的用户信息子字段中，第二STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第四触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段。
  107. 根据权利要求60-106任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA为共享Sharing接入点AP，所述第二STA为被共享SharedAP。
  108. 一种通信方法，包括：
    第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
  109. 根据权利要求108所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：
    触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；
    传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；
    上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；
    共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
  110. 根据权利要求109所述的方法，其中，所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
  111. 根据权利要求109或110所述的方法，其中，所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  112. 根据权利要求111所述的方法，其中，所述第一保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
  113. 根据权利要求109-112任一项所述的方法，其中，所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  114. 根据权利要求113所述的方法，其中，所述第二保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
  115. 根据权利要求109-114任一项所述的方法，其中，所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  116. 根据权利要求115所述的方法，其中，所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中HE和/或EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。
  117. 根据权利要求108-116任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第k个用户信息子字段为第k个STA的用户信息子字段，k为大于或等于1的整数；
    所述第k个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：
    第k个STA的标识子字段，所述第k个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第k个STA的标识信息；k为大于等于1的整数，所述第k个STA为所述多个STA中之一；
    第k个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第k个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第k个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第k个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；
    第k个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第k个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第k个STA所用的最大发射功率；
    第k个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第k个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第k个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
  118. 根据权利要求117所述的方法，其中，所述第k个STA的标识信息，为所述第k个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。
  119. 根据权利要求118所述的方法，其中，所述第k个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第k个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  120. 根据权利要求117-119任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第k个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第k个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  121. 根据权利要求118-120任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第k个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第k个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  122. 根据权利要求117-121任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第三STA的AID和/或VAID，为第一STA基于标识取值第一范围为所述第三STA配置的，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
  123. 根据权利要求122所述的方法，其中，所述标识取值第一范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。
  124. 根据权利要求108-123任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。
  125. 根据权利要求124所述的方法，其中，所述第一PPDU为EHT PPDU；第一指示位可以为MAP TXS指示位。
  126. 根据权利要求109-125任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第一触发帧；所述第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：
    所述第三STA接收第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；其中，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
  127. 根据权利要求126所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第三STA在基于所述第一触发帧确定满足第五条件的情况下，在接收到所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。
  128. 根据权利要求127任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第五条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
  129. 根据权利要求127所述的方法，其中，所述向所述第一STA发送上行数据，包括：
    所述第三STA在第一RU上，采用第一发射功率向所述第一STA发送所述上行数据；所述第一发射功率，为基于所述第一触发帧中第三STA的发射功率子字段所指示的最大发射功率确定的。
  130. 根据权利要求129所述的方法，其中，所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA，包括：所述第三STA在所述第一RU上，接收所述第一STA发送的块确认BA。
  131. 根据权利要求129或130所述的方法，其中，所述第五条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第一触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
  132. 根据权利要求109-125任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第三STA接收第一STA发送的第一帧，所述第一帧为所述第一STA在发送第二触发帧后发送的。
  133. 根据权利要求132所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第三STA在接收到所述第一帧后，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；
    所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的BA。
  134. 根据权利要求109-125任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第三触发帧；所述第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第三STA接收第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输；
    所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
  135. 根据权利要求134所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第三STA在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据；所述第三STA向所述第一STA发送块确认BA。
  136. 根据权利要求135所述的方法，其中，所述第六条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧中包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
  137. 根据权利要求136所述的方法，其中，所述第六条件，还包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
  138. 根据权利要求136所述的方法，其中，所述第六条件，还包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
  139. 根据权利要求136所述的方法，其中，所述第三STA在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据，还包括：
    所述第三STA在所述第三触发帧满足第六条件的情况下，接收所述第一STA发送的下行数据，以及接收第二STA发送的下行数据。
  140. 根据权利要求139所述的方法，其中，所述第六条件，还包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第四值；
    所述第三触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第四值。
  141. 根据权利要求109-125任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第四触发帧；所述第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第三站点STA接收第一STA发送的第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA。
  142. 根据权利要求141所述的方法，其中，所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。
  143. 根据权利要求141或142所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第三STA在所述第四触发帧满足第七条件的情况下，在接收所述第四触发帧的第四时长后，所述第三STA基于第二发射功率，向所述第一STA发送上行数据；所述第二发射功率为基于第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中第三STA的发射功率子字段确定的；
    所述第三STA接收所述第一STA发送的BA。
  144. 根据权利要求143所述的方法，其中，所述第七条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第四触发帧的公共信息字段中包含第三共享传输指示子字段，所述第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第四触发帧包含具备第三STA的标识信息的第三STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第四触发帧的第三STA的用户信息子字段中，第三STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值。
  145. 根据权利要求108-144任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第二STA为被共享Shared接入点AP；和/或，所述第一STA为共享Sharing接入点AP。
  146. 一种通信方法，包括：
    第四站点STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第四STA与所述第一STA不关联。
  147. 根据权利要求146所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧的公共信息字段，包括以下至少之一：
    触发类型子字段，所述触发类型子字段的取值用于表示所述触发帧的类型；
    传输模式子字段，所述传输模式子字段的取值用于指示所述多个STA的传输机会TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；
    上下行指示子字段，所述上下行指示子字段的取值用于指示TXOP用于同步上行传输或同步下行传输；
    共享传输指示子字段，所述共享传输指示子字段用于指示所述多个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式。
  148. 根据权利要求147所述的方法，其中，所述触发类型子字段的取值为第一指定值，表示所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
  149. 根据权利要求147或148所述的方法，其中，所述传输模式子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第一保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  150. 根据权利要求149所述的方法，其中，所述第一保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
  151. 根据权利要求147-150任一项所述的方法，其中，所述上下行指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第二保留子字段的至少部分比特位。
  152. 根据权利要求151所述的方法，其中，所述第二保留子字段，为所述公共信息字段中的极高吞吐量EHT保留子字段。
  153. 根据权利要求147-152任一项所述的方法，其中，所述共享传输指示子字段，占用所述公共信息字段中的第三保留子字段。
  154. 根据权利要求153所述的方法，其中，所述第三保留字段，为所述公共信息字段中HE/EHT-LTF符号数量子字段之前的保留子字段。
  155. 根据权利要求146-154任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧包含一个或多个用户信息子字段；所述一个或多个用户信息子字段中第m个用户信息子字段为第m个STA的用户信息子字段，m为大于或等于1的整数；
    所述第m个用户信息子字段，包括以下至少之一：
    第m个STA的标识子字段，所述第m个STA的标识子字段用于携带所述第m个STA的标识信息；m为大于等于1的整数，所述第m个STA为所述多个STA中之一；
    第m个STA的传输模式子字段，所述第m个STA的传输模式子字段的取值用于表示第m个STA的TXOP共享所用的协作传输模式，和/或，所述第m个STA是否开启TXOP共享模式；
    第m个STA的发射功率子字段，所述第m个STA的发射功率子字段用于指示所述第m个STA所用的最大发射功率；
    第m个STA的上下行指示子字段，所述第m个STA的上下行指示子字段用于指示所述第m个STA的所述协作传输为同步上行传输或同步下行传输。
  156. 根据权利要求155所述的方法，其中，所述第m个STA的标识信息，为所述第m个STA的关联标识符AID的12个最低有效位，和/或，12位虚拟关联标识符VAID。
  157. 根据权利要求155或156所述的方法，其中，所述第m个STA的传输模式子字段，占用所述第m个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  158. 根据权利要求155-157任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第m个STA的发射功率子字段，占用所述第m个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  159. 根据权利要求155-158任一项所述的方法，其中，
    所述第m个STA的上下行指示子字段，占用所述第m个用户信息子字段中的触发依赖用户信息子字段的至少部分比特位。
  160. 根据权利要求146-159任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四STA的AID和/或VAID，由第二STA基于标识取值第二范围配置，所述第四STA与所述第二STA关联。
  161. 根据权利要求160所述的方法，其中，所述标识取值第二范围，在以下至少之一内：1-2007、2008-2044、2047-4096。
  162. 根据权利要求146-161任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧，由第一物理层协议单元PPDU携带；其中，所述第一PPDU的前导码中的第一指示位的取值为第二指定值。
  163. 根据权利要求162所述的方法，其中，所述第一PPDU为EHT PPDU；第一指示位可以为MAP TXS指示位。
  164. 根据权利要求147-163任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第一触发帧；所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的第一触发帧，所述第一触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步上行协作传输；
    所述多个STA，包括以下至少之一：第三STA、第四STA；其中，所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联，所述第四STA与第二STA关联，所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
  165. 根据权利要求164所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第四STA在基于所述第一触发帧确定满足第八条件的情况下，在接收到所述第一触发帧的第一时长后，向第二STA发送上行数据；所述第二STA与所述第四STA关联；
    所述第四STA接收所述第二STA发送的块确认BA。
  166. 根据权利要求165所述的方法，其中，所述第八条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
  167. 根据权利要求165所述的方法，其中，所述向所述第二STA发送上行数据，包括：
    所述第四STA在第二RU上，采用第三发射功率向所述第二STA发送所述上行数据；其中，所述第三发射功率，为基于所述第一触发帧中第四STA的发射功率子字段所指示的最大发射功率确定的。
  168. 根据权利要求167所述的方法，其中，所述第四STA接收所述第二STA发送的块确认BA，包括：
    所述第四STA在所述第二RU上，接收所述第二STA发送的块确认BA。
  169. 根据权利要求167或168所述的方法，其中，所述第八条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第一触发帧的公共信息字段中第一上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第六值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第一触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值。
  170. 根据权利要求147-163任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第四STA接收第二STA发送的第一帧，所述第一帧为所述第二STA在接收到所述第一STA发送的第二触发帧后发送的；
    所述第四STA在接收到所述第一帧后，向所述第二STA发送上行数据；
    所述第四STA接收所述第二STA发送的BA。
  171. 根据权利要求147-163任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：
    所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的第三触发帧，所述第三触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步下行协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第一STA和第二STA；所述第二STA与所述第一STA不同。
  172. 根据权利要求171所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第四STA在所述第三触发帧满足第九条件的情况下，接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据；所述第四STA向所述第二STA发送块确认BA。
  173. 根据权利要求172所述的方法，其中，所述第九条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三共享传输指示子字段的取值为第八值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值；
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧中包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值不为第一值；
    所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
  174. 根据权利要求173所述的方法，其中，所述第九条件，还包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第二值；
    所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第二值。
  175. 根据权利要求174所述的方法，其中，所述第九条件，还包括以下至少之一：
    所述第三触发帧的公共信息字段中第三传输模式子字段的取值为第三值；
    所述第三触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的传输模式子字段的取值为第三值。
  176. 根据权利要求147-163任一项所述的方法，其中，所述触发帧为第四触发帧；所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的触发帧，包括：
    所述第四STA接收第一STA发送的第四触发帧，所述第四触发帧用于所述多个STA进行同步协作传输；所述多个STA，包括：第三STA和第二STA；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
  177. 根据权利要求176所述的方法，其中，所述第四触发帧，用于触发所述第三STA进行同步上行协作传输、以及触发所述第二STA进行同步下行协作传输。
  178. 根据权利要求176或177所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述第四STA在所述第四触发帧满足第十条件的情况下，接收所述第二STA发送的下行数据；所述第四STA向所述第二STA发送BA。
  179. 根据权利要求178所述的方法，其中，所述第十条件，包括以下至少之一：
    所述第四触发帧包含具备第四STA的标识信息的第四STA的用户信息子字段；
    所述第四触发帧的第四STA的用户信息子字段中，第四STA的上下行指示子字段的取值为第七值。
  180. 根据权利要求164-179任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第二STA为被共享Shared接入点AP。
  181. 根据权利要求146-180任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一STA为共享Sharing接入点AP。
  182. 一种第一站点STA，包括：
    第一通信单元，用于发送触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
  183. 一种第二站点STA，包括：
    第二通信单元，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输。
  184. 一种第三站点STA，包括：
    第三通信单元，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第三STA与所述第一STA关联。
  185. 一种第四站点STA，包括：
    第四通信单元，用于接收第一STA发送的触发帧，所述触发帧用于多个STA间建立协作传输；所述第四STA与所述第一STA不关联。
  186. 一种通信设备，包括：处理器和存储器，该存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使所述通信设备执行如权利要求1至59中任一项、60至107中任一项、108至145中任一项或146至181中任一项所述的方法。
  187. 一种芯片，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至59中任一项、60至107中任一项、108至145中任一项或146至181中任一项所述的方法。
  188. 一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被设备运行时使得所述设备执行如权利要求1至59中任一项、60至107中任一项、108至145中任一项或146至181中任一项所述的方法。
  189. 一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序指令，该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1至59中任一项、60至107中任一项、108至145中任一项或146至181中任一项所述的方法。
  190. 一种计算机程序，所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至59中任一项、60至107中任一项、108至145中任一项或146至181中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/085980 2022-04-08 2022-04-08 通信方法和设备 WO2023193281A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/085980 WO2023193281A1 (zh) 2022-04-08 2022-04-08 通信方法和设备

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/085980 WO2023193281A1 (zh) 2022-04-08 2022-04-08 通信方法和设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023193281A1 true WO2023193281A1 (zh) 2023-10-12

Family

ID=88243938

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/085980 WO2023193281A1 (zh) 2022-04-08 2022-04-08 通信方法和设备

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023193281A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111669260A (zh) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-15 华为技术有限公司 一种数据传输方法及相关设备
CN111669824A (zh) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-15 华为技术有限公司 应用于无线通信系统的通信方法和通信装置
US20200336176A1 (en) * 2019-04-22 2020-10-22 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Device and method for multi-access point collaborative sounding in a wireless network
US20210194659A1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Method and apparatus for coordinating multi-user multi-access point trnsmissions

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111669260A (zh) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-15 华为技术有限公司 一种数据传输方法及相关设备
CN111669824A (zh) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-15 华为技术有限公司 应用于无线通信系统的通信方法和通信装置
US20200336176A1 (en) * 2019-04-22 2020-10-22 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Device and method for multi-access point collaborative sounding in a wireless network
US20210194659A1 (en) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Method and apparatus for coordinating multi-user multi-access point trnsmissions

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
JUNGHOON SUH (HUAWEI): "Sounding for AP Collaboration", IEEE DRAFT; 11-19-1535-00-00BE-SOUNDING-FOR-AP-COLLABORATION, IEEE-SA MENTOR, PISCATAWAY, NJ USA, vol. 802.11 EHT; 802.11be, no. 0, 15 September 2019 (2019-09-15), Piscataway, NJ USA , pages 1 - 11, XP068153681 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10652325B2 (en) Method and system for transmitting data among peer stations in a decentralized manner with high channel efficiency
US11696338B2 (en) Random access resource unit allocation for a multiple BSSID network
US10462816B2 (en) Trigger-based random access in a multiple BSSID network
US20200187186A1 (en) Data Transmission Method and Apparatus
US10284287B2 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving confirmation response signal for uplink multi-user data in wireless LAN system, and apparatus therefor
EP3443790B1 (en) Random access resource unit allocation for a multiple bssid network
US11700044B2 (en) Apparatus and methods for multi-AP joint transmission and reception
JP7361880B2 (ja) マルチユーザ送信における送信パラメータ値を選択するための方法および装置
US20220225315A1 (en) Wireless communication method and wireless communication terminal
WO2015081718A1 (zh) 无线网络的通信处理方法及装置
JP7316427B2 (ja) トリガに基づくマルチユーザ送信における直接リンク及び下りリンク送信
WO2020011000A1 (zh) 多接入点ap协作传输方法、相关装置及系统
US10051566B2 (en) System and method for data communication in a decentralized and power efficient manner
JP2023522545A (ja) 最適化されたマルチａｐ協調のための方法および装置
WO2023193281A1 (zh) 通信方法和设备
WO2023092493A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法及设备
US10531497B2 (en) System and method for spatial stream allocation in UL OFDMA
WO2023092487A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和设备
WO2024060098A1 (zh) 一种无线通信方法及装置、设备、存储介质
WO2016145563A1 (zh) 并行传输方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22936218

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1